The elves couldn’t find a match.
Adjust or
Reset
your filters.
367
Fulton 2-1/2" x 10'
Clear PVC Flex Hose
24.99
Heavy Duty PVC Dust Collection Hose
Heavy Duty Fulton Woodworking Tools™ PVC Hose is a very durable and flexible hose that is
perfect for the work shop. The heavy duty clear PVC Hose is wrapped around a steel wire that
can be easily grounded. A tight bending radius allows you to maneuver the hose anywhere in
your shop, without worrying about kinks. This Heavy Duty Fulton Woodworking Tools™ PVC Hose
won't collapse under pressure from your dust collector and the hose is clear so you can see
directly inside to spot any kind of obstruction
Features:
Ideal for main line filtration or dust collection systems.
Works well as a supplemental hose line for individual machinery.
Helps keep dust, debris and fumes under control in a workshop or industrial setting.
Clear/Translucent material enable you to see obstructions that need to be cleared for
better flow.
Made from high grade PVC (Poly Vinyl Chloride) to stand up to the daily rigors of a
workshop.
Flexible PVC material plus the reinforced carbon steel coiling help keep the hose from
kinking.
General temperature range of the hose is -20° F to 165° F, ideal for most indoor
workshops.
Made In the USA as a premium hose to be used in commercial or home workshop settings.
Clear PVC Dust Hose
Our PVC hose is clear which allows you to see what’s going on inside the hose while the dust
and debris are flowing through it. Not only can you see the dust and debris, you can also
see if any build up or blockage has occurred. Being able to see this makes fixing any
suction issues with the hose much easier than typical opaque hoses.
Workshop Tough...
Unlike the majority of our competitors, we do NOT import our hose. This means we can use
superior materials. It also means our PVC hose is much clearer than import versions allowing
you to truly see when an obstruction exists. Superior materials means exceptional
durability.
Puncture Resistant
Our PVC hose is much more puncture resistant than imported hose. Imported hose is typically
made from a re-ground pvc like material that's easily damaged and punctured. Typically, PVC
hose works best as a dust collection hose for woodworking applications where dust and chips
from cutting, milling or sanding wood is a problem. This heavy-duty hose will stand up to
small and large chunks of wood without getting punctured as well as handle the smallest of
saw dust without leaking.
Embedded Steel Coils
The exclusive extruded process makes the PVC and the premium carbon steel wire coil one
single piece, guarenteed to never separate. Not only does this strengthen the hose, it also
makes it less prone to knots. The carbon steel wire coil is capable of an electrostatic
discharge when properly grounded at both ends of the hose. Unlike imported hose that use a
tape over the coil process, our hose will hold up much better and for much longer.
Not Just for Dust Collection
Great for Shop Vacuums Table Saws Band Saws Router Tables Dust Collectors Jointers Fittings
Leaf Collectors Lawn Tractors Ferret Tubes Guinea Pig Tunnels Chinchila Tracks Gerbil Runs
and more. PVC hose can be used as a primary line or can be plugged into and out of machinery
as needed.
Colder temperatures may cause the hose to contract the total length. Typically the hose will
measure it's listed size once it is acclimated to room temperature.
5726
Bumblechutes Cast Iron and Grill Seasoning Wax - 8 oz
24.99
Cast Iron and Grill Seasoning Wax
Our Bumblechutes Cast-Iron & Grill Seasoning Wax is the ultimate solution for seasoning,
conditioning, and protecting your cast iron, griddles, and grills. Formulated with a precise
blend of natural oils and waxes, this premium blend creates a hard, durable, hydrophobic
layer that locks in performance and shields your cookware from rust and wear. Whether you're
restoring an old skillet, maintaining your daily-use pan, or protecting your outdoor
griddle, this formula delivers flawless results.
Most seasoning products rely on one oil (usually flaxseed), which can leave users
frustrated with sticky finishes, uneven layers, or brittle coatings. Bumblechutes
fixes this with a scientifically balanced formula designed to make seasoning
easier, faster, and foolproof.
Premium Ingredient Synergy
→ Organic flaxseed oil polymerizes into a hard base, while sunflower and
jojoba oils add flexibility to prevent chipping.
Wax-Fortified Protection
→ Beeswax + carnauba wax fill micro-pores in the iron, creating a
water-repellent shield
and extreme durability.
Longer Shelf Life
→ Vitamin E naturally stabilizes the blend, preventing rancidity and keeping
the wax fresh.
Cleaner Application
→ Lemon oil improves metal wetting and adhesion, ensuring
even, streak-free coats
.
Food-Safe & Natural
→ 100% food-contact safe, free from petroleum, silicones, and synthetic
chemicals.
With Bumblechutes, even first-time cast-iron owners can achieve a flawless,
restaurant-grade seasoning without the frustration.
For Initial Seasoning
Wash and dry your cast iron thoroughly, then warm slightly to remove moisture.
Using a lint-free cloth, apply
a pea-sized amount
of wax for a standard 10–12" skillet or an ultra-thin layer for griddles and
grills.
Buff aggressively
until the surface looks
completely dry
— if it shines, keep buffing.
Bake the cookware upside-down at
475–500°F for 60 minutes
. Allow to cool completely.
Repeat
4–6 coats
for a deep, durable seasoning base.
For Ongoing Maintenance
After cooking and cleaning, apply a
fingerprint-thin coat
of wax while the pan or griddle is still warm.
Buff dry and heat for 2–3 minutes to lock in protection.
Use after heavy scrubbing, soap cleaning, or acidic cooking to restore
slickness and repel moisture.
Available in three convenient options — all tins are the same 8 oz size, designed
for maximum coverage and months of protection.
Single Pack → One 8 oz Tin
Covers up to ~150–175 square feet
of cast-iron or carbon steel surface area.
Seasons and conditions approximately:
40–50 standard 10–12" skillets(≈3–4 thin coats each)
Two full-size 36" Blackstone griddles(≈720 sq. in. each, ~5,000 sq. cm)
with
3+ coats each
Up to
25 Dutch ovens
or
15 large grill plates
.
Ideal for single users, first-time seasoners, or restoring one full set of
cookware.
Why Coverage Matters
Each 8 oz tin packs serious power because a pea-sized dab (~0.2 grams) is enough
for a 10–12" skillet per coat. Our formula is engineered for ultrathin
application, meaning you get hundreds of uses per tin without wasting product.
Cast-iron skillets, Dutch ovens, and grill pans
Outdoor griddles like
Blackstone, Camp Chef, Traeger, and Pit Boss
Carbon steel pans and flat tops
Restoring vintage cast iron
Preventing rust on outdoor cooking gear
Everyday conditioning to maintain a
smooth, slick, nonstick surface
Science-Backed Formula
→ Optimized for thin, hard, hydrophobic films that resist sticking and
flaking.
Flawless Results in Fewer Coats
→ Organic flaxseed drives fast polymerization, while waxes lock in protection.
Ultimate Rust Defense
→ Dual wax system creates a water-repellent shield that lasts longer than
oil-only methods.
Built for Beginners & Pros
→ Forgiving formula makes perfect seasoning simple, even if it's your first
pan.
Proudly Made by Bumblechutes
→ Crafted by makers for makers, using high-quality, food-safe ingredients you
can trust.
5715
Bumblechutes
All-Natural Shop Wax - 8 oz
18.99
Shop Wax
Protect and maintain your workspace and tools with Shop Wax, a premium all-natural paste wax
designed for versatility and performance. Whether you're caring for metal, epoxy, wood, or
plastic, Shop Wax ensures your equipment stays in top shape while delivering a clean,
vibrant lemon scent. Elevate your workspace with Shop Wax and experience the perfect balance
of protection, performance, and natural care. From preserving tools to polishing surfaces,
Shop Wax is your go-to solution for a pristine and functional environment.
All-Natural Ingredients:
Made with premium beeswax from verified USA beekeepers and organic carnauba
wax for unbeatable quality.
Rust Prevention:
Creates a protective barrier on metals to keep rust at bay while
repelling moisture.
Durable Top Coat:
Adds a long-lasting, smooth finish that enhances and protects the surfaces
it's applied to.
Pleasant Lemon Scent:
Unlike other waxes with harsh chemical odors, our Shop Wax leaves your
workspace smelling fresh and clean.
Table Saws:
Protects cast iron surfaces from rust and wear.
Wooden Jigs and Sleds:
Ensures smooth operation and longevity.
Screws in Hardwoods:
Lubricates screws to reduce friction and prevent splitting.
And more!
Shop Wax is versatile enough to handle countless applications in your
workspace and beyond.
Clean the Surface
– Remove dust, debris, or buildup.
Apply Wax
– Spread a thin, even layer with a clean cloth.
Set & Buff
– For porous surfaces, wait 20–30 min before buffing; for non-porous,
buff immediately to a polished finish.
Reapply as Needed
– Maintain protection and performance over time.
8 oz Tin:
Ideal for smaller projects or targeted applications.
14 oz Tin:
Perfect for larger projects or frequent use in a workshop setting.
Eco-Friendly and Sustainable:
A natural alternative to chemical-heavy waxes.
No Compromises on Quality:
Made with the purest beeswax and organic ingredients—no paraffin or fillers.
Versatile Applications:
Designed with creators in mind, offering exceptional results on a wide range
of surfaces.
Proudly Made in the USA:
Crafted with care and precision to ensure superior performance.
1" x 20' Rolls of sandpaper Convenient packaged in a dispenser box to make choosing just the
right amount od sandpaper quick and easy. This makes it perfect for sanding spindles, pens
or anything small strips of sand paper are needed. The strips are made from aluminum oxide.
Each roll is made from hard to find J-weight cloth backed sandpaper. Available in 150x,
240x, 320x, 400x, & 600x. The center opening of each roll is approximately 1-1/2".
Woodturner's Assorted Roll Pack Features:
Convenient packaged in a dispenser box
The strips are made from aluminum oxide
Each roll is made from hard to find J-weight cloth backed sandpaper.
The center opening of each roll is approximately 1-1/2".
Woodturner's Assorted Roll Pack Includes:
1ea. 1" x 20' roll 150 Grit
1ea. 1" x 20' roll 240 Grit
1ea. 1" x 20' roll 320 Grit
1ea. 1" x 20' roll 400 Grit
1ea. 1" x 20' roll 600 Grit
Dispenser
Great for Sanding Smaller Objects
Sometimes when we are sanding smaller objects, we need, well, a smaller piece or just a
strip of sandpaper. We could always cut one of our expensive 9" x 11" sheets and hopefully
not cut too much off.
Tear Just the Right Amount for Your Project
Reach for the correct grit inside the box dispenser and tear off just the right amount for
your project. Each grit roll is 1" wide and is flexible enough to be used on most any shape.
These abrasive strips work exceptionally well on rounded objects such as turned pens, bottle
stoppers or any other smaller type of turning.
Easy to Identify Grits
Stepping your abrasives from low grit to high grit is an essential process for finishing
your pens, pencils, bottle stoppers or any wood project in the proper manner. They also
work on most any type of material and can be cut to any length needed.
11700
Sanding Twigs with Storage Jar 300 PCS of Assorted Grits
29.95
Sanding Twigs with Storage Jar
300 Pieces of Assorted Grits
CUSHIONED ABRASIVE SANDING TWIGS
The ideal solution to the age old issue of sanding in small, tight spaces. Not only are
these twigs perfect for small spaces, they can be used on just about any type of material
including, wood, metal, plastics, resins, composites, MDF and a whole lot more! Each twig
has a polystyrene core layered with foam and sandpaper which creates a receptive cushioned
abrasive surface. This comes in really handy with more delicate materials and projects.
VERY STRONG ADHESIVE
The adhesive will maintain its bond and not peel away when used under normal working
conditions. These twigs are not meant for industrial or commercial use and should not be
used to remove large amounts of material. These are less of a polishing tool and more of a
file when comparing to other similar types of sanding sticks or twigs. They are ideal for
de-burring small tight areas that are normally hard to get to.
300 Total Sanding Twigs/Sticks
The perfect pack to get you started! 300 sanding twigs for working on anything around your
home, workshop, tool shed or where ever you need to sand small, tight areas.
Twigs, twigs and more twigs!
In this large bundle of sanding twigs you will notice that no two twigs are alike. The twigs
vary not only in length, but color and grit. Generally we recommend a sliding two fingers
across the pencil sized twigs to determine how coarse or fine the twig is. Fine, medium, and
coarse grits will be found on these pencil sized detailing sanders.
Receptive Soft Twig Core
Each twig is essentially padded with a soft cushioned core so that it is able to conform to
slight curves and won't damage surfaces. This makes it perfect for woodworking, metal
working, arts, crafts and more!
They're Small So You Can Sand Small
The twigs vary in width and thickness, but for the most part they are all approximately
pencil sized or smaller. This makes them perfect for small, tight areas and can be used
almost anywhere
Dovetails, Box Joints, Dental Molding and More
Woodworkers rejoice! Get into tight spots like those found in dovetail joinery, box joints,
dental molding and more! These sanding twigs make working those once hard to reach a much
easier than ever before.
Need to Clean Up Small Metal Parts?
The Keystone Sanding Twigs are great for cleaning up and working small metal parts. Various
grits in each pack can be used to clean up light rust and debris off of many different metal
types and surfaces.
Quickly and Easily Work De-bur Small Areas
If have ever drilled a hole in wood or metal than you know that the drill almost always
leaves a bur behind. With the sanding twigs, sanding and de-burring these areas is a breeze!
11592
Tapered Point Detail Sanding Sticks 21 Piece Pack
15.99
Tapered Point Detail Sanding Sticks
21 Piece Pack
Detail sanding can be very tedious work, especially when your sanding things like wooden
toys, plastic scale models, wood turnings or most any small project. We often settle for a
piece of sandpaper, fold it multiple times and struggle to get into tight spaces. With the
uniquely shaped Keystone Detail Sanding Sticks, this becomes a thing of the past. With the
pointed tip and the wide bodied stick, you’ll be able to sand those hard to reach areas and
more!
The pointed tip on the Keystone Detail Sanding Sticks makes them ideal for a large variety
of projects. Woodworkers love these sticks for sanding applications like dowels and
dovetails for great fitting joinery. Woodworkers also use these sticks for many different
small projects like wooden toys and wood turnings. Many scale model builders and hobbyists
use this style of sanding stick for easily working the trim on the plastic parts when the
models are taken apart from the runner (parts holder)
Keystone 21 Piece Tapered Point Detail Sanding Sticks
with Cushioned Foam Core in 7 Different Grits
The perfect detail abrasive sanding stick pack with 3 each of 7 different grits ranging from
80 grit to 400 grit. You’ll find multiple uses for these sanding sticks all around your
home, workshop or hobby shop. You can even use these sanding sticks like emery boards for
filing your fingernails. The size and shape makes them perfect for just about any smaller
object that needs to be detail sanded or filed.
Sanding Twigs
Double Sided Abrasive
makes it perfect for everyday use on multiple applications
Pointed Tip
fits neatly into smaller areas and works exceptionally well for model building and
woodworking joinery
Foam Core
offers just enough flexibility for delicate projects and is rigid enough to sand down
larger blemishes and markings
1/8" Thick
is the ideal thickness for to getting into smaller, more detailed oriented spaces
6" in Length
is the perfect size to fit comfortably in your hand. Much like a pen or pencil so you can
work without constantly adjusting your grip
Grab The Grit You Need When You Need It...
Green =
80 Grit
Brown =
100 Grit
Blue =
120 Grit
Grey =
180 Grit
Yellow =
240 Grit
White =
320 Grit
Black =
400 Grit
This convenient pack of detail sanding sticks comes with 3 each of 7 different sanding grits.
This gives you a total of 21 detail sanding sticks for working most any type of project. In
this pack you will receive 3 each of the following color coded grits: 80 grit, 100 grit, 120
grit, 180 grit, 240 grit, 320 grit and 400 grit. These grits are perfect for most general
sanding applications ranging from woodworking to model building.
Joinery, Woodturning, Bird Houses and More!
Building a cabinet with dovetails or box joints? Or maybe your turning the next wooden top
toy. Or perhaps your going to make the perfect birdhouse for your backyard sanctuary.
Regardless of the project, the Keystone Detail Sanders are sure to be in your bag of tricks
for the perfect finish and fit!
Arts and Crafts
Whether your making a sign to hang in your kids room or creating the worlds best school
project, chances are you may need to sand small tight spaces. This is where the detail
sander is the perfect solution. Get in and out of areas on small wooden or plastic numbers
and letters with ease. Work small frames for a perfectly fitting corners. These sanders are
sure to come in handy for any arts and crafts enthusiast!
Model Builders
If you have ever built a scale model, then you know how important it is for perfectly
fitting parts. When separating the model parts from the runners, a nub is typically left on
the part. This needs to be sanded down. The detail sanding sticks are definitely up to the
task. With the pointed tip and the 3/4" wide stick, you'll be able to work the tiniest as
well as the larger pieces throughout the entire model building process.
We really do mean almost anything....
From wood to plastic, from composites to hard metal, from carbide to soft materials you can
sand it with the super versatile Keystone Detail Sanding Sticks!
Each detail sanding stick is approximately 6 inches long, 3/4 of an inch wide and 1/8 inch
thick with the abrasive on both sides of the stick. The sticks taper to a rounded off
pointed tip to neatly fit into smaller areas. This makes these sticks ideal for small to
mid-size projects. The abrasive sides are layered and bonded on to a foam core which is firm
enough for general sanding purposes and forgiving enough for delicate areas on your
projects.
6533
10PC Double Sided Micro Cushioned Abrasive Sticks
17.99
Double Sided Micro Cushioned Abrasive Sticks
Low to Extra Fine - 10 Piece Set
From the rough 80 grit cushioned abrasive stick, to the extra fine 7000 grit, you’ll be able
to not only clean up rough edges, you’ll be able to smooth and polish surfaces ranging from
wood, stone, plastic and virtually anything in between! These sticks are also ideal for
touching up and preparing 3D prints for presentations. You can sand all three main types of
3D print material including: PLA (Polylactic Acid), ABS (Acrylonitrile Butadeine Styrene)
and VeroBlack or VeroWhite.
Micro Grit Suface
is perfect for sanding and polishing a wide variety of materials from wood to
gemstones
Flexible Cushioned Sticks
are just the right thickness and flex just the right amount to help work into smaller
tight spots
80 to 7000 Grit
means you’ll be able to not only clean up rough edges, you’ll be able to smooth and
polish surfaces ranging from wood, stone, plastic and virtually anything in between!
Micro Grit Suface
Being the ideal size for sanding smaller to medium size objects, these sticks are perfect
for working on plastic model cars, planes and even the increasingly popular but complex
gundam models. With this convenient grit range, you’ll be able to quickly clean up rough
edges and step your way up with the finer grits to finish and polish your models for a
wonderful look.
Useful for 3D Prototypes and Small Gemstones
3D printing and gemstone work have become increasingly popular over the years and our
sanding stick assortment pack is the perfect tool to make your finished objects look there
absolute best! Starting with the ideal dimensions for working with 3D prototypes and small
gemstones, you’ll be able to work in tight spaces without issue. The grit range makes these
sticks perfect for either type of application and can help produce just the right finished
appearance you’re looking for!
The Perfect Amount of Flex When Sanding
Each stick measures approximately 6 inches long by ¾ inch wide by .139 inches thick with a
soft cushioned center for the perfect amount of flex when sanding most any type of surface.
The sticks are laminated on both sides of the cushioned center with identical abrasive grit
surfaces. For example, the 7000 grit stick has a 7000 grit surface on both sides of the
stick.
6530
5" Sanding Mouse
with 20 Sanding Discs
13.79
5" Sanding Mouse with 20 Sanding Discs
A one of a kind, ergonomically designed sanding tool that is so simple and feels so familiar
in our hands, it's a wonder why it took so long for someone to think of it. The Sanding
Mouse is made from a sturdy, yet flexible composite material and has a hook and loop base.
The Hook and loop base is designed to accept orbital sanding discs that most of us already
have in our shop.
The Perfect Sanding Accessory
This is the perfect sanding accessory that looks and feels just like a sander should unlike
there distant cousins… sanding blocks. Sanding blocks are just that, sanding blocks. They
can be kind of handy but keeping the sandpaper on the block can be a bit of a challenge and
they are altogether clunky to use. Other new fangled "sanding blocks" have clips that sort
of work until they don't and even more types force you to buy expensive sanding belts to fit
there version of a "sanding block". It would be great if we just use the sandpaper most of
us already have in our shops. Introducing the Sanding Mouse!
Sand any surface!
Wood, metal, sheet rock (drywall), painted surfaces or most any house hold or workshop
surface can be sanded as needed with the versatile and easy to use Sanding Mouse!
5 hole, 6 hole, 8 hole, A lot of holes it doesn't matter!
Use any brand of hook and loop backed sandpaper of the appropriate Sanding Mouse size. It
doesn't matter the disc has holes or not and the sanding mouse even works with mesh style
abrasives as well!
Comfortable Grip
With molde finger grips and a soft composite material, the Sanding Mouse is perfect for
prolonged sanding sessions!
Changeouts literally take seconds
Simply peel the worn out disc off and wrap the new fresh disc on. That's it!
6532
Sanding Mouse Mini
with 50 Sanding Strips
14.99
Sanding Mouse Mini
Made from a super lightweight composite material the Sanding Mouse Mini is perfect for
prolonged sanding sessions. The sander is ergonomically shaped for an extra comfortable grip
that fits right into the palm of your hand.The narrow slope allows you to place just the
right amount of pressure as needed with your index finger. It's soft enough and forgiving
enough to handle concave and convex surfaces. This makes it perfect for a wide variety of
sanding applications.
50 Strips of High Quality Gold Hook and Loop Backed Sandpaper
The Sanding Mouse Mini comes with 50 strips of high quality gold hook and loop backed
sandpaper. Each strip is cut to size so it can be applied and removed as needed. Adding a
strip is as simple as placing the hook and loop backing of the strip on to the Sanding Mouse
Mini and pressing into place. Removing a strip is just as easy. Simply pull the strip off by
grabbing a corner and pulling the strip off. It literally takes seconds to change out strips
of sandpaper! Made with premium "P" grade aluminum oxide abrasives, this sandpaper is ideal
for most any sanding application. This grade of sand paper helps create a consistent
"scratch" pattern and smoother final finish. For optimal results, we recommend starting with
the lower grits first and stepping up to the finer grits. This method helps produce very
clean, smooth finished surfaces every-time! The sandpaper strips are clearly marked with the
grit on the back for easy identification.
Get into those hard to reach areas
From in between chair up rights to the lip of router cove bead, the Sanding Mouse Mini is
the right tool for the job!
Here, there, everywhere!
Of course you can use the Sanding Mouse mini on wood and on plastic and on metal and on...
well, just about anywhere!
Quite the "starter" pack...
50 pre-cut strips come with the Sanding Mouse Mini.
Here's the breakdown:
10 each 80 grit sheets
10 each 120 grit sheets
10 each 150 grit sheets
10 each 220 grit sheets
10 each 400 grit sheets
It really is a great fit
Designed to sand small tight areas, the Sanding Mouse Mini much likes its full size cousin,
has a molded finger indentation for a comfortable feel while sanding.
Hook and Loop base
The hook and loop base will accept any cut to size hook and loop sandpaper
Super quick, Super easy changeouts
When you need to swap out grits, simple tear of the old strip and then place the new one on
to the Sanding Mouse Mini. It literally takes seconds!
11554
Micro Mesh Soft Touch 2" x 2" Sanding Pads with Dispenser
29.99
Micro-Mesh®
Soft Touch 2" x 2" Sanding Pads
with Galvanized Steel Dispenser
Pen, Bottle Stopper or even small goblet finishing just became a bit more enjoyable!
Starting with the lowest grit of 1500 all the way up to 12000 grit this abrasive pad pack is
sure the leave your project just the way you want it. This pack works extremely well when
working with CA finishes leaving your work looking like it was done by a professional! When
using the pads it is recommended that start at the lower grit of 1500 and step or cycle your
way up to the high grit of 12000. The more you get into to woodturning the more the reality
of being organized comes into play. This couldn't be more true than when it comes to our
abrasives. This unique dispenser accepts 2" x 2" Micro-Mesh abrasive pads
Specifically designed for the Micro-Mesh 2" x 2" 9 pack of abrasives, this dispenser has
color coded grit chart to help keep your pads in order. This works wonderfully well when
step sanding your finished turning project. Simply cycle your way through the grits by
pulling the next grit from the dispenser and placing the used one back on top. The dispenser
is made from corrosion resistant galvanized steel which also makes it extra durable for the
workshop environment. It can be mounted flat against a wall or it can be mounted to a table
top. Of course you don't have to mount it at all.
Sandpaper Dispenser for 2 inch x 2 inch Micro Mesh Abrasive Pads
The perfect way to keep your 2" abrasive touch pads organized and easy to find. The more you
get into to woodturning the more the reality of being organized comes into play. This
couldn't be more true than when it comes to our abrasives
Mount Anywhere in Your Workshop
Quickly and easily mount the dispenser to most anywhere in your shop. It can be mounted to a
wall or even to a table top. Either way you'll have your abrasive pads right at your finger
tips!
Cycle Through Grits With Ease
Simply pull out the grit you need, use it on your project and place it back on to the top of
the stack once you're done. Then, pull out the next grit and repeat the process until you
cycle through all the grits. Doing this produces a magnificent finish!
Color Coded Grit Chart
Specifically designed for the Micro-Mesh 2" x 2" 9 pack of abrasives, this dispenser has
color coded grit chart to help keep your pads in order. This works wonderfully well when
step sanding your finished turning project. Simply cycle your way through the grits by
pulling the next grit from the dispenser and placing the used one back on top. The dispenser
is made from corrosion resistant galvanized steel which also makes it extra durable for the
workshop environment
The dispenser measures 6" tall, 3¼" wide (at base tabs), 2-7/16" wide (actual abrasive
holder) by 1½" deep. The colors on the grit chart and the colors of Micro-Mesh abrasives may
vary slightly due to color shifts in the manufacturing process. Package comes with 9 color
coded micro mesh pads and 1 each galvanized steel dispenser.
Package Includes:
9 color coded micro mesh Soft Touch pads
1ea. 1500 Grit 2 x 2 Soft Touch Pad
1ea. 1800 Grit 2 x 2 Soft Touch Pad
1ea. 2400 Grit 2 x 2 Soft Touch Pad
1ea. 3200 Grit 2 x 2 Soft Touch Pad
1ea. 3600 Grit 2 x 2 Soft Touch Pad
1ea. 4000 Grit 2 x 2 Soft Touch Pad
1ea. 6000 Grit 2 x 2 Soft Touch Pad
1ea. 8000 Grit 2 x 2 Soft Touch Pad
1ea. 12000 Grit 2 x 2 Soft Touch Pad
1 ea. Galvanized steel dispenser.
11589
Mini Abrasive Cleaning Eraser Stick - 4" x 1-3/8" x 1-1/2"
6.99
Abrasive Cleaning Eraser Stick
Sanding most anything is a chore that we all don't typically care to do. To make things
worse, the sandpaper seems to become useless just after a few strokes. What if you could
rejuvenate your sandpaper so you could get a whole lot more mileage out of it? Now you can
with our natural rubber cleaning eraser stick! Simply rub the stick across the abrasive
surface and watch the dust, crud, resin and natural build up disappear!
Clean, Restore, Rejuvenate...
(only just for abrasive materials of course)
Designed to loosen and remove sawdust, dirt, debris and general build up from abrasive
surfaces, the abrasive cleaning stick is going to be one of your most commonly used cleaning
tools in your home workshop. The natural rubber cleaning eraser stick removes most all of
the residue. If you have power sanders like belt sanders you can simply hold the stick up
against the sanding belt while the power is on and watch the belt be cleaned right before
your eyes!
Restore Sanding Belts
Clean various items around the house, workshop or in the garage. The rubber construction of
the stick works best on belt sanders to allow your belts to cut faster and last longer all
the while it can also be used on disc sanders, drum sanders, rubber bottom shoes (not
plastic), skateboard grip tape, grip tape and a whole lot more! Large or small sanding
belts? It doesn't matter. The eraser stick will help you clean and restore in seconds! Use
stick after your sander has been clogged with wood dust and/or wood resin to return the
sanding surface to a like-new condition; Pulls dust, wood particles, sap, metal shavings,
paint, and other residue out of sanders and other abrasive materials.
Clean up those dirty skateboards...
Many skateboards typically have a grip tape or grip surface applied to the top surface to
help keep your feet in place. This of course gets dirty rather quickly. Rinsing it off kinda
works but doesn't get all of the build up. Our eraser stick does the trick and makes
cleaning the board a breeze. The natural rubber cleaning eraser stick also works
exceptionally well on skateboard grip surfaces. Once clean, the skateboard surface is almost
as good as new and keeps its grip a whole lot longer. Similar to skateboard grip surfaces,
abrasive or grip tape that's used on floor areas that can get slippery can be easily cleaned
using the eraser stick.
Perfect for Small Hand Sanding Accessories
These sticks work exceptionally well with hand sanding tools like sanding blocks, sponges,
mouse shaped sanders and a whole lot more
Step Grip Tape and More!
Clean and restore most any type of abrasive, grip type surface. It works almost like an old
fashioned pencil eraser. As you rub or slide the stick across an abrasive surface the stick
quickly loosens and removes foreign materials. Your abrasives will be brought back to life
to continue sanding.
11582
11 PC Contour & Angle Sanding Grip Pack
$24.99
$
18.99
11 PC Contour & Angle Sanding Grip Pack
with 50 Assorted Pre-Cut Abrasive Sheets
Finally! A set of contours, angles and pads that work for inside, outside, flat, curved,
small and tight areas all in one convenient package! The non-slip rubber pad prevents
abrasive slippage and hand fatigue. This set is perfect for woodworkers, auto body, metal
work, arts, crafts or even around the house.
11 PC Contour & Angle Sanding Grip Pack Features:
11 grips with 21 different profiles
50 sheets (10 of each grit) of pre-cut abrasive sandpaper in the following grits: 80,
100, 120, 150 and 220
Each pad has a convex profile at one and a concave profile at the other.
21 Different Profiles
These 11 grips with 21 different profiles will tackle most any sanding project you may
come across. Designed to work with standard 9” x 11” sanding sheets or pre-cut sandpaper
sheets (included). This set is a set of sanding pads that no one should be without.
Taking the Perfect Angle and Hugging the Curves
With many different angles and curves to sand smooth, we have come up with the most commonly
used angles and profiles to help you tackle your next project. From the super tight 30
degree angle all the way up to 90 degrees and curved edges, you will find exactly the
profile you need.
Makes short work of sanding both concave and convex shapes without distortion of the
profile.
Simply wrap sandpaper around the profile and start sanding.
The non-slip rubber pad prevents abrasive slippage and hand fatigue.
Contours are made from flexible rubber yet firm enough to hold it's profile.
Each pad has a convex profile at one end and a matching concave profile at the other end.
No Job Too Small
From woodworkers, to hobbyists, to metal or auto body work, most anyone will find these
contour sanding pads super handy. It doesn't matter how small the corner, edge or contour
you need to work, these pads should do the trick.
Outside Curves Deserve Some TLC Too
We couldn't just worry about the inside corners could we? Of course we couldn't. The outside
radius tool helps you sand 1/8" and 1/4" radius corners with ease!
Flat Pad for Convex and Concave Curves
Sometimes we just need a little more rigidity than just the paper by itself. With this
flexible pad you tend to feel more comfortable when sanding broader curves. The pad acts as
a buffer as well as giving you the ability to add more pressure when needed
What's Included?
Six 2-3/4" wide pads with the following inside/outside diameters:
1/4" Convex/Concave Sanding Pad
3/8" Convex/Concave Sanding Pad
1/2" Convex/Concave Sanding Pad
5/8" Convex/Concave Sanding Pad
3/4" Convex/Concave Sanding Pad
7/8" Convex/Concave Sanding Pad
1 Pad with 2 profiles
:
1/8" Radius
1/4" Radius
1 pad with 2 profiles:
11/64" Wide
90° Angle
1 pad with 2 profiles:
60° Angle
75° Angle
1 pad with 2 profiles:
45° Angle
30° Angle
1 Flexible Flat Pad
50 sheets of pre-cut abrasive sandpaper
10 of each grit in the following grits: 80, 100, 120, 150 and 220
4440
Sandflex Sanding Block
3 Pack
14.99
Sandflex Sanding Block - 3 Pack
These Blocks are a Solid Block of Grit. Simply use the block like an eraser, rubbing firmly
on surface. Can be used wet or dry. Not recommended for plated or painted surfaces. Test on
inconspicuous area before use. Non-Toxic.
Popular uses:
Clean rust from tools and unfinished metals
Remove rust from out door equipment
Clean stainless steel sinks, pots and pans.
Restore nap to suede
Clean electrical contacts
Remove mineral deposits from ceramic tile and toilets.
Clean tires and rubber products.
Includes:
1 ea. Fine Sanding Block
1 ea. Med Sanding Block
1 ea. Coarse Sanding Block
11714
10' Power Tool Hose Kit
with 8 Adapter Fittings
34.99
10' Power Tool Hose Kit
with 8 Sili Fittings
Upgrade your dust collection system with this 10‑foot flexible hose kit featuring innovative
Sili Flex Fit Fittings. Designed for maximum adaptability, it connects seamlessly to a wide
range of power tools and shop vacuums, keeping your workspace clean and efficient. Built
from durable, puncture‑resistant materials, this kit ensures long‑lasting performance for
any woodworking project.
Features:
Sili Flex Fit Fittings:
Stretchable silicone ends easily adapt to different dust ports—no more searching for
the perfect fitting.
Enhanced Dust Control:
10‑foot flexible hose helps maintain a cleaner, safer workspace by connecting directly
to tools and vacuums.
Versatile Adaptability:
Includes 8 threaded fittings compatible with popular tools like orbital sanders and
biscuit joiners.
Rugged Design:
Puncture‑resistant construction withstands heavy shop use for long‑lasting
reliability.
Complete Kit:
Includes 1 flexible hose (10 ft, 1‑3/16" O.D.), 2 small rubber thread‑on fittings, 2
ribbed rubber adaptors, 1 plug‑in shop vacuum adaptor, and 3 Sili Flex Fittings.
Important Fit Note:
Shop vacuum port sizes vary by manufacturer—review product images and dimensions
carefully to ensure compatibility.
⚠️
Check your tool port dimensions before ordering
.
11541
Keystone 4" Star Molding Flap Sanders 3 Pack
54.99
4" Star Molding Flap Sander
Eliminate tedious hand sanding on wood moldings, curved pieces & textured surfaces.
Sanding Stars are the ideal tools for sanding very contoured or profiled wood or metal
parts.
Features:
Sand contoured and flat surfaces, raised panels, moldings, turnings or carvings
Made from a very flexible cloth-backed material
4" in diameter with a 1/4" shank
Rated at 3,200 RPM Maximum
Available Grits:
80 Grit
120 Grit
180 Grit
3 Pack • 80 Grit • 120 Grit and 180 Grit
Made From a Very Flexible Cloth-Backed Material
The Flap Sanders are made from a very flexible cloth-backed material making them perfect for
finish sanding. Sand contoured and flat surfaces, raised panels, moldings, turnings or
carvings with these abrasive flap sanders. Deburring raised grain is possible without
destroying the intricate features of a work piece. The aluminum oxide star is 4" in diameter
with a 1/4" shank. Rated at 3,200 RPM Maximum
Perfect for woodworkers
Perfect for woodworkers, furniture restoration, automotive, home and a whole lot more! .
MADE in the USA!
8084
Spring Miter Clamp Deluxe Pack with Clip
44.95
Spring Miter Clamps and Pliers
If you have ever attempted to firmly secure and clamp mitered corners then you know what
kind of a challenge it can be to say the least. You could always try those large, cumbersome
and very expensive parallel clamps to try and work each corner just right to hold your
mitered corners together. That too can be extremely challenging and not to mention very
costly.
The Fulton Miter Spring Clamps are the ideal and cost effective way to quickly and easily
clamp mitered corners without all of the hassle you typically have with other clamps. The
Spring Miter Clamps are made from a high strength steel. The clamps can be applied using
your hand to squeeze the clamp to open the sharp, pointed tips or you can use the Miter
Spring Pliers to make it super easy to to spread the tips apart.
A simple way to clamp corners
The uniquely designed Fulton spring miter clamps are easy and quickly secured to corner
joints on wood projects such as frames and molding. When used with the Fulton pliers you can
secure 90 degree corners in seconds allowing you to work the remaining corners on your
project. With the corners being held together you can let the glue dry (if used) or brad
nail the corner joints together.
Easy and Quick
The Fulton spring miter clamps make easy work on your corner clamping chores. You'll be able
to quickly attach or remove spring clamps as needed to help you get your project get done in
a more efficient manner.
You can never have too many clamps...
As the old say goes, you can never have too many clams. This is especially true when working
larger projects like crown molding. The more clamps you have the better the holding power
becomes. Using these spring miter clamps sure beats lugging around large, heavy and
cumbersome clamps that don't work half the time.
Great for Frames
While the spring clamps can be used almost anywhere, they excel when being used for
assembling frames. With there ease of application, they make frame work quick and really
easy compared to larger clamps.
Better Design, Better Results
Many of the older style spring clamps leave large, un-sightly holes, tears and gouges on
your wood after you remove them. The old style clamps have chiseled points that gouge and
tear at the wood which produces bad looking and not to mention hard to repair marks. The
Fulton spring clamps with the sharp, piercing point tips leave small marks that can be
difficult to see at times. This makes the finishing process much easier than with the older
style of spring clamp.
The Hip Clip
The hip clip allows you to clip multiple Fulton spring clamps on to your belt loop so they
are ready at a moments notice. This comes in incredibly handy when working on projects
overhead like crown molding. The clip has a spring loaded hasp that keep the clamps inside
the slip until you are ready to grab one.
Starter Pack (8083) Includes:
1 ea. Miter Spring Pliers
4 ea. Spring Miter Clamps
1 ea. Carabiner Coupling Clip
Deluxe Pack (8084) Includes:
1 ea. Miter Spring Pliers
13 ea. Spring Miter Clamps
1 ea. Carabiner Coupling Clip
Clamp Pack (8085) Includes:
12 ea. Spring Miter Clamps
1 ea. Carabiner Coupling Clip
4391
MATCHFIT Dovetail Clamp with X-Pad + Variety Pack
115.90
MATCHFIT Dovetail Clamp
with Variety Pack Hardware + X-Pad
Everything you need to make every inch of your shop more functional. With just a standard ½"
14-degree Dovetail router bit (sold separately), you can route your own tracks, eliminating
the need for expensive aluminum T-Track. Create jigs and shop fixtures with the incredibly
versatile MATCHFIT System. Dovetail Clamps and Dovetail Hardware move through the tracks
below the surface, allowing you to create a variety of jigs that move freely, and tighten
down anywhere you can route a groove. Create your own fences, stops, hold-downs, and
assembly fixtures in a snap. The X-PAD is an upgrade for MATCHFIT Dovetail Clamps that
allows you to clamp in two directions at once—achieving in-line clamping with unrestricted
clamp positioning. Use the v-groove to clamp round stock with incredible ease. Simply slide
the X-PAD fully over the round cap of a MATCHFIT Dovetail Clamp to add a whole new level of
functionality. Compatible with the MATCHFIT Dovetail router bit, available in ½", 8mm, and
12mm shanks.
Features:
Eliminate the need for expensive T-tracks by routing your own clamp tracks
Endless work-holding possibilities for jigs and fixtures around the whole shop
X-PADs simultaneously apply hold-down and in-line pressure as the clamp tightens, and
secures round stock with ease.
Combined forces keep your workpieces flat and eliminates the need for two or more
different clamps
Use with spacers to keep your workpiece steady for hand tool work, routing, sanding, any
process that requires unrestricted access to the top
Ideal track hardware for building jigs, sleds for straight line and tapered cuts, tall
fences, fixtures, and hold-downs.
Includes:
4 each Dovetail Clamp (DVC-538)
1 each X-Pad 4 Pack
1 each Variety Hardware Pack
Create your own clamp tracks using a router bit.
Use any standard 1/2"–14º dovetail router bit to create your own clamp tracks.
The Dovetail Track System is designed to give you all the functionality of T-track—in less
time and at a fraction of the cost.
Contractor Grade Clamps Made for Accurate, Straight Cuts
Create your Dovetail Tracks.
Route a groove with a ½"–14º Dovetail Router Bit to create your own clamp tracks.
Build endless sleds and jigs.
Anywhere you can route becomes a clamp track, so you can create endless possibilities of
sleds and jigs. The only limit is your imagination.
Perfect for hidden fixtures and shelving
Dovetail Hardware moves through the tracks below the surface, so you can secure material
without the hardware getting in the way.
Clamp in two directions with a single clamp.
The X-PAD applies pressure in two directions as you tighten your Dovetail Clamp. The
combined forces keep your work-piece(s) flat and eliminate the need for two or more
different clamps.
Tricky Glue-Ups
How would you clamp a 3-sided miter - band clamp? Not a chance. The X-PAD applies
pressure to both sides of the joint, keeping it flat and square, even without a 4th side
to support it. Just four Dovetail Clamps upgraded with X-PADs eliminate the need for
different types of clamps.
Work-Holding Like A Pr
Securing material without obstructing the top can be a real challenge. This is
traditionally done with a combo of bench dogs, in-line clamps, and costly end-vices. The
X-PAD on MATCHFIT Dovetail Clamps allow you to use spacers to hold your workpiece for
any process that requires unrestricted access to the top.
Safer, Cleaner Cuts
The X-PAD's Pressure Transfer Notch gives you more points of contact on the workpiece.
This keeps your material firmly in place for safer, cleaner cuts with table saw sleds
and jigs.
4374
Microjig® MATCHFIT Dovetail Clamps (2 Pack)
45.00
MATCHFIT Dovetail Clamps - 2 Pack
MATCHFIT Dovetail Clamps by MICROJIG will revolutionize the way you work with wood. MATCHFIT
Dovetail Clamps move through the grooves below the material, allowing you to clamp anywhere,
on any surface, without being confined to the edge. Features new rubberized soft-grip handle
for better hold when clamping your next project, and expands creative freedom to build
extension fences, tables, workspaces, and personalized track systems.
Designed For Creativity, Engineered To Work Smarter
Clamping Range: 0 – 5.25" (0 – 133mm)
Clamp Pressure: 595 lbs open at 4"
(270 kg open at 100mm)
Jaw Depth: 2.375" (60mm)
Minimum Dovetail Slot Length: 3.75" (95mm)
Dovetail Profile: 0.5" by 14º
Reach New Heights
The MATCHFIT Dovetail Clamp allows for unlimited fence heights because the clamp arm
seamlessly slides through the track without being limited by the arm like traditional
clamps.
The Clamps hold the fence extension securely at the ends of the table saw fence
preventing bowing out.
Horizontal-Clamping
Create Your Own Dovetail Track System
Route vs T-Track
Perfect for clamping home made jigs
MATCHFIT Dovetail Clamps – the only clamps as free as your creativity.
The breakthrough dovetail clamp arm design gives you the freedom to create your own track
grooves using a dovetail router bit to clamp virtually anywhere.
Create clamping tracks virtually anywhere by routing dovetail grooves.
Exert versatile clamping pressure without interfering with the operation by containing the
MATCHFIT Dovetail Clamp head arm within the dovetail groove. It expands creative freedom to
build:
Use as hold downs on workbenches
Mount outfeed extension to tablesaw
Mount and infeed to tablesaw
Personalized track systems
Extend the height of your tablesaw fence
Extend the height of your bandsaw fence
Create your own sawtrack
Create custom fences
Use with Matchfit Dado Stop (sold seperately) to create perfect-fitting dados, joinery,
and inlays with any saw blade, fast.
and much morehttp://www.ptreeusa.com.
Includes:
2 MATCHFIT Dovetail Clamps.
Note
:
Only
works with 1/2" x 14º Dovetails
Note
: Routers, tablesaws, Matchfit Dado, bandsaw fences, K5, jigs, templates and all
accessories are Not included.
4390
Microjig® MATCHFIT Dovetail Clamp + X-Pad
25.74
MATCHFIT Dovetail Clamp + X-Pad
MATCHFIT Dovetail Clamps by MICROJIG will revolutionize the way you work with wood. MATCHFIT
Dovetail Clamps move through the grooves below the material, allowing you to clamp anywhere,
on any surface, without being confined to the edge. Features new rubberized soft-grip handle
for better hold when clamping your next project, and expands creative freedom to build
extension fences, tables, workspaces, and personalized track systems.
Features
Designed For Creativity, Engineered To Work Smarter
Clamping Range: 0 – 5.25" (0 – 133mm)
Clamp Pressure: 595 lbs open at 4"
(270 kg open at 100mm)
Jaw Depth: 2.375" (60mm)
Minimum Dovetail Slot Length: 3.75" (95mm)
Dovetail Profile: 0.5" by 14º
Reach New Heights
The MATCHFIT Dovetail Clamp allows for unlimited fence heights because the clamp arm
seamlessly slides through the track without being limited by the arm like traditional
clamps.
The Clamps hold the fence extension securely at the ends of the table saw fence
preventing bowing out.
Horizontal-Clamping
Create Your Own Dovetail Track System
Route vs T-Track
Perfect for clamping home made jigs
Clamp in two directions with a single clamp.
The X-PAD applies pressure in two directions as you tighten your Dovetail Clamp. The
combined forces keep your work-piece(s) flat and eliminate the need for two or more
different clamps.
Tricky Glue-Ups
How would you clamp a 3-sided miter - band clamp? Not a chance. The X-PAD applies
pressure to both sides of the joint, keeping it flat and square, even without a 4th side
to support it. Just four Dovetail Clamps upgraded with X-PADs eliminate the need for
different types of clamps.
Work-Holding Like A Pr
Securing material without obstructing the top can be a real challenge. This is
traditionally done with a combo of bench dogs, in-line clamps, and costly end-vices. The
X-PAD on MATCHFIT Dovetail Clamps allow you to use spacers to hold your workpiece for
any process that requires unrestricted access to the top.
Safer, Cleaner Cuts
The X-PAD's Pressure Transfer Notch gives you more points of contact on the workpiece.
This keeps your material firmly in place for safer, cleaner cuts with table saw sleds
and jigs.
5611
Microjig MATCHFIT GRR-RIP Clamp - 2PK
39.99
MatchFit GRR-RIP Clamp - 2PK
Experience unmatched versatility and power with the MATCHFIT Grr-rip Clamp, designed to work
seamlessly in any 1/2", 14° groove you cut. With easy one-handed operation, apply up to
150lbs of force, while the large anti-mar pad and quick-release trigger make adjustments
effortless and protect your workpieces.
Features:
Clamp head is forged to fit a 1/2" wide, 14 degree MatchFitTM dovetail groove
One-handed operation, just squeeze to clamp
Release Trigger loosens the clamp instantly without breaking your grip
Large anti-mar clamp pad wont damage parts and is grooved to hold odd shapes
horizontally and vertically
150 pound (660 Newton) clamping force
6-1/4" (158mm) clamp capacity
1-7/8" (48mm) throat depth
Unmatched Versatility
The MATCHFIT Grr-rip Clamp is designed to work seamlessly with your MATCHFIT Dovetail
Tracks. Imagine a world where you can use a clamp virtually anywhere you can cut a 1/2",
14-degree groove. That's the freedom this clamp offers you. From intricate furniture designs
to robust cabinetry to weekend projects, this clamp has got you covered
Powerful One-Handed Operation
Don't let its sleek design fool you. This clamp packs a punch with up to 150 pounds of
clamping force. With easy one-handed operation, squeeze to apply the pressure you need
exactly where you need it.
Protective Anti-Mar Pad
The large anti-mar clamp pad ensures that your workpieces remain in pristine condition. No
more worrying about damaging delicate materials. Plus, the grooved design allows you to hold
odd shapes in two directions, horizontally and vertically.
Quick Release Trigger
The intuitive release trigger loosens the clamp instantly without breaking your grip. This
means you can adjust or remove the clamp without hassle, making your workflow smoother
Generous Clamping Capacity
With a 6-1/4" (158mm) clamp capacity and a 1-7/8" (48mm) throat depth, this clamp is
designed to handle a wide range of projects, big or small. 🇺🇸 Quality You Can Trust Designed
in the USA, the MATCHFIT Grr-rip Clamp is forged to fit 1/2" wide, 14-degree MATCHFIT
dovetail grooves. This ensures a perfect fit and long-lasting durability.
4397
Microjig BLADECLEAN Cleaning System
99.99
BLADECLEAN Cleaning System
Cleaning small, tight areas that have a lot of built up dirt, grime or rust can be almost
impossible without the right tools. With the Fulton wire brushes you'll be able to not only
work the dirt and debris free, you'll be able to do it on most any type of surface.
Clean blades = clean cuts
Dirty blades and bits put stress on your machine, generate more heat, and are often mistaken
as dull. This is when blades are unnecessarily sent off for sharpening while, more often
than not, all they need is a quick cleaning.
Less time cleaning, more time building
Cleaning saw blades can be tedious and time consuming. The BLADECLEAN system shortens the
entire job to just a few minutes. Quickly clean an entire side of your saw blade in a single
motion, and without harsh chemicals. The BLADECLEAN seals in liquid so it can be stored away
for later use. You’ll already be set up the next time you need to clean a blade or bit.
No bare hand contact with cutting edges or chemicals
The magnetic handle attaches to your saw blade, so your skin doesn't come into contact
with harsh chemicals or sharp cutting edges.
Industrial grade
Aluminium-oxide cleaning pads
No more wire brushing! The scouring pad is uniquely suited to reach every nook and
cranny of your saw blade at once. Clean an entire side of the blade in a single motion.
Clean a variety of router bit sizes at once
The router bit holder lets you soak and clean up to five bits in record time using the
included scouring discs. Compatible with 1/4”, 1/2”, 6mm, 8mm, and 12mm shank sizes.
5608
Microjig
GRR-RIPPER+
49.99
GRR-RIPPER+
The Grr-ripper+™ 3D Pushblock is engineered to give you the most accurate cuts possible
while protecting your hands at all times. No other pushblock offers this level of precision,
control, and safety. Make difficult cuts with ease and prevent kickback like never before.
Microjig GRR-RIPPER+™
Features:
Virtually eliminate kickback on table saws
Prevent cutting your Grr-ripper Center Leg at the table saw
The rip width guides the Center Leg setting. If your cut shows under the cursor, move
the Center Leg
No leaning over to check the cut settings
Quicker set ups with no check passes
Three Directions of Force
Three directions of force provide essential stability for superior precision, safety, and
control.
Downward
pressure stabilizes work piece on a flat surface.
Inward
pressure against the fence virtually eliminates kickback.
Forward
pressure feeds stock consistently through the cut to eliminate burning and blade marks.
Virtually Eliminates Kickback on Table Saws
The Grr-ripper+™ provides downward and inward pressure, keeping both sides of the cut
parallel to the blade. This prevents the workpiece from straying from the rip fence,
virtually eliminating kickback.
Prevent Blade Contact
Prevent cutting your Grr-ripper Center Leg at the table saw. The rip width guides the
Center Leg setting. If your cut shows under the cursor, move the Center Leg. No leaning
over to check the cut settings, and quicker set ups with no check passes.
Fully Adjustable
Center Leg adjusts to varying material widths, allowing you to control both the
keeper and off-cut sides of your workpiece through the entire cut. Balance Support
adjusts to match material thickness, keeping the Grr-ripper+™ upright and square.
Ultimate Gripping
Green Grr-rip™ gives you incredible traction for easy handling of hardwoods, composites,
plastics, and aluminum. Its treaded surface conforms to the workpiece for superior
control. Dust and buildup easily wipe off with denatured alcohol.
Router Tables
The Grr-ripper provides incredible command over your workpiece on the router table. Whether
you’re using the fence or freehand routing, its powerful grip controls stock and protects
your hands from dangerous spinning bits.
Table Saws
The Grr-ripper was built for the table saw. It acts as a moving blade guard, shielding your
hands from the saw blade through the entire cut. Right out of the box, the Grr-ripper can
cut stock down to ¼” x ¼”. Because it provides three directions of control, your cuts will
be cleaner and more precise.
Jointers
The Grr-ripper’s proprietary Green Grr-rip material provides all the traction you need to
properly flatten stock on the jointer. Because of its powerful grip, you can feed material
over the cutter head without having to apply too much downward pressure. The Grr-ripper
makes proper face-jointing technique easy and safe.
Band Saws
The Grr-ripper's legs and main body maintain a constant 90-degree angle. It can be used on
its side, which is ideal for resawing on band saws. The Grr-ripper glides along the table
top and applies even pressure against the fence with your hands clear of the blade. Even
pressure means less blade drift, resulting in smoother cuts.
4575
Microjig
Grr-ripper2 Go™
29.00
Grr-ripper2 Go™
No assembly needed, easy setup and the perfect size to grab it and go to work safely! The
Grr-ripper2 Go comes fully assembled and with a color coded sticker to place on your fence
scale for quick cut width reference. Using the installed color coded sticker on your fence
scale, simply match the color bar up with the color coded markings on the Grr-ripper2-Go to
ensure your passing the blade through the correct tunnel.
Microjig Grr-ripper2 Go™
Features:
No assembly needed
Keeps your stock piece straight and stable through the entire cutting process
Includes a color coded sticker to place on your fence scale for quick cut width
reference
Extreme gripping power controls and stabilizes your workpiece
Minimum cutting width of just 5/16” (8mm)
Perfect for making precise, narrow cuts
Avoid Dangerous Kickbacks
Kickback occurs when wood move in a way that makes the saw blade catch it and “kick” it back
at you causing a very dangerous situation. The Grr-ripper2-Go keeps your stock piece
straight and stable through the entire cutting process so the saw blade doesn’t catch the
stock and you, your fingers, yourself and anyone in the shop stays safer.
Use the Grr-ripper2-Go Virtually Anywhere In Your Shop
Not just for your table saw, the Grr-ripper2-Go can be used virtually anywhere in your shop
or on the jobsite. Keeping your fingers safely away from, router bits, band saw blades,
jointer knives/cutters and a whole lot more!
Extreme Gripping Power
Extreme gripping power easily holds, controls and stabilizes your workpiece better than any
other “safety” device available. This not only helps make the cutting process easier, it
also prevents bodily injury.
Superior Protection for Your Safety
We over engineer for your safety! Cut small parts safely and accurately with the powerful
gripping legs. The legs minimum cutting width of just 5/16” (8mm) is perfect for making
precise, narrow cuts for your next project. With no bare-hand feeding and the ability to
keep your stock up and against the fence through the entire cutting process, the
Grr-ripper2-Go provides you with superior protection.
No assembly. Easy setup.
The legs of the Grr-Ripper 2 GO are staggered so any rip cut from 5/16” (8mm) to 2” (50mm)
up can be made with the blade passing safely underneath. The Grr-Ripper 2 GO comes with our
patented Color Coded Index to help you set your cuts properly. Apply the provided
see-through Color Code Index sticker to your saw’s rip fence scale. Whenever you set the rip
fence, the color showing under the cursor, shows how to position the 2 GO against the fence.
Correct set ups are a breeze!
How it works.
Step 1
Set your fence to the desired cutting width, and see which color the fence scale lands
on. The color is Solid Green in this example.
Step 2
The Grr-ripper2 Go™ has two ends with different colors on each end. Use the end with the
color from Step 1 (Solid Green).
Two is Better Than One
Using another Grr-ripper2 Go allows you to feed long stock without stopping, virtually
eliminating burning and blade marks caused by inconsistent feed rate. Parts come off the saw
ready to use with little to no additional sanding or planing.
5612
Microjig MATCHFIT
CNC Workholding Kit
119.99
MATCHFIT CNC Workholding Kit
Experience the unmatched innovation of the MatchFit CNC Workholding Kit, where the ingenious
low-profile design elevates your woodworking without getting in the way of your tools. It is
the only clamping system that uses the MatchFit Dovetail System to securely hold stock while
you work the top on your CNC, clamping table, jig, or fixture.
Features:
Eliminate the need for expensive T-tracks by routing your own clamp tracks
Endless work-holding possibilities for jigs and fixtures around the whole shop
X-PADs simultaneously apply hold-down and in-line pressure as the clamp tightens, and
secures round stock with ease.
Combined forces keep your workpieces flat and eliminates the need for two or more
different clamps
Use with spacers to keep your workpiece steady for hand tool work, routing, sanding,
any process that requires unrestricted access to the top
Ideal track hardware for building jigs, sleds for straight line and tapered cuts, tall
fences, fixtures, and hold-downs.
Includes:
(3) Edge Guide
(2) Ring Clamp
(2) Ramp Clamp
(4) U-Pad Clamp
Nylon mounting hardware
FREE Spoilboard plans
Quick and Secure Holding On Your CNC
Virtually all CNC machines sold come with two simple hold-down clamps if any clamps at all,
leaving you to figure out how to hold parts on your own. No more double-faced tape. Microjig
gives you a comprehensive system for quickly and securely holding work on your CNC, whatever
cuts you need to make.
Professional Level Workholding
When work needs to be done across the part surface, it must be held by the edges to prevent
damage to the clamps and bits. Clamps holding stock from the top is the most common holding
method, and this system engages the work top and edge to prevent movement during heavy
milling. Microjig’s CNC Workholding kit uses the MatchFit Dovetail Hardware in the
spoilboard we teach you how to make to fit your machine bed. This allows most setups to be
done quickly with no tools.
Workholding Without Limits
The X-PAD applies pressure in two directions as you tighten your Dovetail Clamp. The
combined forces keep your work-piece(s) flat and eliminate the need for two or more
different clamps.
Edge Guides
Edge Guides locate along your spoilboard to provide an accurate, low-profile origin point
for easy setups, especially when repeating programs. They can also be aligned within any
MatchFit Dovetail Groove.
Ring Clamps
Ring Clamps can be placed anywhere along your work table to lock and unlock your parts with
just a twist of the wrist. Ring Clamps feature a unique fixed hub to eliminate loosening
when in use.
Ramp Clamps
Ramp Clamps use ramps to hold parts applying force in and down to prevent movement and
lifting. They feature a clamping edge that moves forward and down along a ramp to provide
clamping force in two directions
U-Pad Clamps
Patent-pending U-Pads apply pressure on the top and sides at the same time, preventing both
lifting and sliding. U-Pad Clamps provide superior hold for stock up to 1-1/8” (28 mm)
thick.
4853
Kreg 6" Wood Project Clamp - KHC6
44.99
6" Wood Project Clamp
Quick, Convenient Clamping with Automatic Adjustment
Wood Project Clamps are perfect for Kreg Joinery, project assembly, general clamping, and
more. Available in two sizes — 6" reach and 3" reach — these versatile clamps have large
clamp faces that distribute clamping force evenly and won't mar delicate surfaces. They are
compatible with the Kreg Jig® R3's Clamp Pad Adapter, and with the Kreg Jig® Portable Base.
6" Wood Project Clamp Features
Adjusts automatically to match material thickness
Easy-to-regulate pressure with a simple thumbscrew
Large clamp faces spread pressure evenly
Ergonomic padded grips prevent hand fatigue
Works with the Kreg Jig® R3 Clamp Pad Adapter, as well as the Portable Base
Auto-Adjust Technology
Thanks to Automaxx® Auto-Adjust Technology, Wood Project Clamps adjust to match material
thickness automatically with a simple squeeze of handles — whether the material is thick,
thin, or in between. You can clamp a 2x4 and then a piece of 1/2" plywood without ever
readjusting the clamp.
Easy-to-Regulate Clamping Pressure
Easily regulate clamping pressure with a simple thumbscrew. Just set your desired pressure
by turning the thumbscrew for more or less pressure. Once the pressure is set, the clamp
maintains consistent clamping pressure with every thickness.
Highly Durable Construction
Wood Project Clamps are designed to withstand years of heavy use, thanks to heavy-duty,
all-metal construction. They also have ergonomic padded grips for comfort and ease-of-use.
4852
Kreg 3" Wood Project Clamp - KHC3
39.99
3" Wood Project Clamp
Quick, Convenient Clamping with Automatic Adjustment
Wood Project Clamps are perfect for Kreg Joinery, project assembly, general clamping, and
more. Available in two sizes — 6" reach and 3" reach — these versatile clamps have large
clamp faces that distribute clamping force evenly and won't mar delicate surfaces. They are
compatible with the Kreg Jig® R3's Clamp Pad Adapter, and with the Kreg Jig® Portable Base.
3" Wood Project Clamp Features
Adjusts automatically to match material thickness
Easy-to-regulate pressure with a simple thumbscrew
Large clamp faces spread pressure evenly
Ergonomic padded grips prevent hand fatigue
Works with the Kreg Jig® R3 Clamp Pad Adapter, as well as the Portable Base
Auto-Adjust Technology
Thanks to Automaxx Auto-Adjust Technology, Wood Project Clamps adjust to match material
thickness automatically with a simple squeeze of handles — whether the material is thick,
thin, or in between. You can clamp a 2x4 and then a piece of 1/2 inch plywood without ever
readjusting the clamp.
Easy-to-Regulate Clamping Pressure
Easily regulate clamping pressure with a simple thumbscrew. Just set your desired pressure
by turning the thumbscrew for more or less pressure. Once the pressure is set, the clamp
maintains consistent clamping pressure with every thickness.
Highly Durable Construction
Wood Project Clamps are designed to withstand years of heavy use, thanks to heavy-duty,
all-metal construction. They also have ergonomic padded grips for comfort and ease-of-use.
4878
Kreg 2" Classic Face Frame Clamp / KHC-Micro
19.99
2" Classic Face Frame Clamp
This compact, lightweight face clamp fits easily into tight spaces. It features a 2'' reach
and clamps materials up to 2-1/4'' thick, ideal for face frame assembly with pocket hole
screws. The large clamping pads are designed to flush up the faces of pocket hole joints and
distribute clamping pressure to minimize marring. When used in Kreg Joinery, the extra-large
clamp face gets positioned on the ''show'' side of the joint.
2" Classic Face Frame Clamp Features
2" reach (51mm); clamps materials up to 2 1/4" thick (57mm)
Compact size fits easily into tight spaces
Helps create a flush joint during pocket-hole assembly
Ergonomic padded grip for comfort and ease of use
Compatible with Kreg Pocket-Hole Jig R3’s Portable Clamp Adapter and 300-Series
Pocket-Hole Jigs
Ergonomic Grip
Ergonomic padded grip for comfort and ease of use
2" Reach
2" reach (51mm); clamps materials up to 2 1/4" thick (57mm)
Flush Joints
Helps create a flush joint during pocket-hole assembly
Clamp Adapter
Compatible with Kreg Pocket-Hole Jig R3’s Portable Clamp Adapter and 300-Series Pocket-Hole
Jigs
10291
Milescraft 3″ FaceClamp™ / #4001
19.99
3″ FaceClamp™ / #4001
The 3″ FaceClamp™ is perfect for pocket hole joinery, project construction, general
clamping, and more. The versatile clamps help create a flush joint during pocket hole
assembly and can be used for many other tasks that require clamping.
Features:
Metal Swivel Pads
Ensuring there is no marring on your workpiece
Distribute clamping force evenly
3″ reach (76mm)
For clamping on a variety of material thicknesses up to 2-3/4″ (70mm) thick
Thumb screw allows for quick and easy adjustment of jaw capacity
Designed to comfortably fit in your hand for maximum clamping pressure
11217
Milescraft® 6 Pc. Wood StubbyBit™ Set
24.99
6 Pc. Wood StubbyBit™ Set
With the Milescraft Wood StubbyBit™ Set, now you can drill holes into wood, in hard to reach
areas. Get into those spaces you couldn’t get to before, without breaking off the tip of a
good drill bit. These durable drill bits are precision ground from one piece of M2
High-Speed Steel; there is no weak spot where two pieces are welded or crimped together.
With a standard 135° tip, these drill bits are ideal for drilling into wood.
Features:
With an overall length of 2-1/4″ (60mm), allowing you to drill in confined spaces and
around tight corners
1/4" hex shank fits standard and quick-change chucks
Includes:
3/32" (2.4mm)
1/8" (3.2mm)
3/16" (4.8mm)
1/4" (6.4mm)
5/16" (7.9mm)
3/8" (9.5mm)
11201
Milescraft®
DrillMate™
49.99
DrillMate™
You can’t take a drill press with you everywhere you go, but you can take a Milescraft®
DrillMate™. This portable drill guide makes it quick and easy to drill precise holes at
multiple angles. The DrillMate™ saves time and eliminates frustration when drilling multiple
holes in all types and shapes of stock.
Features:
Ball bearings for spindle support
Self-centering drill guide base
Angle readout for setting drilling angles to 45°, 60°, 75°, and 90°
V-groove for drilling on round stock
Non-slip TPE feet prevent slipping and marring on the work surface
Mounting holes for mounting with screws when needed
Metal Angle Adjusters
- Allows you to easily lock your selected drilling angle into place
Adjustable Stop Collar
- For repetitive drilling
3/8” Keyed Chuck
- Compatible with most 3/8” drill accessories
Auxiliary Handle
- Can be mounted in a fixed position on the base for maximum support no matter what
drilling motion you are doing
11228
Milescraft®
GlueMate450™ / #5223
7.99
GlueMate450™ / #5223
The GlueMate by Milescraft is the perfect glue accessory for everyone. From master craftsmen
to first-time DIY’ers, this advanced glue bottle makes for quick and accurate application.
The secret is the two-chamber design. When pressure is applied the glue is sent from the
bottom of the storage chamber up through the smaller application chamber. This allows you to
control the flow and deliver just the amount of glue you need. It even allows for vertical
application – You can put glue anywhere, at any angle!
Features:
Double chamber allows for gluing at any angle
Narrow application tube helps you control flow and apply precise amounts of glue
2x applicator tips for different occasions
Fine cone Applicator for fine beads
Flat biscuit Applicator for wide flat beads
Holds 15 oz. of wood glue or other liquids
804
Fulton EZ Align
Shelf Pin Jig
89.99
EZ Align Shelf Pin Jig
The EZ-Align Shelf Pin Jig is a dual drilling jig that allows you to drill two rows of shelf
pin holes that are perfectly aligned! This eliminates that chance for rocking or wobbling
shelves. The EZ-Align jig also provides perfect vertical spacing of 1-1/4" (32mm) between
pin holes. Two dual purpose star indexing pins are included to make aligning of your holes a
breeze. Each pin can index either 1/4" pin holes or 5mm pin holes (both the 1/4" & 5mm
self centering bits are included). The jig also features a 50mm index from opposite side of
the jig for larger or wider shelves. Works with both existing and non-assembled cabinets.
The EZ-Align Shelf Pin Jig is the perfect for those who want to get it done right the first
time.
Fulton EZ Align Shelf Pin Jig Features
Provides perfect vertical spacing of 1-1/4" (32mm) between pin holes
Each pin can index either 1/4" pin holes or 5mm pin holes
Both the 1/4" & 5mm self centering bits are included
Two dual purpose star indexing pins are included to make aligning of your holes a breeze.
Each pin can index either 1/4" pin holes or 5mm pin holes (both the 1/4" & 5mm self
centering drill bits are included). The index pins allow you to drill holes in runs that are
longer than the jig and help keep the jig from moving so you don’t need clamps.
50mm Offset for Deeper or Wider Shelves
The jig also features a 50mm index from opposite side of the jig for larger or wider
shelves. Sometimes we need to make deeper or wider shelves and the 50mm offset makes this
possible by shifting the pin holes back further so the shelf sits better than the outward
holes
Works With Both Assembled and Non-Assembled Cabinets
The jig works with both assembled and non-assembled cabinets. It can be used together as
designed for non-assembled cabinets or the acrylic sliding jigs can be taken off the rails
and used to drill assembled cabinets. This makes the EZ align jig very versatile and can
help complete your shelf pin drilling chores quickly and accurately.
1/4" Pin Holes or 5mm Pin Holes
Each pin can index either 1/4" pin holes or 5mm pin holes (both the 1/4" & 5mm self
centering drill bits are included). The index pins allow you to drill holes in runs that are
longer than the jig and help keep the jig from moving so you don’t need clamps
Perfect Vertical Spacing
The EZ-Align jig also provides perfect vertical spacing of 1-1/4" (32mm) between pin holes.
Two dual purpose star indexing pins are included to make aligning of your holes a breeze.
Two Self Centering Drill Bits Included
Included with the EZ Align Shelf Pin Jig system are two redesigned self centering drill
bits. They offer better performance and more accurate results. The easy to clear and easy to
clean bits make drilling your shelf pins quick and easy.
918
Peachtree Drill Bit
Measuring Guide
7.99
Drill Bit Measuring Guide
Ever come across that long lost drill bit and struggled to figure out what size it is?
Struggle no more with this handy drill bit measuring gauge. Powder coated to a smooth
finish, this gauge won't damage your bits while measuring. The gauge can be used to
measure brad point bits, twist drill bits or any other kind of straight drill bit.
Starting at 1/16" the gauge can measure all the way up to 1/2" in 1/64th inch
increments.
Features:
Powder coated to a smooth finish
Won't damage your bits while measuring
Starting at 1/16" the gauge can measure all the way up to 1/2" in 1/64th inch
increments.
917
Peachtree
7 Piece Brad Point Bit Set
6.99
7 Piece Brad Point Bit Set
Our 7 Piece Brad Point Drill Bits are tooled out of high speed steel for durability and
extra long life. This starter set contains the most popular sizes for doweling.
Includes:
1 ea. 1/8"
1 ea. 3/16"
1 ea. 1/4"
1 ea. 5/16"
1 ea. 3/8"
1 ea. 7/16"
1 ea. 1/2"
840
Snappy 25 Piece
Quick-Change Kit
81.49
25 Piece Quick-Change Kit
Using a 1/4" hex quick-change system allows you to easily exchange between drill bits and
screwdriver bits by avoiding the hassle of always having to adjust your drill chuck. Just
place the quick-change chuck in your drill chuck and your ready to go. The quick-change
chuck excepts all types of 1/4" hex shank bits. Just push the bits in until you hear the
snap and slide the sleeve back to remove them. Because of the convenience of this type of
system more and more drilling accessories are being manufactured with 1/4" hex shanks.This
is a great start up set for converting standard drill bits to hex power bits. Drill bits can
be changed with any style round bit of approximate style. Colbolt, Carbide, Brad Point, ect.
Set Includes:
Snappy quick change chuck
7 drill bit adapters with drills bits
(1/16", 3/32", 1/8", 5/32", 3/16", 7/32" & 1/4")
Handy canvas pouch to keep all your quick change tools together.
Made in USA by Snappy.
904
Stone Mountain 7 Piece Forstner Bit Set
29.99
7 Piece Forstner Bit Set
Drilling flat bottom smooth holes doesn't have to be challenging. As a matter of fact, its
super easy if you have the right drill bit to do so. If you've never used a forstner bit,
this is the perfect set to get you started. If you are an experienced woodworker, then you
already know the value of a quality, ideally sized diameter forstner bit set like this one.
With seven of the most commonly used drilling diameter forstner bits included, you'll be
able to perform a wide variety of flat bottom or through hole drilling applications. Each
bit is designed for use with any standard 3/8 inch of ½ inch drill chuck. The bits are
milled with a hex shank for maximum torque while drilling. This makes them great for harder
wood.
Each bit has a projecting center point for absolute precision when initiating the drilling
process. The center point allows you to precisely position the bit before drilling ensuring
the accuracy needed for your woodworking project. These bits won't "walk" or shift like
standard drilling bits. Use them for carp-entry, woodworking and even craft projects. You
can drill into many different materials including wood, some plastics, composite material,
MDF and more!
What's in the wooden box?
The set comes in a wooden box that folds back to lay completely flat or stand vertically to
view your bits. The bits are protected by the wood box but are also protected by a foam
liner along with a urethane shank sleeve.The set includes: 1 ea. 1/4" Steel Forstner Bit 1
ea. 3/8" Steel Forstner Bit 1 ea. 1/2" Steel Forstner Bit 1 ea. 5/8" Steel Forstner Bit 1
ea. 3/4" Steel Forstner Bit 1 ea. 7/8" Steel Forstner Bit and 1 ea. 1" Steel Forstner Bit
The set includes:
1 ea. 1/4" Steel Forstner Bit
1 ea. 3/8" Steel Forstner Bit
1 ea. 1/2" Steel Forstner Bit
1 ea. 5/8" Steel Forstner Bit
1 ea. 3/4" Steel Forstner Bit
1 ea. 7/8" Steel Forstner Bit
1 ea. 1" Steel Forstner Bit
Features:
Made from precision machined steel
Works with 3/8" and 1/2" hand drills & drill presses
Hex Shanks to prevent slippage
Each bit is approximately 3-1/2" in length
Shank size measures 3/8" diameter
Wooden storage case with double hinges
Smooth Flat Bottoms
Drill smooth flat bottom holes time after time after time using our forstner drill bits! You
can drill into almost any location on your workpiece including the edge when needed!
No tearing out
Our bits don't tear at your wood when drilling, these bits shear or cut the wood producing
excellent results. Simply lower and raise your bit while its rotating to clear out excess
buildup and a smooth drilling process.
Great for any project!
Drill through holes quickly, smoothly and almost effortlessly! Perfect for projects like
elaborate coin plaques or larger projects like bird houses.
Positionable Wooden Box
The wooden box that protects your forstner bits is designed to fold back so it can stand
vertically or lay down flat all the while you'll still be able to view your bits to see
which one is needed next.
Hex Shanks
Each bit has a hex shank to ensure that it will provide the most torque possible depending
on your drilling device.
Compatibility
Works with most battery operated hand drills and drill press machines with standard size
drill chucks. Can also be used on some wood lathes with a drill chuck adapter (not
included).
The 7 Piece Forstner Bit Set Includes:
Size
Max RPM
1/4"
870
3/8
870
1/2"
870
5/8"
870
3/4"
870
7/8"
870
1"
620
Double Hinged Wood Storage Case
Made from high carbon steel, these forstner bits are perfect for repeated flat bottom hole
or through hole drilling. The bits can be used in battery operated hand drills, manually
operated hand drills and drill press machines. Each bit is sharpened on honed right out of
the box and is ready for use.
8637
Freud® 4 Piece Precision Shear™ Forstner Bit Set
49.97
4 Piece Precision Shear™ Forstner Bit Set
This set contains the four smallest sizes of our Precision Shear™ Carbide Forstner Bits.
From the 1/4" diameter to the 1" diameter these bits will drill flat bottom holes, pocket
holes, or overlapping holes.
Features:
From the 1/4" diameter to the 1" diameter
Drill flat bottom holes, pocket holes, or overlapping holes
Drills plywood's, hardwoods, and softwoods.
Use in hand held drills and drill presses
Freud#
Cut Diameter
Shank Size
PB-001
1/4"
1/4"
PB-003
1/2"
5/16"
PB-005
3/4"
3/8"
PB-007
1"
3/8"
2336
Freud® 8 Piece Bit Set for Incra Jig®
152.97
8 Piece Bit Set for Incra Jig®
Create dovetail and box joints by combining these bits with your table-mounted router
equipped with an Incra Jig®
Features:
Follow the directions in the Incra Jig® manual and use the correct bit number for the
joint you want to create.
Both sets produce identical profiles.
Includes attractive wooden storage box.
Cuts all composition materials, plywoods, hardwoods, and softwoods.
Use on table-mounted portable routers equipped with Incra Jig®.
Can also be used with other joint making jigs or fence systems and CNC automatice
routers.
Bit Type
Qty.
Item#
Freud#
Overall Diameter
Carbide Height
Angle
Shank Diameter
Overall Length
Double Flute Straight
1
2380
12-100
1/4"
3/4"
-
1/2"
2-3/8"
Double Flute Straight
1
2383
12-108
3/8"
1"
-
1/2"
2-5/8"
Dovetail
1
2384
22-107
1/4"
5/16"
7-1/2°
1/2"
2-5/8"
Dovetail
1
2485
22-108
5/16"
3/8"
9°
1/2"
2-1/8"
Dovetail
1
2486
22-110
3/8"
3/8"
9°
1/2"
2-1/4"
Dovetail
1
2487
22-112
1/2"
1/2"
14°
1/2"
2-1/4"
Dovetail
1
2488
22-113
5/8"
7/8"
7°
1/2"
2-5/8"
Dovetail
1
2489
22-114
3/4"
7/8"
7°
1/2"
2-5/8"
2273
Freud® 10" Industrial Heavy-Duty Rip Blade
80.97
10" Industrial Heavy-Duty Rip Blade
This blade gives smooth, fast rips in hardwoods and softwoods. The combination of a rigid
blade body and razor sharp flat top carbide teeth will provide a "glue line" precision cut.
These blades are precision balanced and can be used in gang-rip operations. The ideal
working range is from 3/4" to 2-3/4" thick. This blade also features laser cut
anti-vibration slots, practically eliminating the vibration that resonates in standard
blades. With this ultimate ripping blade, there is no need for stabilizers.
Features:
Premium TiCo™ HI-Density Carbide Ripping Blend for Maximum Performance
Heavy-Duty Thick Kerf and Plate ensure a stable, flat blade for long cutting life
Laser-Cut Anti-Vibration Slots drastically reduce vibration and sideways movement in
the cut extending blade life and giving a crisp, splinter-free flawless finish
Perma-Shield™ Non-Stick Coating reduces blade drag, protects the blade from corrosion
and pitch build-up.
Diameter
Teeth
Grind
Arbor
Hook
Kerf
Plate
10"
24
Flat
5/8"
20°
.126"
.087"
740
Fulton Deluxe
Doweling Jig Set
89.99
Deluxe Doweling Jig Set
This set has all the components to get you started making quick and simple dowel joints. The
Fulton Doweling Jig are perfect for wood workers who want a quick, strong joint without a
lot of the annoying process. Many dowel jigs make you mark on the inside edge of the joint,
which means you have to transfer marks from the face of your stock to the edge, or even
measure and mark with a tape measure. These dowel jigs are transparent, which means layout
is much easier. Set the two pieces of stock together and mark a line across the center point
of your center joint. the see thru reference lines allows you to line up the jig perfectly.
Clamp the jig in place and drill.
Set Includes:
1 ea. 1/4" Doweling Jig
1 ea. 3/8" Doweling Jig
1 ea. 1/2" Doweling Jig
1 ea. 1/4" Brad point drill bit with stop collar
1 ea. 3/8" Brad point drill bit with stop collar
1 ea. 1/2" Brad point drill bit with stop collar
20 ea. 1/4" Fluted wood dowel pins
20 ea. 3/8" Fluted wood dowel pins
10 ea. 1/2" Fluted wood dowel pins
1 ea. hex key wrench
1 ea. storage case
7621
Savannah Self Centering
Drill Press Pen Vise
89.99
Self Centering Drill Press Pen Vise
This robust and uniquely designed Self Centering Pen Drilling Vise keeps your pen blanks
secured. The jaws are parallel to one another and remain square to your drill press table to
ensure accuracy. The jaws can open wide enough for wider bottle stopper blanks as well.
Features:
Solid metal construction
Self centers pen / bottle stopper blanks
Remains square with drill press table
Includes three sacrificial MDF plates
Includes:
1 ea. Self Centering Drill Press Pen Vise
3 ea. Sacrificial MDF Plates
Perfect for Any Pen Turner
The Savannah Self Centering Drill Press Vise also includes three sacrificial MDF Plates to
slide underneath the blanks to protect the vise base when drilling through blank. The
solid metal construction makes this vise perfect for any pen turner.
4936
Kreg 90°
Pocket-Hole Driver
24.99
90° Pocket-Hole Driver
Turn any drill into a 90° driver with the Kreg 90° Pocket-Hole Driver. This compact drill
attachment allows you to drive screws in places you couldn’t normally reach with your drill.
Features:
Turn any drill into a 90° driver
Includes 3" square-drive bit
square-drive bit locks into this driver so the bit won't slip out,
Easy to grip ergonomic design
Works with all hex-shank bits
Includes:
(1) 90° Pocket-Hole Driver
(1) 3" #2 Square-Drive Bit
Great for More Than Just Pocket-Hole Screws
The included 3" square-drive bit has a magnetic tip that locks into the head of a
pocket-hole screw and won’t slip out – so you can drive screws with confidence, no matter
where they are. This attachment works with all hex shank bits, making it great for more than
just pocket-hole screws.
Ergonomic Design
With an ergonomic design, the 90° Pocket-Hole Driver is easy to hold in place with one hand
while you control the drill with the other. It’s also impact-rated for use with an impact
driver. Whenever you need to drive screws in tight spaces, count on the 90° Pocket-Hole
Driver to get the job done.
4938
Kreg
Drilling Guide
9.99
Drilling Guide
Easily create perfectly straight holes using just a hand drill—no drill press required—using
the Kreg Drilling Guide. This pocket-size guide has six hardened-steel drill guides—from
1⁄8" to 1⁄2"—hold the bit perpendicular as you drill. Alignment marks and GripMaxx™ surfaces
hold the Guide in position on surfaces, and the Guide fits tight onto the edge of ½" and ¾"
materials.
Features:
Easily create perfectly straight holes using just a hand drill
6 hardened-steel drill guides—from 1⁄8" to 1⁄2"
Alignment marks and GripMaxx™ surfaces hold the Guide in position on surfaces
Guide fits tight onto the edge of ½" and ¾" materials
Drill Guide Sizes:
1/2"
3/8"
5/16"
1/4"
3/16"
1/8"
Great for More Than Just Pocket-Hole Screws
The Kreg Drilling Guide makes it easy to create perfectly straight holes without using a
drill press. You can get precisely positioned holes with just a hand drill. Featuring six
hardened steel drill guides—from 1/8" to 1/2"—that do the work of holding your drill in
position for you.
Ergonomic Design
The Guide features an ergonomic design and Kreg GripMaxx™ material that ensure it stays in
place as you use it, so your drill bit won’t wander off your mark as you start the hole. The
Drilling Guide also automatically centers on the edge of 3/4"-wide and 1/2"-wide boards and
plywood, so you can drill holes that are perpendicular to the edge and perfectly centered.
Versatility
Use the Drill Guide for all kinds of tasks – whether you need a hole for driving a screw,
mounting hardware, helping create a dowel joint, and much more.
916
Fulton 7 Piece 12" Long
Brad Point Set
18.99
7 Piece 12" Long Brad Point Set
Sometimes bigger is better and when it comes to drilling or boring into thick material,
bigger is definitely better. Introducing the Fulton high speed steel extra long brad point
drill bit set. Each bit measures around 12 inches in total length to provide you with enough
drilling length to tackle most any project you can throw at them.
Use these bits on a wide variety of materials
From wood to pvc, these brad point drill bits are the ideal solution for drilling into
thicker materials. Drill into wood, pvc, composites, resin's plywood, sheetrock drywall and
a whole bunch more!
These bits won't "walk this way"...
As opposed to standard twist drill bits, brad point bits have a super sharp tip in the
center of the bit. This tip or point, keeps the bit from walking as you start the drilling
process. This makes these bits much more accurate than standard twist bits and a favorite or
carpenters, DIYer's and woodworkers alike.
High Quality Bits
Made from high speed steel for everyday work environments
Keep your bits clear
As with any drill bit, its always important to "clear" the bit from dust, build up and chips
that get caught in the flutes or spirals. To do this, simply work the bit in and out in
small manageable increments while drilling. This not only make the drill process easier, it
reduces friction and stress on the bit which in turn prolongs the bits shelf life.
1/8 inch to 1/2 inch diameter bits
INCLUDES:
1 each 12" x 1/8" bit
1 each 12" x 3/16" bit
1 each 12" x 1/4" bit
1 each 12" x 5/16" bit
1 each 12" x 3/8" bit
1 each 12" x 7/16" bit
1 each 12" x 1/2" bit
4911
Kreg®
Pocket-Hole Jig® 520PRO
99.00
Pocket-Hole Jig® 520PRO
Build pocket-hole projects anytime, anywhere! The Pocket-Hole Jig 520 is the most versatile
jig yet from Kreg® with features that adapt and adjust to suit your project-building needs.
VersaGrip™ makes clamping intuitive – just squeeze the handle until your material is clamped
securely. It also rotates 360° so you can work with the jig in multiple orientations.
Getting ready to drill pocket holes is easy. Preset material thickness settings on the drill
guide block makes setup fast, and an adjustable stop offers repeatability when drilling
pocket holes in multiple pieces of similar thickness. With the Pocket-Hole Jig 520PRO, you
get a 2" (51mm) face clamp, 100 Kreg pocket-hole screws, and a free project plan so you can
start building right away.
Build pocket-hole projects anytime, anywhere
This jig sets the standard for versatility in pocket-hole joinery. It’s loaded with
features, like the VersaGrip™ 360°-rotating handle that helps the 520PRO adapt easily to
nearly any pocket hole project. VersaGrip™ also includes built-in clamping – just squeeze
the handle until your material is clamped securely. With this flexible design, you’ll never
have to worry about struggling with large boards or sheets to add pocket holes in the right
places. Instead, the 520PRO works in almost any orientation, so you can easily move the jig
to any position, clamp it, and drill perfect pocket holes.
Pocket-Hole Jig® 520PRO Features
Versatile jig for creating pocket-hole joints in materials from ½" to 1-½" thick
Unique, portable design makes jig adaptable to any workspace and project
VersaGrip handle rotates 360° and features built-in clamping
Sets up fast with easy-to-use material thickness settings
GripMaxx anti-slip holds material in place to prevent shift while drilling
Includes 100 screws to build included project plan
Includes 2" Face Clamp for project assembly
Convert to benchtop with the addition of the Kreg Docking Station
VersaGrip intuitive clamping
Clamping is easier – and more intuitive – than ever with a VersaGrip handle that you simply
squeeze to clamp. It features 360°-rotation so you can build in any setup.
Adaptable design
This pocket-hole jig works perfectly with projects of all kinds. Its unique design adapts to
however and wherever you’re building. Use it in a variety of orientations for hassle-free
clamping and drilling.
GripMaxx anti-slip drill guide
Set up your pocket holes fast with 1/2", 3/4", and 1 1/2" thickness presets on the drill
guide. The drill guide block also features GripMaxx anti-slip to ensure your workpiece
doesn’t shift.
Includes 2" Clamp
The Pocket-Hole Jig 520PRO comes with a Kreg 2" Classic Clamp so you’re ready to start
building right away.
12121
4" MagLink™ Super Pack
for Dust Collectors
99.99
4" MagLink™ Super Pack
Magnetic connectors along with steel ring receivers make the MagLink™ dust collection system
perfect for all workshop environments. Keeping our workspace, clutter free and healthy is as
important as it ever was.
Features:
Quickly move hose from machine to machine
The Magnetic connector contains 8 powerful rare earth magnets
Steel ring port receiver
This type of setup saves you a ton of time
Includes:
1 ea. 4" Magnetic Connector
3 ea. 4" Steel Ring Port Receiver
2 ea. 4" - 2½" Steel Ring Port Receiver
3 ea. 4" Rubber Coupler
2 ea. 2½" Rubber Coupler
1 ea. 4" Hose Clamp
The Ideal Solution
All of the dust and debris from wood and fine participles need to be controlled for our
overall health and well being. The MagLink™ system is not only exclusive to Peachtree, it's
the ideal solution for moving dust collection hose without having to mess with cumbersome
hose clamps.
Powerful Rare Earth Magnets
With multiple and powerful rare earth magnets around the magnetic connector fitting, you’ll
be able to connect to any machine that has our steel ring port receiver secured to it. This
type of setup saves you a boat load of time.
What's Included
1 ea. 4" Magnetic Connector
3 ea. 4" Steel Ring Port Receiver
2 ea. 4" - 2½" Steel Ring Port Receiver
3 ea. 4" Rubber Coupler
2 ea. 2½" Rubber Coupler
1 ea. 4" Hose Clamp
12118
4" MagLink™ Starter Pack
for Dust Collectors
54.99
4" MagLink™ Starter Kit
Magnetic connectors along with steel ring receivers make the MagLink™ dust collection system
perfect for all workshop environments. Keeping our workspace, clutter free and healthy is as
important as it ever was.
Features:
Quickly move hose from machine to machine
The Magnetic connector contains 8 powerful rare earth magnets
Steel ring port receiver
This type of setup saves you a ton of time
Includes:
1 ea. 4" Magnetic Connector
2 ea. 4" Steel Ring Port Receiver
2 ea. 4" Rubber Coupler
1 ea. 4" Hose Clamp
The Ideal Solution
All of the dust and debris from wood and fine participles need to be controlled for our
overall health and well being. The MagLink™ system is not only exclusive to Peachtree, it's
the ideal solution for moving dust collection hose without having to mess with cumbersome
hose clamps.
Powerful Rare Earth Magnets
With multiple and powerful rare earth magnets around the magnetic connector fitting, you’ll
be able to connect to any machine that has our steel ring port receiver secured to it. This
type of setup saves you a boat load of time.
What's Included
1 ea. 4" Magnetic Connector
2 ea. 4" Steel Ring Port Receiver
2 ea. 4" Rubber Coupler
1 ea. 4" Hose Clamp
12119
4" - 2½" MagLink™ Starter Pack for Shop-Vac® Hoses
54.99
4" - 2½" MagLink™ Starter Kit
Magnetic connectors along with steel ring receivers make the MagLink™ dust collection system
perfect for all workshop environments. Keeping our workspace, clutter free and healthy is as
important as it ever was.
Features:
Quickly move hose from machine to machine
Most shop vacuum hoses plug directly into the 4" - 2½" Magnetic Connector
Powerful rare earth magnets around the magnetic connector fitting
Steel ring port receiver
This type of setup saves you a ton of time
Includes:
1 ea. 4" - 2½" Magnetic Connector
2 ea. 4" - 2½" Steel Ring Port Receiver
2 ea. 2½" Rubber Coupler
The Ideal Solution
All of the dust and debris from wood and fine participles need to be controlled for our
overall health and well being. The MagLink™ system is not only exclusive to Peachtree, it's
the ideal solution for moving dust collection hose without having to mess with cumbersome
hose clamps.
Powerful Rare Earth Magnets
With multiple and powerful rare earth magnets around the magnetic connector fitting, you'll
be able to connect to any machine that has our steel ring port receiver secured to it. This
type of setup saves you a boat load of time.
What's Included
1 ea. 4" - 2½" Magnetic Connector
2 ea. 4" - 2½" Steel Ring Port Receiver
2 ea. 2½" Rubber Coupler
11512
Fulton Aluminum Straight Edge Set 6", 12", and 18"
52.97
Aluminum Straight Edge
3 Piece Set - 6", 12", and 18"
Sometimes you need to have your work surface just right for your projects. Whether you're a
woodworker, metal worker or hobbyist, when you need a flat work surface you simply just need
it. Finding an economical tool to check for flatness used to be quite the challenge. Not
anymore! Introducing the lightweight and easy to use Fulton Aluminum straight edge. Use the
straight edge to properly check for flatness, so you can see if your work surface has any
gaps, pits or any type of undulation that may catch, hook or slow down your material while
feeding it through a blade, cutter or simply while working.
The bars measure 3/8" thick by 1¾" tall which is just the right size to stand upright
unsupported so you can free up both hands to make adjustments to your tools or table tops.
Each of the included 6 inch, 12 inch and 18 inch straight edge bars have a .001" tolerance.
Works with Machinery
One of the most common uses for straight edges is on larger machinery. Large machinery
usually needs to be assembled and therefore needs to be checked for straightness and
flatness. Over time, machines need to also be adjusted and checked again. Thats where these
handy straight edges come in real handy.
Works with Hand Tools
The smaller straight edges are perfect for smaller hand tools like hand planes
Works with Wood
When hand planing or even machine planing, some of us like to check our work as we go. Using
our straight edge is a perfect way to keep an eye on your progress.
Works with Cabinet Table Saws
Typically, when assembling a cabinet table saw, you'll have to make sure that all of the
table top surfaces are straight and true with no gaps or uneven areas. The Fulton Aluminum
Straight Edge is certainly up to the task!
1548
Fulton 149 Piece
Jig & Fixture Hardware Kit
64.99
149 Piece Jig & Fixture Hardware Kit
If you’ve ever made your own workshop jigs or fixtures then you know how important it is to
have the hardware you need for basic functionality. Each kit includes a variation of
hardware from threaded knobs, t-bolts, t-nuts, through knobs, studded knobs and more!
Includes:
6 ea. 4 Prong Studded Knobs
6 ea. 4 Prong Knobs
4 ea. 5 Point Studded Knobs
4 ea. 5 Point Knobs
6 ea. T-Style Knobs
10 ea. Round Knobs
20 ea. 1" Long T-Bolts
20 ea. 1-1/2" Long T-Bolts
10 ea. 2-1/2" Long T-Bolts
10 ea. 3-1/2" Long T-Bolts
16 ea. threaded inserts
16 ea. T-Nuts
20 ea. Washers
1 ea. Plastic Case
7782
Savannah
FeatherLite Smock
59.99
FeatherLite Turners Smock
Designed with comfort, practicality and all day use in mind, the FeatherLite Smock from
Savannah is the ideal protective smock for woodturners. Made from an extremely lightweight
and breathable material, the FeatherLite smock is perfect for extended woodturning sessions.
Another reason we chose this material is that the wood shavings and wood chips won’t stick
or grab on to the smock unlike most other aprons and smocks. The smock features a
stretchable, breathable and comfortable mesh collar that lets natural airflow through on to
the back of your neck while turning. The breathable, mesh neck material helps keep you cool
while turning. The collar also stretches for a comfortable fit around your neck without
getting to tight.
The Savannah Brand FeatherLite Woodturning Smock
Designed for all day use, the FeatherLite Woodturning Smock is perfect for staying cooler
and protecting your clothes from those annoying wood shavings and debris when woodturning.
The material is lightweight and it doesn't allow the shavings to "stick" or "hook" on to
you.
FeatherLite Smock
Size Chart
Neck Size
Sleeve Size
Chest Size
Medium Size
18.9"
10.24"
47.64"
Large Size
19.29"
10.43"
50.39"
XL Size
19.69"
10.63"
55.12"
XXL Size
20.47"
13.19"
57.87"
FeatherLite Turners Smock
Features:
Available in multiple sizes
Resists wood shavings and debris
Keeps you cooler than most standard types of turning smocks
Mesh collar for increased airflow for better breathability on the back of you neck
The mesh collar stretches just enough for a comfortable fit
Zips all the way up to help prevent wood shavings and debris from falling in
Oversized breast pocket for keeping items on hand when you need them (perfect for cell
phones)
Two large back pockets for storing smaller tools and materials
Smooth, Lightweight Material...
Made from 100% lightweight polyester, the FeatherLite smock literally sheds wood shavings as
you turn so you don't have to keep brushing yourself off after a few seconds of turning. The
material is smooth and light and it is perfect for woodturners since the shavings don’t
catch or get hooked on the smock like they do on standard cotton or leather smocks.
Mesh Collar for Added Comfort and Breathability
The lightweight, mesh collar lets more airflow though so you feel cooler while turning. Most
smocks use the same material as the rest of the smock here, but the FeatherLite smock uses
the unique mesh material to add another level of comfort and breathability that most smocks
just don't offer.
Stretchy and Zips All the Way Up
The mesh collar is stretchable so it doesn't feel like it's "choking" you. The softer mesh
material stretches just enough for a comfortable fit around your neck. The zipper zips all
the way up to the top to help prevent wood shavings and debris from falling down your shirt
while you're turning.
Large, Oversized Pockets
The front of the smock has an oversized flap covered pocket for keeping necessary items on
hand. The pocket easily fits large cell phones and other items. The smock also features two
large open back pockets for storing small, lightweight tools. The front pocket is protected
with a convenient flap to help keep the dust and debris out. The smock also has two back
pockets for larger objects to keep tools handy when needed.
Protective, Comfortable and Breathable
The high quality zipper closes all the way up to the top of the collar. This helps keep out
the shavings and wood chips while your turning. The front neck line is designed to be
comfortable and wraps comfortable around the front of your neck all the while keeping
shavings and debris from falling down the insides of the smock.
12123
4" - 2½" Mag Link Super Pack
for Shop-Vac® Hoses
99.99
4" - 2½" MagLink™ Super Pack
Magnetic connectors along with steel ring receivers make the MagLink™ dust collection system
perfect for all workshop environments. Keeping our workspace, clutter free and healthy is as
important as it ever was.
Features:
Quickly move hose from machine to machine
Most shop vacuum hoses plug directly into the 4" - 2½" Magnetic Connector
Powerful rare earth magnets around the magnetic connector fitting
Steel ring port receiver
This type of setup saves you a ton of time
Includes:
1 ea. 4" - 2½" Magnetic Connector
2 ea. 4" - 2½" Steel Ring Port Receiver
3 ea. 4" Steel Ring Port Receiver
2 ea. 2½" Rubber Coupler
3 ea. 4" Rubber Coupler
The Ideal Solution
All of the dust and debris from wood and fine participles need to be controlled for our
overall health and well being. The MagLink™ system is not only exclusive to Peachtree, it's
the ideal solution for moving dust collection hose without having to mess with cumbersome
hose clamps.
Powerful Rare Earth Magnets
With multiple and powerful rare earth magnets around the magnetic connector fitting, you'll
be able to connect to any machine that has our steel ring port receiver secured to it. This
type of setup saves you a boat load of time.
What's Included
1 ea. 4" - 2½" Magnetic Connector
2 ea. 4" - 2½" Steel Ring Port Receiver
3 ea. 4" Steel Ring Port Receiver
2 ea. 2½" Rubber Coupler
3 ea. 4" Rubber Coupler
7380
Ron Brown's
Rotary Texturing Tool
59.99
Rotary Texturing Tool
The Rotary Texturing Tool is a unique tool that allows you to add beautiful and
extraordinary decoration quickly and easily to a wide variety of turned projects in wood,
acrylic, antler and more. Three different shaped cutters are included allowing you to
decorate flat surfaces (endgrain and side grain) as well as beads and coves in a matter of
seconds. Best used around 800 rpm for smaller diameter projects and bowl bottoms, 1200 rpm
for pens and 300 to 500 for larger diameter bowl and platter rims. There are two main
methods employed when using any of the three supplied cutters: Flat surface or decorating in
a shallow cove.
Features:
Three different shaped cutters are included
Decorate flat surfaces (endgrain and side grain) as well as beads and coves in a
matter of seconds
There are two main methods employed when using any of the three supplied cutters: Flat
surface or decorating in a shallow cove.
Includes:
1 ea. Handle
3 ea. Different shaped cutters
1 ea. Brush
7505
Ron Brown's
Micro Detailer Tool
24.99
Micro Detailer Tool
Detail vessels, plates, bowls, platters or most any turning project. Create super fine line
of detail to accentuate your project in just the right way. Made with Hardened M2 Steel and
ground to a super fine point for long life & performance. The Micro Detailer is not to be
used as a parting tool or asany other type of material removal. It is designed to be used a
detailing tool only for accenting your turning project. The Micro Detailer is used to cut
extra fine lines up to 1/8" deep into your project with super fine point.
Features:
Precision detailing:
Creates super-fine accent lines to enhance turned projects
Wide project compatibility:
Ideal for vessels, plates, bowls, platters, and most turning work
Fine line capacity:
Cuts extra-fine lines up to 1/8" deep with a super-sharp point
Hardened M2 steel:
Durable construction for long life and consistent performance
Super fine point:
Ground to an ultra-fine tip for crisp, clean detail work
Detail-only design:
Not intended for parting or general material removal
Accents over cutting:
Purpose-built to add decorative lines, not to separate or waste material
Controlled cuts:
Enables precise, delicate grooves without aggressive stock removal
12113
X-Stream Drill Press
Dust Collector
59.99
X-Stream Drill Press Dust Collector with Multi-Axis Adjustability
This is the most advanced drill press dust collector yet! Keep your drill press work area
clear of dust and debris by quickly and easily positioning the X-Stream Drill Press Dust
Collector exactly where you need it! The X-Stream Drill Press Dust Collector provides you
with an un-obstructed view of your drill point so you never lose site of where you are
drilling.
Features:
Multi-Axis Adjustability
Compatible with any size drill press
Two different nozzles (tapered and mini dust hood)
Can be used with most any material on your drill press.
Keep your drill press work area clear of dust and debris
Works with standard shop vacuum hose
Works with standard 2-1/2" hose
Tapered and Mini Dust Hood Nozzles
With two different nozzles (tapered and mini dust hood) you'll not only be able to pin point
your dust collection you'll also be able to sand on your drill press without kicking up so
much dust. It's truly a game changer!
Multi-Axis Adjustability
With Multi-Axis adjustability, you'll have no problem collecting the dust right from the
source. Simply adjust the X-Stream Drill Press Dust Collector to your exact position and
you're ready to keep your dust and debris under control! From bench top models to floor
models, this system is compatible with any size drill press. The included extra long tube
can be cut to size to perfectly fit your drill press. The X-Stream Drill Press Dust
Collector can be used with most any material on your drill press. Use this system to collect
dust and debris from wood, metal, composites and more. Patent Pending.
Works with 2-1/2" Standard Hose or Vacuum Hose
Plug in your standard shop vacuum hose to the 90° elbow fitting or you can use a standard
2-1/2" dust collection hose with a steel hose clamp.
Note: Hose not included
3182
Fulton
Small Stock Holder
49.99
Small Stock Holder
Controlling small stock on your router table can be very intimidating to say the least.The
Small Stock Holder secures and stabilizes your small pieces and most importantly keeps your
fingers out of harms way while feeding small stock through the cutter. This is the ideal jig
for controlling small stock pieces on your router table so you can worry about what your
cutting rather than keeping your fingers away from the cutter.
Small Stock or Piece Holder For Use With Router Tables. Safely Cut Smaller Pieces of Wood.
Works With Any Router Table and Is Ideal For Free Hand Work
Controlling small stock on your router table can be very intimidating to say the least.The
Small Stock Holder secures and stabilizes your small pieces and most importantly keeps your
fingers out of harms way while feeding small stock through the cutter. This is the ideal jig
for controlling small stock pieces on your router table so you can worry about what your
cutting rather than keeping your fingers away from the cutter. With an adjustable center
base that has a quick release button, you can adjust to any width of stock up to 8-1/2" in
width. The Small Stock Holder has two comfort grip handles one each end for easy control.
The adjustable center base and right side base have abrasive surface to keep stock in place
while running through the cutter.
End Grain
We all know how challenging cutting end grain can be. Especially when we have to cut smaller
pieces it becomes even more so and to be honest it can get a little dicey as well. The Small
Stock Holder solves this issue by allowing you to firmly control one small piece at a time
and mill or rout it as needed. All the while keeping your hands and fingers away from the
cutter.
Jaws that truly Grip!
Each jaw is lined with a medium grit abrasive to prevent your stock piece from moving while
being fed through the router. Not only does the abrasive lining keep your stock from moving,
it prevents and marring of the wood.
Quick Release
The quick release button allows you to quickly move the adjustable jaw into position. This
helps make the setup process much easier. It also makes the removal process easier as well.
Once you are done cutting, all you need to do is press the button, slide the jaw off the
stock, and then remove your stock.
7305
Ron Brown's
Chatter Tool
49.99
Chatter Tool
The chatter tool creates unique textured designs in your turning projects. Perfect for
adding accents to tops, holiday ornaments and more. The Chatter Tool comes with four
different tips for creating unique effects .The Tool is simple to use, it works while your
piece is spinning on the lathe - by simply applying pressure to your workpeice with the
chatter tool tip and pulling outward you instantly are texturing the piece. By changing out
the tips you can create a virtual endless amount of design combinations. Also included is a
hex key wrench for quickly changing out the tips
Features:
The chatter tool comes with a handle plus 4 tips & a hex key
Perfect for adding accents to tops, holiday ornaments and more
The Chatter Tool comes with four different tips for creating unique effects
By pulling outward with the tool, you instantly are texturing the piece
By changing out the tips you can create a virtual endless amount of design
combinations
Includes:
1 ea. Handle
4 ea. different tips for creating unique effects
1 ea. hex key
Please Note: Tops Not Included
748
Fulton
90° Spring Clamp 4 Pack
39.99
90° Spring Clamp - 4 Pack
If you have ever needed a third hand when trying to join corner joints together, you know
how cumbersome it can be. The 90 Degree Spring Clamps solve this problem by holding the
corners of your stock on place.
Note:
Designed for stock 1/4" to 3/4" Max.
Stretching beyond 3/4" stock may cause damage to the clamp
Includes:
4 ea. 90 Degree Spring Clamps.
Easy to use Design
Simply place set the corner of your stock pieces together as needed, then slide the 90
Degree Spring Clamp over the corner with the steel spring clips facing the outside of the
box or frame. Repeat this process on the remaining three corners. Secure your stock with
whatever method you choose with the 90 Degree Spring Clamps.
Note:
Designed for stock 1/4" to 3/4" Max. Stretching beyond 3/4" stock may cause damage to
the clamp
237
Fulton 129 Piece Flex Edge Bowl Sander Kit
34.99
129 Piece Flex Edge Bowl Sander Kit
Perfect for sanding wooden bowls, platters and more. Includes: 1”, 2”, and 3” Mandrels with
foam padding and hook and loop interface. 10 each 80 grit, 10 each 120 grit, 10 each 150
grit and 10 each 220 grit. Each Mandrel size also comes with 1 each soft interface pad and 1
each medium interface pad. The ¼” shank sanding mandrels have a thick padded base that
conforms to concave or convex surfaces. Simply secure the mandrel into a variable speed
drill or flexible shaft and you’re ready to go
Features:
Perfect for Sanding Wooden Bowls, Platters and More
Uni-Body Construction
Thick Heavy Duty Flexible Foam Base
Kit Includes 1", 2" and 3" diameter Mandrels with Corresponding Size Flex Edge
Abrasive Discs
Comes with Medium and Soft Interface Pads
Extra Flexibility by changing interface pads
One Piece Mandrel Works in Both Directions
129 Piece Set
The Complete Disc Sanding System with 1", 2" and 3" Sizes with Corresponding Interface Pads
With our unique Flex Edge Sanding Discs, you don’t have to worry about sliding or shifting
of the sanding disc any longer! The Flex Edge Sanding Disc is made slightly larger for
starters and each disc has wavy tabs all around the entire circumference of the disc.
Follow the Contours of Your Turnings
The heavy duty foam pads are flexible enough to follow the contours of your turnings or any
surface you need to work. They are durable so they resist tearing. Hook and loop sanding
disc's make for quick disc grit changes.
Perfect for Smaller, Tighter Curves and Radii
The medium interface pad works well with tighter curves like those found on larger wood
turned bowls. The soft interface pad is perfect for smaller, tighter curves and radii. You
can also use both interface pads at the same time for even smaller, tighter radii when
needed.
Whats in the package?
1 ea. 1" Mandrel
10 ea. 1" Disc 80 Grit
10 ea. 1" Disc 120 Grit
10 ea. 1" Disc 150 Grit
10 ea. 1" Disc 220 Grit
1 ea. 1" Soft Pad
1 ea. 1" Med Pad
1 ea. 2" Mandrel
10 ea. 2" Disc 80 Grit
10 ea. 2" Disc 120 Grit
10 ea. 2" Disc 150 Grit
10 ea. 2" Disc 220 Grit
1 ea. 2" Soft Pad
1 ea. 2" Med Pad
1 ea. 3" Mandrel
10 ea. 3" Disc 80 Grit
10 ea. 3" Disc 120 Grit
10 ea. 3" Disc 150 Grit
10 ea. 3" Disc 220 Grit
1 ea. 3" Soft Pad
1 ea. 3" Med Pad
3096
Fulton
Thin Rip Table Saw Jig
34.99
Thin Rip Table Saw Jig
Making repetitive cuts on your table saw is a pretty straight forward process. Set your fence
and feed each stock piece through the blade to achieve the same size each and every time. What
if you need a series of narrow cuts that are about an 2 inches or less in width? Doing this
can get tricky since you cant get your hands safely between the blade and the fence. You could
always reverse measure and keep the off fall piece, but without a guide of some sort that can
be inaccurate.
The Thin Rip Jig acts kind of like a third hand behind the blade or cutter. With the saw
unplugged simply measure from the outside of of the blade toward the tip of the (guide roller)
Thin Rip Jig for the width cut you want to make. Once set, secure the Thin Rip Jig simply by
rotating the large, easy to grip star shaped knob. After your first cut, reset your stock
behind the blade and slide the fence over so your stock piece is touching the guide roller on
the Thin Rip Jig. Lock the fence.
Making your thin rip cuts in this fashion allows you to cut wider boards down without getting
your fingers in harms way by keep them away from the blade or cutter.The Thin Rip works much
like a feather except that it doesn't exert spring like pressure against the board. This means
it can be used to make accurate, repetitive cuts since it's essentially just holding its spot
once it is secured.
The Thin Rip Jig has a roller guide bearing on the tip to make feeding your stock through an
easy and smooth moving process. The free rotating bearing is made from high quality materials
for extended workshop use. The jig fits directly into most any standard 3/8" x 3/4" miter
slot. The body is made from a solid piece of aluminum and is adjustable inward and outward
from your fence depending on the width of your stock.
The jig can be used on other workshop machinery like router tables with fences and band saws
for re-saw applications. In certain cases, when working with larger or longer stock on table
saws or router tables, we recommend using two thin rip jigs behind the blade or cutter for
extra stability when feeding your stock through.
3342
Adjustable Replacement Tool Rest Sharpening Jig
34.99
Adjustable Replacement Tool Rest Sharpening Jig
The Adjustable Replacement Tool Rest Sharpening Jig will allow you to locate all the basic
sharpening positions with your bench grinder (grinder not included). The unique miter slide
tool holder design allows the jig to be used more or less as a stone, which easily guides
your blades, turning tools and chisels. Solid aluminum construction provides you with a
smooth sliding, side to side action when sharpening. The sharpening jig works with most
power or hand grinders that has or had a tool rest. It is the ideal replacement for the
factory tool rest that comes with many bench grinders. The jig offers much more flexibility
in terms of what you can get done than with the standard factory tool rest. The plate is
offset for short chisels, such as Japanese or western butt chisels.
Make Sharpening Your Tools Easier
The Sharpening jig can be used with 6" or 8" bench grinders and on many belt
sanders/grinders. It quickly and easily mounts directly to the bench in front of the grinder
with a track style base and can be readily folded out of the way for freehand grinding if so
desired. It can also be completely removed by loosening the large wing knob and sliding the
jig from the track base. The aluminum, lightweight, easy to adjust sharpening jig is the
perfect replacement or upgrade for your 6" or 8" bench grinder.
Time for an Upgrade
Upgrade your old bench grinder by adding this new platform and sharpening system!
Exclusive Pivoting Platform
With this unique pivoting miter slide you'll be able to ease your tool cutting edge into the
grinding wheel. This comes in handy when you need a super sharp edge.
Flat Miter Slide
Perfect for chisels and flat plane irons
Up, down, front to back and even a pivoting platform
Another great feature is that the jig can be adjusted forward and backward for just the
right angle. Some aftermarket and expensive tool rests don’t move and adjust in this
fashion. This can be very limiting your ability to be accurate with your angles. The
platform straddles wheels up to 1" wide. The Jig also now includes internal lock washer for
even more stability!
The ideal fit
Most grind wheels fall right inside of the the notch in the aluminum platform. The unique
ratcheting handles lock the adjustable rest solidly in position and can be moved out of the
way after locking to keep from accidentally bumping them. You can easily move the tool rest
from one grinder wheel to another or quickly remove it from the bench when not needed for
grinding. Some assembly required. The bench top wood mounting screws are included.
Reverse it.
Sometimes you may need a little more support for smaller tools. Simply flip the platform
around and you'll be able to get as tight as you need.
3850
10 Piece Brass Template Guide Bushing Set
34.99
10 Piece Brass Template Guide Bushing Set
This 10 piece Brass Template Guide Kit will significantly expand the use of your router.
Ideal for stair routing, pattern and hinge routing, dovetailing, craft/hobby work and other
general template operations. Universal design fits any router having a base plate with a
1-3/16"* dia. center hole.
Includes:
1ea. 5/16" O.D. x 1/4" I.D. Guide Bushing
1ea. 3/8" O.D. x 9/32" I.D. Guide Bushing
1ea. 7/16" O.D. x 11/32" I.D. Guide Bushing
1ea. 1/2" O.D. x 13/32" I.D. Guide Bushing
1ea. 5/8" O.D. x 17/32" I.D. Guide Bushing
1ea. 3/4" O.D. x 21/32" I.D. Guide Bushing
1ea. 51/64" O.D. x 5/8" I.D. Guide Bushing
1ea. 1" O.D. x 7/8" I.D. Guide Bushing
2 ea. Lock Nuts
6217
5 Assorted 1" x 20' Cloth Abrasive Rolls w/Dispenser
34.99
Steel Sandpaper Roll Dispenser
with 5 Assorted 1" x 20' Cloth Abrasive Rolls
Keep your abrasive rolls organized and readily accessible! With this sandpaper roll
assortment and steel dispenser, you'll never have to hunt for the exact grit! The Steel
Sandpaper Roll Dispenser can be mounted to a wall or can be used free standing.
Features:
Keep your abrasive sandpaper rolls organized
Solid steel construction
Clearly marked slots for multiple grits
Perfect for dispensing just the right length for any project
Mounts to any wall or stud with wood screws (not included)
Includes:
1 ea. 150 grit 1" x 20' Cloth Roll
1 ea. 240 grit 1" x 20' Cloth Roll
1 ea. 320 grit 1" x 20' Cloth Roll
1 ea. 400 grit 1" x 20' Cloth Roll
1 ea. 600 grit 1" x 20' Cloth Roll
1 ea. Steel Dispenser
Marked by grit for easy identification
The dispenser is marked by grit for easy identification and quick sandpaper strip
dispensing. Simply locate the grit you want and tear the strip to length using the built in
steel tab.
Mounted or free standing
The Steel Sandpaper Roll Dispenser can be mounted to a wall or can be used free standing.
Ideal for wood turners
The rolls are 1" by 20 feet long. The narrow strips make them ideal for wood turners and
anywhere when detailing is needed. Perfect for working in tight spaces and can be wrapped
around objects as well.
1"x20' Rolls
The Steel Sandpaper Roll Dispenser is designed to be used with 1"x20' Rolls. Please note
that some brands of assortment refill rolls may vary slightly in size and may not fit
perfectly.
6561
Classic Wall Street Pen Kit Starter Set
34.99
Classic Wall Street Pen Kit Starter Set
If you have ever wanted to start turning pens, then this is the ideal kit for you! The Pen
Starter Kit has all the pen parts to create two beautiful Classic Wall Street style pens
that anyone is sure to love. All you need to do is decide what type of pen blank to use (pen
blanks sold separately). This kit comes with two felt pouches, bushings, a drill bit and two
complete pen kits – one kit is gold finish and the other kit is a chrome finish. Plus we
have included four replacement tubes (bright nickel, painted white, black nickel and brass)
for a closer color match to your pen blank choice. When you’re finished making your pens,
the included organizer tray gives you the ideal storage solution for pen parts, bushings or
any other small items you want to organize and store.
Features:
1 ea. Gold Classic Wall Street Pen Kit
1 ea. Silver Classic Wall Street Pen Kit
2 ea. Felt pouches
1 ea. Set of bushings
Four Replacement Tube
1 ea. bright nickle
1 ea. black nickle
1 ea. painted white
1 ea. brass
1 ea. Storage container
1 ea. 27/64" pen makers drill bit
Instructions
Pen blanks and finished pens are not included
6564
Classic European Pen Kit Starter Set
34.99
Classic European Pen Kit Starter Set
If you have ever wanted to start turning pens, then this is the ideal kit for you! The Pen
Starter Kit has all the pen parts to create two beautiful Classic European style pens that
anyone is sure to love. All you need to do is decide what type of pen blank to use (pen
blanks sold separately). This kit comes with two felt pouches, bushings, a drill bit and two
complete pen kits – one kit is gold finish and the other kit is a chrome finish. Plus we
have included four replacement tubes (bright nickel, painted white, black nickel and brass)
for a closer color match to your pen blank choice. When you’re finished making your pens,
the included organizer tray gives you the ideal storage solution for pen parts, bushings or
any other small items you want to organize and store.
Features:
1 ea. Gold Classic European Style Pen Kit
1 ea. Silver Classic European Style Pen Kit
2 ea. Felt pouches
1 ea. Set of bushings
Four Replacement Tube
1 ea. bright nickle
1 ea. black nickle
1 ea. painted white
1 ea. brass
1 ea. Storage container
1 ea. 7mm pen makers drill bit
Instructions
Pen blanks and finished pens are not included
4785
Fulton 17" NoPlay Aluminum Miter Bar - 2 Pack
29.99
17” NoPlay Aluminum Miter Bar
Once installed, you can easily adjust and calibrate the NoPlay miter bar from above on your
sled! NoPlay Miter Bars are designed to be adjusted to fit your table saw, router table or
band saw miter slot. Simply set it, test it and make any needed adjustments for the ideal
fit. Each miter bar comes with a transparent stick-on template making installation a breeze!
Can be mounted using the included wood screws that secure the bar through the bottom of your
sled. Alternatively you can use the included machine screws to mount the bars through the
top of your sled.
17” NoPlay Aluminum Miter Bar Features:
Easily adjust and calibrate the NoPlay miter bar from above on your sled
One of a kind Expandable Glides are designed expand or contract as you tighten or
loosen the center screw
Designed for use in any standard 3/4” x 3/8” miter slot.
Includes a transparent stick-on template making installation a breeze
Excellent for crosscut sleds on your table saw
Note: Will not work in 5/8” miter slots like those found on big box store brand table
saws. Please measure your slot width and height before making your purchase and make
sure it falls into the 3/4” x 3/8” dimensions.
Designed for Use in any Standard 3/4” x 3/8” Miter Slot
The NoPlay Miter bar is designed for use in any standard 3/4” x 3/8” miter slot. Made from
aluminum, the bar will not bow or warp like some plastic or wood bars do. Will work in many
router table and band saw slots. Excellent for crosscut sleds on your table saw!
One of a Kind Expandable Glides
The one of a kind Expandable Glides (Patent Pending) are designed expand or contract as you
tighten or loosen the center screw. Rotating clockwise expands the Expandable Glide while
rotating the counter-clockwise contracts/brings the Expandable Guide back toward the miter
bar.
11710
10" Sili Sleeve Saw Blade Protector - 4 Pack
29.86
Sleeve Saw Blade Protector
If you're like most DIY'ers or woodworkers, you have a few saw blades laying around your
garage or workshop. You could make a saw blade rack out of scrap lumber or maybe stack the
blades in a corner exposing your blade cutters to getting chipped. The best solution is to
protect your blades by simply slipping a blade into a Sili Saw Blade Sleeve. Once in a
sleeve, you can hang your blade up and out of the way! All the while protecting you and your
saw blade from harm while its not in use.
11712
12" Sili Sleeve Saw Blade Protector - 2 Pack
24.87
Sleeve Saw Blade Protector
If you're like most DIY'ers or woodworkers, you have a few saw blades laying around your
garage or workshop. You could make a saw blade rack out of scrap lumber or maybe stack the
blades in a corner exposing your blade cutters to getting chipped. The best solution is to
protect your blades by simply slipping a blade into a Sili Saw Blade Sleeve. Once in a
sleeve, you can hang your blade up and out of the way! All the while protecting you and your
saw blade from harm while its not in use.
11708
8-1/4" Sili Sleeve Saw Blade Protector - 4 Pack
28.96
Sleeve Saw Blade Protector
If you're like most DIY'ers or woodworkers, you have a few saw blades laying around your
garage or workshop. You could make a saw blade rack out of scrap lumber or maybe stack the
blades in a corner exposing your blade cutters to getting chipped. The best solution is to
protect your blades by simply slipping a blade into a Sili Saw Blade Sleeve. Once in a
sleeve, you can hang your blade up and out of the way! All the while protecting you and your
saw blade from harm while its not in use.
11707
7-1/4" Sili Sleeve Saw Blade Protector - 4 Pack
27.96
Sleeve Saw Blade Protector
If you're like most DIY'ers or woodworkers, you have a few saw blades laying around your
garage or workshop. You could make a saw blade rack out of scrap lumber or maybe stack the
blades in a corner exposing your blade cutters to getting chipped. The best solution is to
protect your blades by simply slipping a blade into a Sili Saw Blade Sleeve. Once in a
sleeve, you can hang your blade up and out of the way! All the while protecting you and your
saw blade from harm while its not in use.
11576
Sili Saw Blade
Cleaning Tray
29.99
Saw Blade Cleaning Tray
Table saw blades, circular saw blades, miter saw blades, contractor blades and professional
level saw blades are a costly but a necessary tool for us to get work done on our
woodworking projects. It makes perfect sense to keep them in the best possible condition so
we don't have to keep buying new ones. One way to do this is to periodically clean them to
get rid of the gum and pitch build up on the blade. Problem is, finding a container or tray
to do this without making a mess.
The Sili Saw Blade Cleaning Tray not only provides you with the perfect place to clean your
saw blade, the side wall also conveniently raises upward to make sure that you don't make a
mess while cleaning your saw blade. Made from silicone rubber, the tray won't damage your
carbide tipped saw blades and you can use most any type of saw blade cleaning solution
without worrying about damaging the tray.
4609
Peachtree
17 Pocket Workshop Apron
27.99
17 Pocket Workshop Apron
Our unique workshop apron has been designed from the ground up with the idea of keeping your
tools with you and to feel comfortable as you work. It features 17 pockets of various sizes
to hold tools like dead blow mallets, squares, tape measures and more.
Features:
17 pockets of various sizes to hold tools like dead blow mallets, squares, tape
measures and more
Extra wide and comfortable shoulder straps
Shoulder straps help alleviate neck discomfort by simply using your shoulders for
support
Slim pockets for pencils or pens, to large pouch pockets
Two heavy duty hammer loops on each side of the apron
Made from 14 ounce duck cotton
EXTRA WIDE and EXTRA COMFORTABLE SHOULDER STRAPS
The aprons extra wide shoulder straps help alleviate neck discomfort by simply using your
shoulders for support. This apron distributes the weight evenly when you have tools in the
pockets for a more comfortable feel while working.
TAKE THE STRAIN OFF YOUR NECK
Most aprons typically wrap around the back of your neck and can get heavy when fully loaded
with tools. The workshop Apron, with its unique shoulder strap design alleviates the direct
stress on your neck and evenly disperses the weight to your shoulders. This makes our apron
much more comfortable than your standard shop aprons.
POCKETS FOR EVERYTHING
This apron has pockets for almost everything you’re going to need (minus power tools of
course) for your next project. From slim pockets for pencils or pens, to large pouch pockets
for screws, nails or any hardware type that’ll fit. There are a total of 17 pockets and two
heavy duty hammer loops on each side of the apron.
DURABLE MATERIAL and CONSTRUCTION
Our workshop Apron is made from 14 ounce duck cotton. We chose this material so the apron
will stand up to years of hard use and protect your clothing from dust, finishes, glue and
abrasion.
402
5 gallon Trash Can Cyclone Lid (fits 2-1/2" hose)
24.99
5 gallon Trash Can Cyclone Lid (fits 2-1/2" hose)
The Cyclone Separator with a handle works by drawing the air downward as opposed to
horizontally, causing the large debris to settle at the bottom of the can. The separator
also has port holes that protrude out to provide an easy hookup for your dust collection
hose. The handle on the cyclone lid makes cleaning out the can a snap, simply turn off your
dust collector and lift the lid straight up and off of the can for easy removal of the dust
and debris.
Features
Downward airflow design:
Draws air vertically to force large debris to settle at the bottom of the can.
Protruding port holes:
Ports extend outward for quick, easy hookup to dust collection hoses.
Convenient handle on lid:
Integrated handle allows simple lifting for fast access and emptying.
Easy maintenance:
Turn off the dust collector, lift the lid straight up, and remove dust and debris with
minimal hassle.
Workshop-ready durability:
Built to withstand frequent use in demanding shop environments.
1080
Fulton High Pressure Glue Injector with 2 Tips
24.99
High Pressure Glue Injector
The High Pressure Glue Injector just may be the right tool for a sometimes rather difficult
job. We have all tried to inject some glue into small, tight spots with rather varying
amounts of success. Typically we all just make a mess rather then getting the glue in the
right spot. Regardless of if you need a little glue in just the right location or a lot of
glue in a hidden, hard to reach joint the High Pressure Glue Injector is the perfect
solution.
High Pressure Glue Injector Features:
Two brass tips, with openings of 1/16" and 1/32"
Ideal for veneering, lutherie (making of stringed instruments), furniture repair,
arts, crafts and hobby gluing applications.
Easily spot inject or bead your glue exactly where it is needed
Ergonomic, large curved handle
High Pressure Glue Injector Includes:
1 ea. High Pressure Glue Injector
1 ea. 1/16" Glue Tip
1 ea. 1/32" Glue Tip
Fit for Several Applications
Fit for several applications, this glue injector comes with two different brass tips with
openings of 1/16" and 1/32". Ideal for veneering, lutherie (making of stringed
instruments), furniture repair, wicker chairs, wooden screen doors, arts, crafts, hobby
gluing applications and much more. Corners, crevices and holes beware, the High Pressure
Glue Injector is perfect for inserting glue into small and hard to reach areas without
creating a mess.
20ml Barrel Capacity
The High Pressure Glue Injector has a good size barrel capacity and holds up to 20ml or
about .7 fluid ounces of water-based glue. After use, it is advised that you clean the
injector before the glue dries. Conveniently, this High Pressure Glue Injector also easily
disassembles for painless cleaning with warm water. Impressively provides up to 550 psi of
pressurized power for injecting your glue exactly where it is needed.
Get the Job Done Right!
Don't struggle trying to find the right tool for the job, get the High Pressure Glue
Injector and get the job done right! From pocket hole plugs to furniture repair, get in
those tight, hard to reach spots with ease and finish your next project with complete
confidence. The useful, easy to fill High Pressure Glue Injector is a must have tool for
woodworkers and the creative types.
1496
Fulton 46 Piece 1/4" x 20 tpi Jig Parts Hardware Kit
24.99
46 Piece Jig Parts Hardware Kit
Simplify the creation of your own shop jigs and fixtures with our Jig Parts Hardware Kit.
This comprehensive collection includes an array of knobs, T-bolts, and threaded inserts,
allowing you to customize your jigs and fixtures effortlessly. With a diverse selection
readily available, you'll never be inconvenienced when inspiration hits.
Sand with these Micro Mesh Soft Touch Pads and get a remarkable hi-gloss, scratch free shine
on your plastic or resin impregnated pen blanks. Works great on surfaces that include
stabilized woods, acrylics and solid surface materials. The kit includes nine color coded
foam backed abrasive pads ranging from 1500 to 12,000 grit and detailed instructions. Long
lasting and easy to use.
Includes:
1 ea. 1500 Micro-Mesh Soft Touch Pad
1 ea. 1800 Micro-Mesh Soft Touch Pad
1 ea. 2400 Micro-Mesh Soft Touch Pad
1 ea. 3200 Micro-Mesh Soft Touch Pad
1 ea. 3600 Micro-Mesh Soft Touch Pad
1 ea. 4000 Micro-Mesh Soft Touch Pad
1 ea. 6000 Micro-Mesh Soft Touch Pad
1 ea. 8000 Micro-Mesh Soft Touch Pad
1 ea. 12000 Micro-Mesh Soft Touch Pad
306
Micro-Mesh
Starter Kit
16.99
Micro-Mesh®
Starter Kit
Micro-Mesh is a unique cushioned abrasive capable of giving very fine & very controlled
scratch patterns. The grits range from 1500 to 12000. The 1500 is slightly more coarse than
a conventional 600 grit sandpaper & the 12000 will leave scratch patterns that cannot be
detected by the human eye. Micro-Mesh abrasives can polish to an optically clear, reflective
state or through the use of a more coarse grit, leave a matte or satin finish. Excellent
product to use as a final rub for water-based finishes. This kit is designed for craftsmen
to replace the use of steel wool, rottenstone, or pumice. May be used on bare or finished
wood. An excellent way to spot match finishes. Can be used wet or dry to achieve matte,
satin, or high gloss finishes.
Includes:
1 ea. 3" x 4 " Sheet 1500 Micro-Mesh
1 ea. 3" x 4 " Sheet 1800 Micro-Mesh
1 ea. 3" x 4 " Sheet 2400 Micro-Mesh
1 ea. 3" x 4 " Sheet 3200 Micro-Mesh
1 ea. 3" x 4 " Sheet 3600 Micro-Mesh
1 ea. 3" x 4 " Sheet 4000 Micro-Mesh
1 ea. 3" x 4 " Sheet 6000 Micro-Mesh
1 ea. 3" x 4 " Sheet 8000 Micro-Mesh
1 ea. 3" x 4 " Sheet 12000 Micro-Mesh
1 ea. 3" x 4 " Foam Sanding Block
1 ea. Set of Instructions
Before Starting the Micro-Mesh Cycle...
Before starting the Micro-Mesh cycle of abrasive sanding, coarse sanding should be done
using up to 320 grit sandpaper. Shaping, sawing or turning of the work piece should be
complete.Begin with 1500 Micro-Mesh. Sand until all of the sandpaper scratches are
removed. Continue with the MICRO-MESH series and cycle up to the desired look (1800, 2400,
3200, 3600, 4000, 6000, 8000, 12000). Thinned lemon oil or Danish oil can be applied as a
finish on bare wood.
When Applying Multiple Coats...
MicroMesh performs very well in conjunction with polyurethane, polyester, epoxy, lacquer and
so on. Follow the manufacturer’s recommended cure times prior to re-coating or applying the
finish coat. When you are applying multiple coats, sand from 1500 Micro-Mesh to 3200 or 3600
between coats to remove any orange-peel or dirt. After the final coat has fully cured,
polish the surface beginning with 2400 Micro-Mesh and continue through the series
(3200-12000) until the desired gloss is achieved.
Satin finishes
Satin finishes are achieved by sanding up to the 3600 grade. The satin finish gets
progressively higher in gloss through the 6000 step. High gloss finishes will appear by the
6000 through 12000 step. The wood, the finish used and personal preference determine where
to stop. Micro-Gloss liquid abrasive can be hand rubbed onto the finish following the 12000
Micro-Mesh step for an “ultra” high gloss finish.
309
Micro-Mesh 2" x 2"
Soft Touch Pads - 9 pack
19.99
Micro-Mesh®
Soft Touch 2" x 2" Sanding Pads
Sand with these Micro Mesh Soft Touch Pads & get a remarkable hi-gloss, scratch free
shine on your plastic or resin impregnated pen blanks. Works great on surfaces that include
stabilized woods, acrylics & solid surface materials. The kit includes nine 2" x 2"
color coded foam backed abrasive pads ranging from 1500 to 12000 grit plus detailed
instructions. Long lasting and easy to use.
Features:
Abrasive
This pack works extremely well when working with CA finishes leaving your work looking
like it was done by a professional!
Ideal for use with acrylics, plastics, resin or impregnated blanks when turning.
Works great on automotive and marine body work.
The pads can also be used around the home for fine repair work.
Pads are colored coded with foam backing for easy grit identification.
Long lasting and easy to use
Finishing Just Became a Bit More Enjoyable
Pen, Bottle Stopper or even small goblet finishing just became a bit more enjoyable with
the Micro-Mesh Soft Touch sanding pads! Start with the lowest grit of 1500 all the way up
to 12000 grit. This pack works extremely well when working with CA finishes leaving your
work looking like it was done by a professional! Using the step up process will leave your
project finish looking wonderful .
Color Coded Pads with Many Uses
Ideal for use with acrylics, plastics, resin or impregnated blanks when turning. Works great
on automotive and marine body work. The pads can also be used around the home for fine
repair work. Pads are colored coded with foam backing for easy grit identification. Colors
may vary from images shown here. The colors on the grit chart and the colors of Micro-Mesh
abrasives may vary slightly due to color shifts in the manufacturing process.
Note:
The colors on the grit chart and the colors of Micro-Mesh abrasives may vary slightly
due to color shifts in the manufacturing process.
21910
6" x 9" Non-Woven Pads
Assorted - 10 Pack
19.99
6" x 9" Non-Woven Pads
Our 6” x 9” non-woven abrasive pads are manufactured from tough synthetic fibers that will
not rust or splinter like steel wool. They can be used for dry scuffing or even with
chemical solvents. The pads easily conforms to cracks and crevices. Use on many different
materials including metal, ceramic, plastic and wood.
EARLY STAGE SURFACE REMOVAL
When starting a sanding project, using a very coarse sanding pad like the 150 grit can help
you quickly remove any rough spots or imperfections, providing a smooth base for subsequent
sanding with finer grit pads. If your wooden surface has dips, bumps, or other imperfections,
using this very coarse sanding pad can level the surface by removing excess material.
SURFACE PREP MULTIPLE MATERIALS
Like 240 grit sandpaper, these coarse green scuff pads for paint prep are excellent for
prepping raw wood or painted/finished surfaces before sanding or finishing. Their abrasive
nature allows for efficient material removal, saving you time and effort.
SCUFF SAND BETWEEN COATS
Use these medium 320 grit pads for scuff sanding between coats of sanding sealer, paint or
other finishes. This smooths out imperfections and improves adhesion for following coats.
These red scuff pads can also be used for reconditioning, intermediate rust removal, light
deburring and metal cleaning. You can even use them as auto paint surface prep pads.
PREPARE FOR THE FINAL COAT OF FINISH
Use our very fine 800 grit abrasive pad before applying the final coat of lacquer, varnish or
paint to your project. Our gray scuff pads can also be used for oxidation removal, lightly
polishing metals to restore shine and even final surface prep for auto painting.
White Non-Abrasive Pads
BUFF TO A LUSTROUS SHEEN
Our durable white non-scratch polishing pads stand up to water, cleaners, and wood finishes,
making them ideal for applying oils and waxes. Furthermore they make an excellent buffing pad
for hard waxes, finishes and oils, buffing your surface to a lustrous sheen.
30
6" x 9" Non-Woven Pads
White - 10 Pack
17.99
6" x 9" Non-Woven Pads - White - Non-Abrasive - 10 Pack
Gentle Non-Abrasive Pads
Our advanced synthetic steel wool alternative features a sophisticated three-dimensional
fiber network. This innovative construction means no shedding fibers that can embed in wood
and cause rust or discoloration, a common problem with traditional steel wool. Enjoy the
longevity and reusability of these washable pads for a cleaner, more efficient workflow.
The Perfect Size
With dimensions of roughly 6" x 9" and a 0.375" thickness, these white non-woven hand pads
offer excellent adaptability. You can easily cut them to the perfect size and shape,
ensuring they meet the exact requirements of your project or application.
Easily Cut to the Size You Need
These versatile, non-scratching white non-woven pads can be easily cut to the perfect size
with scissors for any task. More gentle than typical abrasive pads, these multi-purpose pads
are safe for delicate surfaces.
Great for Wood Finishing Oil and Wax
These durable, no-scuff non-abrasive pads are made with recycled polyester fibers and
synthetic adhesives, offering a reliable cleaning pad that resists breakdown from water,
cleaners, and wood finishes. Ideal as finishing pads for wood, the anti scuff pads
construction ensures longevity and consistent performance while minimizing environmental
impact. Experience effective cleaning and finishing without concern for premature wear or
damage from common solvents with these long lasting pads.
Better Than a Steel Wool Scrubber
Enhance the natural beauty of your exotic wood projects! Achieve stunning grain definition
and vibrant colors by using finishing pads for wood. Gently refine the surface with these
non abrasive pads and wood polish, revealing the wood's inherent character. The no scuff pad
help you properly work your chosen wood finish into the wood, ensuring a professional and
eye-catching result.
Household Cleaning & Much More
These extra soft non-scratch pads are ideal for delicate surfaces. Perfect for porcelain
sinks, tubs, and toilet bowls, these non-abrasive pads also work wonders on rubber, vinyl,
ceramic tile, dishes, stainless steel, and metal fixtures throughout your home. When used as
a window tint scrub pad, they ensure streak-free car windows before tint application. Our
Non-Abrasive Hand Pad is the perfect solution for various tasks.
4202
Edge Banding
Edge Cutter
24.99
Edge Banding Edge Cutter
If you have ever tried to cut the end off of your edge banding projects, you know it can be
quite challenging to achieve a clean smooth edge. With this edge cutting tool you can
easily, cleanly and smoothly cut the end of your edge banding every time using the unique
Edge Banding End Cutter.
Features:
Easily, cleanly and smoothly cut the end of your edge banding every time
Includes two extra cutter replacement knives
Designed to be used with edge banding up to 1/64" thick and as wide as 2-1/8"
Simple in design
Includes:
1 ea. Edge Banding Edge Cutter
2 ea. Cutter replacement knives
Perfect Cut Every Time
Perfectly cut the end of your edge banding every time using the unique Edge Banding End
Cutter. Once you have your edge banding set, place the End Cutter over the edge and corner
of your work piece. Then, press the large handle down to cut the edge banding. The result
will be a clean, straight cut that is near perfect every time.
Simple in Design
Designed to be used with edge banding up to 1/64" thick and as wide as 2-1/8". This tool is
simple in design but comes up big when it comes to saving time.
Included Extras
The End Cutter also includes two extra cutter replacement knives.
4408
Fulton Turners Mesh - Assorted Grits 1" x 20' Rolls
Each strip of Turners Mesh has tiny holes in it to allow the wood particles to pass through.
This helps prevent clogging the abrasive surface which makes the strips perfect for sanding
project on your lathe. The material is flexible so it easily conforms to the rounded shapes
of spindles, vases, bowls and more.
Includes:
1 ea. 1" x 20' Mesh Abrasive Roll -180X
1 ea. 1" x 20' Mesh Abrasive Roll - 240X
1 ea. 1" x 20' Mesh Abrasive Roll - 320X
1 ea. 1" x 20' Mesh Abrasive Roll - 400X
1 ea. 1" x 20' Mesh Abrasive Roll - 600X
4801
Kreg® Screw Organizer - KTC25
24.99
Screw Organizer
The Kreg Screw Organizer offers a great way to store Kreg Screws in a compact,
easy-to-carry, easy-to-store package. The Screw Organizer is also a perfect companion to the
Kreg System Organizer, making it easy to create a coordinated, stackable organizing system
for Kreg Screws and an entire Kreg Joinery System.
Screw Organizer Features
Molded recesses hold up to 14 new Kreg Screw containers
Transparent lids makes it easy to see what’s stored inside
Also holds Kreg Hardware Containers
(Small and Large)(Sold Seperate)
Coordinates with the System Organizer to create a stackable organizing system
Get Organized
The Screw Organizer holds up to 14 new Kreg Screw containers (sold seperatly). Tabs on the
containers nest into recesses in the Screw Organizer, so they stay put when the Screw
Organizer is standing upright or being carried.
Transparent Lid
A transparent lid makes it easy to see what’s stored inside, and the Screw Organizer even
allows new Kreg Screw containers to be stored with the lids off — without spilling the
screws — when the Organizer is closed and carried.
A Compact, Convenient Case for Kreg Screws and More.
The Kreg Screw Organizer offers a great way to store Kreg Screws in a compact,
easy-to-carry, easy-to-store package.
7629
Savannah 3/32"
Double Bevel Parting Tool
24.99
3/32" Double Bevel Parting Tool
The slim 3/32" blade produces a very fine parted cut on our turning projects. This is
ideal for when grain match is needed after parting. For example, when turning lidded
box, you typically want the lid grain and the grain to match closely as possible, the
Savannah Parting Tool gives you that ability. The Double Bevel Parting Tool is 1-3/16"
wide to minimize flexing and twisting. It also produces the cleanest of cuts with the
minimum amount of waste. the high speed steel blade is seated into a hardwood handle for
added stability. The handle measures approximately 6-1/4" in length. The blade extends
from the end of the hardwood handle.
The handled version of Sorby's versatile TurnMaster Tool with all three (round, detail
point, and square) The Robert Sorby TurnMaster is the first wood turning tool in the world
to combine three cutting edge technologies in one amazingly versatile tool. It's collection
of available parts and cutters make it the most flexible and value added single turning tool
on the market today. The TurnMaster will accept any of 3 standard cutters (square, round, or
detail), as well as a wide range of other cutting tips which have been specially configured
to work with it.
Features:
Versatile Design:
First woodturning tool to combine three cutting-edge technologies in one.
Multiple Cutters Included:
Comes with round, detail point, and square cutters.
Expandable System:
Accepts a wide range of specially configured cutting tips.
Cost-Effective:
Flexible and value-added single tool reduces need for multiple turning tools.
Handled Version:
Ergonomic handle for comfortable and controlled use.
11055
Robert Sorby Micro Spiralling System Complete
106.04
Micro Spiralling Tool
With surface decoration and small intricate work being ever more popular this new Spiralling
tool covers all options. Like the existing Robert Sorby Spiralling System, this tool
incorporates a tool rest to ensure the correct angle is maintained when producing fine
delicate spirals. The system comprises of an aluminum handle, micro spiralling head (shaft
and tool rest), two micro spiral cutters (fine and medium), Allen key and an instruction
leaflet. In addition, there is a Optional texturing cutter for those wishing to decorate
miniature projects.
Features:
Precision Tool Rest:
Ensures correct angle for fine, delicate spirals.
Aluminum Handle:
Lightweight yet durable for comfortable use.
Micro Spiralling Head:
Includes shaft and tool rest for intricate work.
Two Spiral Cutters:
Fine and medium cutters for versatile decorative patterns.
Optional Texturing Cutter:
Perfect for adding detail to miniature projects.
11009
Robert Sorby 1/2" Fingernail Spindle Bowl Gouge
62.57
1/2" Fingernail Spindle Bowl Gouge
Ideal for detailing on spindle work. Having the wing tips ground back reduces the danger
of them catching when working in confined areas
Features:
High speed steel resists "blued" softening from overheating
Sharpened edge lasts 6 times longer than carbon steel
Fingernail medium grind
Overall length 16-1/2" (handled version)
Ash handle (handled version)
11026
Robert Sorby 1" Round Nose Scraper HSS
82.55
1" Round Nose Scraper HSS / B820253
Used on bowls and spindle work to create smooth flowing curves e.g. goblets, egg cups,
and inside boxes.
Features:
Round Nose Scraper
Size: 1'' - 25mm
801
Fulton
1-1/2" Pinch Dogs - 10 pack
19.99
Pinch Dogs
As the old saying goes; “you can never have too many clamps” if you’re a woodworker. This
holds especially true when it comes to achieving near seamless or tight fitting joinery.
While using long bar clamps or pipe clamps to glue up panels will work, sometimes you may
need a helping hand or “pinch” in certain cases to get the seem just right. Using pinch dogs
to pull your or “pinch” the panel joint together is an old tried and true method that is
still commonly used today.
Lets keep em' together
Many times when we want to hold two boards together we reach for large, cumbersome clamps.
While clamps do work of course, there are times when the can be a little overkill. With the
Fulton Pinch Dogs, you'll be able to simply tap a pinch dog over a seam between two boards
and it will draw the two boards tightly together. You can also use pinch dogs in conjunction
with clamps depending on the size of your project.
Just a Few Taps
With just a few taps, you can have snuggly fit boards to form a panel. Once the glue on the
panel is dry, remove the pinch dogs and cut off the ends to get rid of any blemishes.
Textured Pinch Dogs
Many other pinch dog brands have a smooth surface. The Fulton Pinch dogs are textured and
they are textured to help make sure that the pinch dog won't slip out once it is in the
wood. Other brands tend to give and slip over time.
You can never have to many pinch dogs
The old saying goes something like; " you can never have to many clamps". Well, the same
goes for pinch dogs, which are essentially clamps in a way. The more you have, the more
boards you can "clamp" together to form a large panel.
WIDE FLAT TOP - TEXTURED SURFACE - TAPERED TEETH
We designed the pinch dog with a wide, flat top to offer more of striking surface when
tapping it in. The textured surface help keep the pinch dog from sliding or slipping out of
the wood once it is tapped in. Each pinch dog has two tapered teeth. The taper is on the
inside of the pinch dog teeth. As you're tapping the pinch dog into the wood the tapered
teeth draw the two sides toward the center of the pinch dog. This helps create a nice tight
seam.
1202
Fulton Heavy Duty Leg Levelers - 4 pack
19.99
Heavy Duty Leg Levelers
Ideal for tables, shelving units, cabinets and more. The Heavy Duty Leg Levelers have an
L-shaped mounting bracket that offers better support and stability than standard levelers.
The Heavy Duty plastic foot measures 1-5/16" in diameter. The levelers are made from a heavy
gauge, plated steel. Using all four levelers provides you with a load capacity of
approximately 600 lbs.
Heavy Duty Leg Leveler Features:
Ideal for tables, shelving units, cabinets etc.
L-shaped mounting bracket
1-1/2" diameter heavy duty, polyethylene foot
Made from a heavy gauge, plated steel
Load capacity of approximately 600 lbs.
Heavy Duty Leg Leveler Set Includes:
4 ea. Steel Levelers
16 ea. Wood Screws
1 ea. Hex Key Wrench
No More Wobble
If you have ever built or owned a desk, table, cabinet or even a bookshelf that once sat
perfectly on your floor only to become wobbly after a while, then you know how frustrating
it can be to fix. While we could always use the old stacked pieces of cardboard trick, we
all know that wont last very long. The Fulton Leg Levelers solve this issue and also make
workshop cabinet and workbench leveling a breeze.
Easy to Install
Once installed, you can adjust the height of each corner without having to dangerously reach
under the furniture. All you need is the included hex key wrench. Simply insert the hex key
wrench into the top of the leveler stud and rotate the bolt to adjust the installed leg
leveler up and down. Check you furniture piece to make sure its not rocking and you’re all
set.
Adjusts From 0" to 2" in Height
The adjustable legs have a 10mm dia. (apx. 3/8") shaft that adjusts from 0" to 2" in height.
Using all four levelers provides you with a total load capacity of approximately 600 lbs.
Heavy Gauge Steel
The Heavy Duty Leg Levelers have an L-shaped mounting bracket made from a heavy gauge,
plated steel that hook onto the bottom edge of you cabinet for excellent support and
stability unlike standard levelers that only allow access from the bottom and also require a
knuckle busting wrench to make adjustments. The unique design of the leg leveler allows for
easier access to the adjustment bolt. This allows you to micro adjust each leg until they
are perfectly level to your desired height.
Protects Your Floor Too
The large 1-1/2" diameter heavy duty, polyethylene foot will protect your floor and block
any moisture from getting to the foot. No more rust spots left on the floor surface like
most common, underneath access levelers leave behind.
4197
Fulton
Workbench Caster Set
79.99
Workbench Caster Set
Move your workbench to any area in your shop with our 360° workbench casters. This set of 4
casters work by simply pushing down on the pedals to raise your workbench off the floor.
Once elevated you can move your bench as desired, then lift up on the pedals to disengage
and your workbench sits firmly on the floor. Each lift pedal is textured to provide extra
grip. The 2-3/8" urethane casters are rated for 210 lbs of capacity, which means all four
together give you a total weight capacity of 840 lbs. The Workbench Caster 4 Pack includes
all of the mounting screws necessary for easy installation.
Features:
360° workbench casters allow easy movement of your bench anywhere in the shop
Set of 4 casters with lift pedals to raise and lower the workbench effortlessly
Pedals are textured for extra grip and secure operation
2-3/8" urethane casters rated at 210 lbs each (total capacity: 840 lbs)
Workbench sits firmly on the floor when pedals are disengaged
Includes all necessary mounting screws for quick installation
Designed and optimized for use with standard size pocket holes these screws are perfect for
helping you build most any type of project around the house or workshop. Measuring in at 1 ¼
inches long, these screws are perfect for standard ¾ inch stock.
Features:
Designed and optimized for use with standard size pocket holes
1 ¼ inches long
Perfect for standard ¾ inch stock
Washer style head with a square driver
Zinc coating
Super sharp, self tapping tip
Coarse threads
Includes:
500 ea. #8 x 1 ¼ inch pocket hole screws
6” number 2 square driver
With pocket holes, you are always going to hit the spot when driving the screws. After each
pocket hole is drilled (with a jig that is NOT included), you simply place the screw into
the center of the pocket hole which has a step down hole in the center. This makes the
driving process a breeze. Please note that a pocket hole jig and drill bit are required to
create a correctly placed pocket hole. Pocket hole jig and drill bit are NOT included.
Zinc Coating and a Super Sharp, Self Tapping Tip
This screw type also features a zinc coating and a super sharp, self tapping tip. The zinc
coating makes these screws perfect for indoor use. The coating also makes the screw driving
process much smoother than standard un-coated screws. The sharp, self tapping tip really
bites into your stock and always hits the mark.
Washer Style Head
Each screw features a washer style head with a square driver. The washer style head keeps
the screw from being drilled too far into the stock. It’s almost like having a built in
depth stop for screws. The number 2 square driver head works with the included 6” number 2
square driver. Square drivers tend to work much better and more efficiently than standard
screwdriver tips. This means less slippage when driving the screws.
6" #2 Square Tip Driver Included
The #8 x 1 ¼ inch pocket hole screw pack includes 500 screws and a 6 inch long #2 square tip
driver with round shank. The round shank prevents marring and also prevents hand discomfort
in the event that you need to hold the bit steady when drive a pocket hole screw.
7603
Quad-Setting Jig For Wood Lathe Tools for 8" Wheels
19.99
Quad-Setting Jig For Wood Lathe Tools
Quad Sharpening Jig - Because it sets the platform at proper angles to grind 4 different HSS
wood lathe tools. The Quad Sharpening Jig has proper platform angles for 4 different
High-Speed Steel wood lathe turning tools (Bowl Scrapers, Parting Tools, Spindle Roughing
Gouges, and Skews))
Simply lay the long edge of the Quad Setting Jig against the platform and adjust the
platform until the Quad makes two firm points of contact against the grinding wheel. It
takes less than 10 seconds to go from a roughing gouge setting to a bowl scraper setting.
Bowl Scrapers
Parting Tools
Spindle Roughing Gouges
Skews
The Most User-Friendly and Catch-Free Angles
The angles engineered into the Quad work for most people, most of the time, in most
situations. The angles Ron Brown have chosen for each tool are the most user-friendly and
catch-free angles I know of. Different folks use different angles for various reasons. Ron
Brown picked these because he hate catches caused by an angle that is too catchy or so blunt
that you have to force the cut. These angles are not the only ones in use. They are the ones
that will most likely keep you out of trouble and cause the fewest catches while still
cutting effectively.
11555
Savannah Transparent Center Finder Set - 8" & 18"
19.99
Transparent Center Finder Set
The need to find center on our projects is more common than you may think. Especially when
we are working on something from scratch, it almost always seems to be the case. Whether its
on a circle or a square, typically we would measure the longest distance and divide that in
half and hope we are correct and accurate. What if you could have a device that does not
only the math for you, but aligns everything up for you in seconds! In steps the transparent
center finders from Savannah. Finally a device for finding center on larger objects! Enjoy
the satisfaction of creating larger, symmetrical woodworking projects. Its lightweight
construction of rugged, impact-resistant plastic makes for easy usability and long-lasting
durability. In addition, the clear quality of the plastic insures optimal visibility. The
center Finder features two v-stops, one on either side, for enhanced versatility. The
60-degree v-stop is ideal for Circular shapes, and the 90-Degree v-stop is great for square,
Octagonal, hexagonal and Circular shapes as well. Simply set stock firmly against the V-
stop of the device, and score your first line using the Straightedge guide, rotate stock
90-Degrees and mark your second line.
It's That Simple!
Quickly, easily and accurately find your center on squares, hexagons, octagons and best of
all... circles! No long do you need to guess if you are measuring a circle properly anymore.
Simply place the center finder onto the circle, draw a line, rotate it, draw another
intersecting line and then do that one more time and you are done! Its that simple!
Find Your Center
Find center on small and large objects with relative ease using the 8" or 18" center finder.
Perfect for woodworkers, arts, crafts, carpenters, hobbyists and DIYer's! Now with yellow or
blue center finder you can find center on objects up to 18"! Perfect for bowl blanks for
wood turners, smaller craft projects, circle patterns for carpenters, metal workers, arts,
crafts and a whole lot more!
Find Center on Multiple Shapes!
Round
Easily find center on round objects all the way up to 18" in diameter.
Hexagon
Find center on hexagons up to 12-1/2" in size.
Octagon
Locating center on 18" or smaller octagons is super easy.
Square
The large center finder can locate center on square objects up to 18".
Its all in the angles!
The clever design of the large center finder allows it to be super versatile as it not only
finder center on circles but squares, hexagons and octagons alike! This opens up a world of
possibilities for many different types of of applications. While it works exceptionally well
for wood turners, many other areas of expertise can use it as well. From metal working to
plastic fabrication, the large center finder is sure to come one of your most used tools in
your tool box.
6236
Peachtree
12" Drill Press Clamp
16.99
12" Drill Press Clamp
The 12" Drill Press Clamp secures boards and materials to your drill press table, allowing
for a clean and accurate cut every time.
Features:
Clamp boards up to 5" thick
3-1/2" Throat Capacity
Tension adjustment knob changes the strength of the clamp's grasp
Fastens easily to drill press table slots
Quick release lever makes for simple disengagement
814
19Pc Precision Quick Release Screw Driver Set
15.99
19 Piece Precision Quick Release Screw Driver Set
The spring loaded quick release makes changing the bits super easy and quick!
The Set Includes 18 Assorted Tips:
6 Hexagon Tips:
0.7, 0.9, 1.3, 1.5, 2.0 and 2.5
2 European Philips Head Tips:
#0 and #00
4 Star Tips:
T4, T5, T6 and T7
3 Flat Head Tips:
1.0, 2.0 and 3.0
3 Philips Head Tips:
#000, #00 and #0
4222
Fulton MagBox Magnetizer / Demagnetizer
5.99
MagBox
Magnetizer / Demagnetizer
Magnetizing your tools comes in real handy around your workshop or your home. This is
especially true when using a screwdriver and a small screw. Magnetizing the screwdriver tip
enables you to control the screw without having to hold it in place while turning. The
MagBox also has a de-magnetizer built right in. To de-magnetize your tool simply place your
tool tip into the demagnetize slot and rotate a couple of times and your tool will be
de-magnetized.
Please Note: Color may vary from displayed image
Fulton MagBox Features:
Magnetize tools when using small screws and screwdriver
De-Magnetize your tool when you are finished with that small project.
Magnetizer and a De-Magnetizer built in one tool
Fulton MagBox Includes:
1 ea. Fulton MagBox
927
Fulton
6" Forstner Bit Extender
15.99
6" Forstner Bit Extender
Drilling with forstner bits to achieve a flat bottom hole or to start a deep hole turning
project like on a larger vase or vessel is essentially impossible with a standard length
forstner bit. To remedy this issue we have developed a heavy duty steel extension that
allows you to secure a 3/8 inch shank forstner bit into the end collet.
Fulton 6" Forstner Bit Extender
The forstner bit extension gives you additional 5-5/8 inches of reach to bore deeper into
your projects. This will help you create larger diameter starter holes or help when you need
to drill in just a little further than the standard bit length will allow. The extension can
be used with forstner bits on drill presses, lathes with a drill chuck installed (drill
chuck not included) or with a power drill.
Easily Extend Your Forstner Bits
The forstner bit extension gives you additional 5-5/8 inches of reach to bore deeper into
your projects. This will help you create larger diameter starter holes or help when you need
to drill in just a little further than the standard bit length will allow. The extension can
be used with forstner bits on drill presses, lathes with a drill chuck installed (drill
chuck not included) or with a power drill.
Ideal for Boring Deep Holes
The extension works exceptionally well for projects like salt shakers, pepper mills or even
wood turned beverage mugs. Contractors use the extension when they need to bore deep holes
for running cables or wires and they also use it for joining larger timbers.
Great for Boring Out Starter Holes
One of the most common uses for the forstner bit extension is for woodturners who need to
bore out starter holes on larger vessels.
Please note....
Some forstner bit manufacturers produce bits that say 3/8 inch shank size when in fact they
are not. If you measure your bit shank and it is 3/8 inch, your bit should fit once the set
screws are loosened
The collet outside diameter is 25/32" without the set screws protruding outward. The reason
this is important is that as we mentioned earlier, some bits may have slightly different
shank sizes. This means the set screws may protrude outwardly from the collet. Forstner bits
and Machinery shown in pictures are NOT included.
Minimum Hole Diameter
The minimum size hole this extension will allow you to drill is 13/16 inch.
11583
Sili® 7 Piece Epoxy/Resin Complete Mixing Kit
14.99
7 Piece Epoxy/Resin Complete Mixing Set
It happens to the best of us. When we mix up a batch of epoxy for an important pour, we
sometimes don’t have everything we need when the clock starts ticking. The Sili
®
7 Piece Epoxy/Resin Complete Mixing Set remedies this by providing you with the mixing tools
you need. It also contains a super handy Sili
®
red Silicone mat to help contain that occasional drip or mess.
Features:
Dried glue or epoxy peels right off the mat, spatulas and stirring sticks
Very easy to clean after use
Large spatulas for mixing larger amounts of epoxy in larger containers
Included spatulas can also serve a scrapers as when needed
Included tweezers are excellent for positioning materials in the epoxy mold
Set Includes:
2 each Large Spatulas
Spatulas are made from 100% silicone which makes them very easy to clean. Even if the
epoxy cures, it will peel right off.
2 each Spoon/Small Spatulas
The Spoon/Small Spatulas are perfect for mixing and coaxing the epoxy into every curve
and corner of your mold.
Steel Double End Spoon
Just the right size to keep adding a little pigment at a time until you achieve just the
right tint. Made from steel, the spoon will not stain.
Tweezers
We have also included tweezers for working with delicate materials like gold foil
flakes. Excellent for positioning materials once in the epoxy mold.
Easy to Peel off Dried Glue
The included spatulas are made from 100% silicone which makes them very easy to clean after
use. Even if the epoxy cures, it will peel right off of the silicone material in seconds!
Generally the large spatulas are used for mixing larger amounts of epoxy in larger
containers or measuring cups (not included). These also serve a scrapers as when needed
Stirring Sticks Perfect for Mixing Epoxy
The stirring sticks with a spoon on one end and a spatula on the other end are also made
from 100% silicone to make the clean up process a breeze. These little guys are perfect for
smaller projects and can be used to create just the right look in your mold before curing.
They are perfect for mixing and coaxing the epoxy into every curve and corner of your mold.
Achieve Just the Right Look for Your Project
We have also included tweezers for working with delicate materials like gold foil flakes.
Excellent for positioning materials like this once in the epoxy mold. A double end spoon is
included for adding color pigment to your mix. It’s just the right size to keep adding a
little pigment at a time until you achieve just the right tint/look for your project. Made
from steel, the double end spoon will not stain.
The Perfect Work Surface for Pouring and Mixing Epoxy Resin Molds
The Sili
®
Epoxy Mixing Mat is 15½” x 11¾” and is the perfect work surface for pouring and mixing epoxy
resin molds. Made from 100% silicone, the Sili
®
Epoxy Mat is super easy to clean up in a matter of seconds! Even if the epoxy cures directly
on the mat, you can pull the epoxy right off since it won’t bond with the silicone surface!
1204
Peachtree 24" x 36" Non-Slip Woven Router Mat
13.99
Non-Slip Woven Router Mat - 24" x 36"
Our 24" x 36" Black Non-Slip Woven Router Mats are designed to securely hold all of your
materials in place without the use of a single clamp. Use these handy mats when routing,
sanding, carving, scraping, drilling, or cutting glass. This mat also makes a great
protective pad when changing cutters. The Open-Mesh design is made of soft, natural rubber,
is nylon reinforced to resist tearing and allows the dust to pass through it. It can also be
easily cut to produce your own custom push blocks, jigs, or fixture pads.
Features:
Open-Mesh design is made of soft, natural rubber
Nylon reinforced to resist tearing
Can be easily cut
Makes a great protective pad when changing cutters
114
12 PC Long Drum Replacement Sleeves
12.99
12 PC Long Drum Replacement Sleeves
High quality aluminum oxide replacement sleeves
Includes:
1 ea.
80, 120, 150 Grit
for 1/2" x 2" Sleeve
1 ea.
80, 120, 150 Grit
for 3/4" x 2" Sleeve
1 ea.
80, 120, 150 Grit
for 1" x 2" Sleeve
1 ea.
80, 120, 150 Grit
for 1-1/2" x 2" Sleeve
302
Peachtree
Honing Guide
12.99
Honing Guide
A honing guide will help you consistently sharpen to the same result and it will protect
your stone from unintentional nicks. This simple guide securely holds chisels and plane
blades at the correct angle to bench stone, and ensures a true square edge. It is not
intended for skew chisels.
Accommodates blade widths from 1/4" to 2-3/8".
Note:
Stone & blade not included.
10389
Trend Diamond Stone Sharpening & Flattening Kit
99.99
Diamond Stone Sharpening & Flattening Kit - DWS/CP8/FX
Double-sided (180/600 Grit) Bench Stone with a Pouch, Cleaning Block & Non-Slip Mat.
Hone your knives and tools with ease. Ideal for contractors, site workers and shop fitters.
Use with no pressure.
Features:
Ideal for up to 3" plane irons and chisels.
Unique clearance channel on extra coarse side for faster, cleaner cut.
Solid diamond surface on fine side.
Grit size clearly marked on surface.
Precision flatness substrate.
Diamond shaped surface prevents snagging
Fine 600 grit (25 micron) and extra coarse 180 grit (70 micron).
Includes Double-Sided Diamond Whetstone, Non Slip Mat, Cleaning Block, Pouch
180 Grit On One Side
180 grit with clearance channels for maximum dispersal of residue removed following either
sharpening or flattening oil & water stones.
600 Grit On the Other Side
600 grit fine is ideal for removal of scratches left after flattening tools such as chisels
and plane blades before progressing to fine honing and polishing.
1214
Fulton Safety
Push Block - 2 Pack
12.99
Safety Push Block 2 Pack
Ideal for router tables, band saws, jointers and shapers. Made from heavy duty material to
stand up to the everyday workshop enviornment. Push blocks are designed to be one of your
essential safety devices to help provide protection and prevent your fingers from getting
too close to cutters or blades on a router table, band saw, shaper or a jointer. Push blocks
work well in multiple situations throughout your woodworking projects and are intended to be
used any time your fingers are close to being in harms way.
Control stock while keeping your fingers away from danger...
Push blocks are an essential part of workshop safety. Whenever we need to push stock through
on router tables, band saws, jointers, shapers and in some cases table saws, it is always a
good idea to keep our fingers away from the blade or cutter. This push block has been designed
with exactly that in mind. The block is made from a heavy polyethylene plastic that absorbs
any sort of shock. It won't crack or shatter if dropped and it won't crack or shatter if it
comes into contact with a blade or cutter. This makes the push block the perfect safety
accessory for any work shop environment.
Push Blocks can be used on multiple machines, in multiple ways
Router Table
One of the more common uses, the push block works exceptionally well when feeding stock
through on a router table. Simple downward and inward pressure keeps the stock up against
the fence while at the same time keeping your fingers away from harm.
Band Saw Re-Saw Applications
Re-sawing is a common use for band saws. Using a push block to feed your stock through the
blade makes this process safer by keeping your fingers away from the blade at all times.
Free Hand Routing with Two Push Blocks
Free hand routing can be a little tricky. Typically free hand routing is done on curved or
round stock and keeping your fingers away from the cutter can prove to be a challenge.
Using two push blocks not only keeps your fingers away from danger, but allows you to
control your stock when feeding it though the cutter.
Double Up for More Power on the Jointer
When jointing or planing wider stock on a jointer, it can be tough to feed the stock
through the cutters. The jointer generates a lot of power. Using two push blocks at a time
on your stock helps you place the much needed downward force to feed your stock through
the cutters.
Stands up to the everyday workshop environment!
The push block is made from a heavy duty, injected molded, polyethylene plastic material.
This material is very thick or dense and provides the user with a substantial feel in there
hand when using it. This along with the angled, molded handle grip gives you more leverage
than straight vertical style push blocks.
Use The 4 Piece Safety Kit Throughout Your Workshop...
Soft, Receptive Foam Rubber Pad for Gripping Your Stock
Soft, receptive, rubber foam pads line the base of the push block. The rubber pads
make pushing, gripping and controlling your stock much easier and safer than doing it
free handed.
The pad is is approximately 3/16" thick and works on many different types of materials
Keep it clean
The rubber pads are easily washable with warm water.
The pad must be completely dry before using again
Do not use paper towels to wipe off the pad. We recommend using a microfiber or cotton
cloth.
3332
Peachtree
Woodturner's Tool Roll
12.99
Medium Lathe Turning Tool Storage Roll - 29" x 19½"
Store your lathe turning chisels, gouges, skews and more in this convenient Woodturner's
Tool Roll! Measuring 29" x 19½" when laid out, the tool roll provides plenty of room for
your lathe tools and more.
Note: Tools not included
Features:
29" x 19½" Full size lathe tool roll
Fits up to 14 turning tools
Handy carrying strap for easy portability
Rolls up for easy transport
Pockets measure approx. 12" deep
Note: Tools not included
14 Pockets Provide Plenty of Room
The canvas roll has 14 pockets measuring 12" deep and the pockets vary in width for
different size tools.
Note: Tools not included
Handy Carrying Strap for Easy Portability
Two nylon web straps with buckles secure the tool roll after it is rolled up. The tool roll
also includes a handy carrying strap for easy portability.
Note: Tools not included
4021
Sili Glue Tray & Comb Non-Stick-Glue System
9.99
Glue Tray & Comb
Non-Stick-Glue System
The SILI® Tray gives you the perfect place to pour your glue into for easy access. When you
are done with your glue up, simply pour the left over glue back into the bottle. SILI® Comb
has two functional ends. The Squeegee end allows you to spread your glue evenly over large
areas, while the Comb end evenly distributes the glue over your project.
The Complete glue up kit
1 ea. SILI® Glue Tray
1 ea. SILI® Glue Comb
Non-Stick Silicone
Fully dried wood or polyurethane glue cracks and peels right off the comb or tray.
SILI® Comb
SILI® Comb has two functional ends. The Squeegee end allows you to spread your glue
evenly over large areas, while the Comb end evenly distributes the glue over your
project.
Funnel Tray
The unique funnel end SILI® Tray makes it easy to pour your unused glue back into the
bottle. The flexible funnel shaped end guides the glue directly to the SILI® Tray spout
and back into the bottle
1058
Peachtree
Router Depth Gauge
8.99
Router Depth Gauge
This aluminum Router Depth Gauge makes router set up fast, easy and simple. You simply set
the Router Bit Depth Gauge across your cutter (router bit) and adjust the router bit to the
required setting. The aluminum Router Depth Gauge is clearly marked in inches. The Router
Depth Gauge is designed for setting cutter depths from 1/8” to 1” in 1/16” increments.
Features:
Set router bits to desired depth of cut.
Measurements marked in 16ths - 1/8" through 1"
No more guessing at the depth to cut.
No more missed cuts because the bit was set to deep.
3271
Peachtree
Ear Muffs
8.99
Peachtree Ear Muffs
We all need ear protection from all those loud machines in our workshops. These ear
muffs will drown out virtually all the sounds up to 20 decibels. Easy slide ear piece
adjustment with extra thick foam padding on the head piece and the ear pieces for
comfort.
Features:
Drown out virtually all the sounds up to 20 decibels
Extra thick foam padding
Easy slide ear piece adjustment
1365
12" Stainless Steel Center Finder Rule
7.99
12" Stainless Steel Center Finder Rule
Find the center point quickly and accurately with this handy steel center finding ruler You
simply align this center finding ruler so that the same measurement appears on both sides of
the zero mark. These rigid stainless steel rules make the job of finding the center of any
piece of wood very easy. The zero is in the middle with scales in 1/32 “. These rules have a
second scale which allows them to be used as regular rulers. They are made of stainless
steel with a hard chrome finish.
Find the Center on Rectangular, Square or Round Objects
When trying to find the center on rectangular, square or even round objects it can sometimes
be challenging at best. While you could always measure the length, divide the number in half
then measure to that point and mark it, why waste that valuable time.
Super Quick and Super Easy
The handy center finder ruler makes it super quick and super easy without having to do any
math to find center. The exact center is clearly marked with a circle and a fine point arrow
to make it easy to see. To use the ruler, simply line the ruler up so that the increments
are the same on both outside edges of the object your are measuring. Make your mark at the
center point and there you have it! It literally takes seconds to find center with this
super easy to use ruler.
Square Objects
Simply align the rule on the corners to find the center of a square or rectangular
object with ease
Round Objects
Align the rule on the edges of the circular object to find the center
Cabinet or General Home Use
Perfect for finding center on frames, cabinets, doors and more!
1mm Thick Stainless Steel
The ruler is made 1mm thick stainless steel and flexes just the right amount for most any
project while still remaining rigid enough so its not flopping all over when in use.
Starting from “0” in the middle of the ruler, the scale is in 32nds.
7398
Universal Wood Turners Measuring Gauge
7.99
Universal Wood Turners Measuring Gauge
Finally a gauge for wood turners that works, is simple to use and should have been thought
of a long time ago!. The acrylic, transparent gauge makes quick work out of determining the
diameter of odd ball pen tubes, turning tool edge angles, locating the center of a pen or
bottle stopper blank and measuring in centimeters or inches! Best of all it fits right into
your pocket!
Universal Wood Turners Measuring Gauge Features:
6 holes for quickly identifying the diameter of your odd ball pen tubes
Designed to fit into your shirt or pants pocket
Angle finder on the right side of the gauge
Angle finder on the right side of the gauge
Standard Ruler Markings to Measure Objects Up to 4"
Find the Center of Your Pen Blank or Bottle Stopper
Quickly Identify Pen Tube Diameters
Designed to fit into your shirt or pants pocket, the turning measuring gauge features 6
holes for quickly identifying the diameter of your odd ball pen tubes. No more worrying
about the size being off, simply insert the tube into one of the holes until you find
the perfect match!
Super Handy Angle Finder
Running down the right side of the gauge is a super handy angle finder. Not only are the
angles the most commonly used for turning tools, they are clearly labeled for scrapers,
bowl gouges, bowl/roughing gouges and bowl/spindle gouge angles.
Find the Center In Seconds
Finding the center of your pen blank or bottle stopper blank just got a whole lot
easier! Place the gauge over your blank and align the circles so that they are even
spaced between the edges of the blank. Once set, simply use an awl or a punch to mark
the center hole.
Standard Ruler Markings
to Measure Objects Up to 4"
On the top and bottom of the gauge we have incorporated standard ruler markings to
measure objects up to 4 inches or 10 centimeters. This makes this gauge even more useful
and handy for just about anything turning related!
7574
Savannah
Turning Tool Angle Gauge
7.99
Turning Tool Angle Gauge
Many times while sharpening our turning and general shop tools, we setup our jigs and
fixtures to prescribed angles. Thing is, most sharpening systems don’t supply us with any
way of checking our angles while we work. With the steel Savannah Turning Tool Angle Gauge
you can check 8 different angles that are commonly used for various wood turning tools as
well as common shop tools like chisels. It’s perfect for checking your angles on the fly
while your honing your tools.
Features:
Check 8 different, commonly used angles
3” diameter
Steel construction
Turning tool angle chart included
Degree markings are stamped into the steel
Pre-drilled hole at the top for easy storage
Determine the following angles:
30°
for aggressive spindle gouge
37°
for skew chisels
40°
for spindle gouges
45°
for bowl gouges
50°
for roughing gouges
55°
for bowl gouges
60°
(blunted for strong cutting edges)
82°
for bowl scrapers.
Note: Each of these specific tool angles are recommendations only.
Quick Angle Checking
Quick angle checking has never been easier while sharpening or for just simply checking the
angle of an old tool laying around your workshop. The steel 3” diameter Savannah Turning
Tool Angle Gauge comes with a turning tool angle chart to quickly identify the correct
recommended angles for 8 turning tools.
Check 8 Different, Commonly Used Angles
The Savannah Angle Turning Tool Angle Gauge can determine the following angles: 30 degree
for aggressive spindle gouge angle, 37 degree for skew chisels, 40 degree for spindle
gouges, 45 degree for bowl gouges, 50 degree for roughing gouges, 55 degree for bowl gouges,
60 degree (blunted for strong cutting edges) and 82 degrees for bowl scrapers. Each of these
specific tool angles are recommendations only.
Also Check General Tool Angles
Some general tool angles that can also be checked with this gauge: 30 degree for standard
chisels and hand plane blades, 45 degree for axes, wood turning parting tools and 50 degrees
for various other turning tools.
Easy to Read Stamped Degree Markings
The degree markings on the angle gauge are stamped into the steel so you will always be able
to read the angles without fear of them wearing off over time. The gauge is made from steel
and measures approximately 3 inches in diameter. It has a pre-drilled hole at the top for
easy storage or to hang from a keychain if you do a lot of sharpening.
11556
Fulton 110V Single Phase On/Off Switch
34.99
110V Single Phase On/Off Switch
Easy to Locate, Easy to engage...
The whole idea of this switch is to make the power down process very quick. We've
accomplished this by making the off switch engaged with a large, red, easy to see paddle. No
more feeling around underneath your tabletop to find your switch. Make your table safer with
this easy-to-use power tool switch! Made from durable materials, the box on this power tool
switch is sealed. Works with devices that draw 15 amps or less. Ideal for smaller workshop
machinery like router tables and small table saws.
Features:
Single Phase
110 Volt
15 amp
Large Stop Paddle
Easy to Mount
(Hardware Included)
Large Buttons
66" Heavy Duty Male Cord
18" Heavy Duty Female Cord
The stop sign paddle measures
approximately 5-3/8" tall by 3-7/16" wide
Easy to Locate, Easy to engage...
The whole idea of this switch is to make the power down process very quick. We've
accomplished this by making the off switch engaged with a large, red, easy to see paddle. No
more feeling around underneath your tabletop to find your switch. Make your table safer with
this easy-to-use power tool switch!
Heavy Duty Cords
18" long female cord for accepting the power tool plug and a 66 inch long male cord to plug
into the power source. Both cords are heavy duty cords to stand up to everyday exposure in
workshops.
Quick Install Process
Once mounted and with your router or small machine unplugged, plug your router or small
machine plug into the female cord receptacle. With the power off on your small machine or
router, plug the male cord into the power source. Push the paddle until the stop button
clicks to make sure it is off. Turn the switch on your router or small machine to the on
position.
Once Mounted and Hooked Up
Once Mounted and properly hooked, make sure that the switch is sitting securely in
position. If it is loose, please be sure to address this before using the switch. A loose
sitting switch is not safe and must be properly secured.
Turn it on
Press the large green start button. Your router or small machine should be powering up.
Now you can power on without reaching underneath your table top!
Bump the Stop Sign... Turn it off
Using your knee or hip, bump the stop sign paddle. Your router or small machine should
start powering down. It doesn't take a whole lot of force from your knee to trip the
switch. A slight bump will do. Now you're all set and you can kill the power at a moment’s
notice using our Large Stop Sign Paddle On/Off Switch!
1081
Fulton Cabinet Door & Drawer Knob/Pull Template Set
5.99
Cabinet Door & Drawer
Knob & Pull Template Set
Mounting knobs or drawer pulls for doors and drawers doesn't have to be a crap shoot. The
Fulton Cabinet Door & Drawer Templates make quick work of aligning both and best of all
it's precise! All you need to do is choose the hole that best suits your needs, mark it with
a pencil, drill and then mount your pull or knobs. It's really that easy! The drawer
template works for any drawer up to 10" high. The Door Template has five knobs and four pull
positions.
Features:
Templates for the both cabinet doors and drawers
Works with both knobs and pulls
Works with drawers up to 10" high
Alignment is fast, easy and precise
No Guess work
Includes:
1 ea. Drawer Knob & Pull Template
1 ea. Cabinet Door Knob & Pull Template
7381
Fulton 10" EZ-ALIGN Layout / Centering Template
15.99
10" EZ-ALIGN Layout / Centering Template
If you have ever tried to use a standard compass to draw a circle on irregularly shaped or
rough items then you know your results can be mixed at best. Trying to keep the compass
centered while making a clearly marked circle can be tough in this situation. The Round,
Clear Acrylic Center Finder/Compass solves this issue by providing a clear view of what you
are doing and drawing holes with corresponding, clear index marks for drawing circles.
Finding your "center" doesn't have to be difficult
Lay out bowls, trays and platters in no time! The Clear Acrylic 10" Layout & Centering
Finding Compass is great for laying out bowl, trays, platters and more. It can also be used
for laying out standard circles up to 10" for many different types of projects. All you need
to do is tap a small nail through the center hole, insert a pencil in your choice of
diameter hole ( Marks circles from 1", to 10", in 1/2", increments), then pivot around the
center point to make your circle mark.
Clearly a Better Center Finder
The Clear Acrylic 10" Layout & Centering Finding Compass is great for laying out bowl,
trays, platters and more. It can also be used for laying out standard circles up to 10" for
many different types of projects. All you need to do is tap a small nail through the center
hole, insert a pencil in your choice of diameter hole ( Marks circles from 1", to 10", in
1/2", increments), then pivot around the center point to make your circle mark. Made from
clear acrylic and marked for easy index identification.
Being able to see means everything
The clear acrylic center finder compass makes finding center on odd shapes like logs easy.
By aligning the circular guidelines to any particular edge will help you find center. Or you
can approximate the center and draw a line once you have tapped a nail into the center of
the compass. Being able to see what you are doing with this compass makes all the difference
in the world.
1474
Fulton 24" Clear Flex
Center Finding Ruler
5.99
24" Clear Flex Center Finding Ruler
This transparent and flexible center finder ruler makes it super quick and super easy
without having to do any math to find the center. The exact center is clearly marked with a
circle and an indexed center point arrow to make it easy to see. The ruler is flexible which
means it can be used almost anywhere including uneven and curved surfaces. While you could
use the old fashion "3 step rule" where you measure the width, divide that measurement in
half and you would use that measurement to locate and mark the center. Why not take all that
down to one simple step by using the Clear Flex Center Finder Ruler. Simply align the ruler
up at the same measurement on both edges of your project and the center point on the ruler
marks the spot! It really is that easy!
24" Clear Flex Center Finder
Finally a ruler that can be used for most any project! From scrap booking to woodworking and
everything in between, you are sure to find this ruler super useful! You'll be able to find
the center on just about any surface.
Super Easy to Use!
It doesn't get much easier to use than this. Line the ruler up so that the measurement marks
are the same on both edges of the surface you are measuring, then make a mark at the center
point of the ruler and your done! Its that easy!
Woodworkers Rejoice!
For years, woodworkers have been doing the math to find the center. Now we have a clear,
flexible center finder ruler that allows you to see exactly where your marking which makes
the centering process even easier and best of all you don't have to do the math, the center
finder does it for you!
Scrap Books
If you're into scrap booking then you already know its all about the presentation. The Clear
Flex Center Finding ruler helps you present your pics and designs by helping you quickly and
easily center the pictures and designs to small or large paper stock.
Arts, Crafts, Wood, Quilts, Fabric, Paper or Even Plastic
This center finder is the perfect ruler for just about anyone who enjoys being creative but
also accurate when needed. We all need to find the center from time to time and the Clear
Flex Center Finder Ruler will help you accomplish this and more.
1223
Peachtree
V-Push Stick
2.99
V-Push Stick
The ERGONOMICALLY "V" designed push stick provides better control for small pieces while
giving you added safety when you guide your wood through your cutting blades.
Features:
Use to guide wood through cutters
Provides Extra Control For Small Pieces
Ergonomically designed handle fits hand "just right"
For all table saws, radial saws, shapers & jointer
Includes:
1 ea. V-Push Stick
20011
Peachtree 2-in-1 Safety V Push Stick - 2 Pack
16.99
2 in 1 Safety V Push Stick - 2 Pack
If you have ever milled a narrow piece of stock on your table saw or router tabletop then
you know how dicey it can get. Trying to control your stock while your fingers are
dangerously close to the blade or cutter is something to avoid altogether. The Patented 2 in
1 Safety-V Push Stick is the perfect solution to help keep your fingers out of harms way
Non-Slip Foam Rubber Pad Grips to Most Any Type of Material
The push sticks have a foam rubber base to offer even more control than standard V or L
style push sticks. The non-slip foam rubber pad is approximately 3/16” thick and will grip
to most any type of material like smooth sanded wood, rough wood or composite materials.
Use Like a V-Style Push Stick
With a soft, receptive foam rubber pad and a natural hook on the back end, you can control
your stock while feeding it through the table saw blade
Use Like a Standard Notched Push Stick
The unique 90 degree front end notch allows you to use this V-Style push stick like a
standard push stick giving you the best of both worlds
1753
Multi-Mount Universal
Band Saw/DrillPress Fence
79.99
Multi-Mount Universal Band Saw/DrillPress Fence
Elevate your woodworking precision with the ProGrip Universal Band Saw Fence. This versatile
bandsaw rip fence mounts securely to tables up to 18" front to back with its straight edge
clamp. Fully adjustable, it’s ideal for re-sawing, guiding cuts, and repetitive drilling.
The included stop block lets it double as a reliable drill press fence, while the triple cam
locking system ensures a rock-solid, wobble-free hold. Crafted from durable aluminum, this
universal band saw fence is lightweight, corrosion-resistant, and built for lasting
performance—perfect for hobbyists and professionals alike.
Features:
Universal fit:
Mounts to band saw tables up to 18" (bandsaw rip fence universal).
Dual-purpose:
Works as a band saw fence and drill press fence with stop block for repeat drilling.
Rock-solid hold:
Triple cam locking + adjustable alignment on a durable aluminum fence.
1471
CCC
Convex Curve Cutter
159.99
Convex Curve Cutter
Create Unique Keepsakes like jewelry boxes, vases, potpourri boxes, small legs, pen holder
boxes and much much more. The CCC is truly one of those items where we can say that you are
only limited to only your imagination. There are so many things you can create with the CCC
that we don’t have enough room to list them. With the Convex Curve Cutter you can make boxes
that are 4, 6 or even 8 sides. Not to many jigs or fixtures are this versatile and allow for
such variation in project capabilities. Create symmetrical and asymmetrical projects with
the CCC. Offset a little, or offset a lot, either way your project is sure to please most
everyone that sees it!
Convex Curve Cutter
The CCC is the long awaited addition to the handsaw for easy, unique and accurate convex
curves. It easily and quickly attaches to your band saw and it will accurately cut beautiful
convex curves to the sides of wooden jewelry boxes, vases, potpourri boxes, small legs,
desktop pen holders and more. You are only limited by your imagination. The more you use it,
the more ideas you come up with!
Get Creative
For most woodworkers, a priority on their project list is usually to make or build a unique
looking jewelry box or keepsake box for that special someone in their life. Wouldn't it be
great if you could create a unique curved jewelry box instead of the same old flat sided
square box. Achieving a consistent convex curved box was once a very difficult task for
woodworkers and cutting them on the handsaw was next to impossible unless you’re the
ultimate craftsman. Now with the Convex Curve Cutter (CCC) you can make those type of boxes
with ease.
Convex and Concave Boxes
With the Convex Curve Cutter you can make boxes that are 4, 6 or even 8 sides. Not to many
jigs or fixtures are this versatile and allow for such variation in project capabilities.
Symmetrical or Asymmetrical
The CCC will not only cut symmetrical curves, it will allow you to cut asymmetrical curves
as well. This means you can make boxes that most of us didn’t even think about trying on a
band saw before. The CCC comes with all the parts, pieces and full instructions to get you
started on your way to making wonderful looking convex curved boxes!
Note:
Wooden decorative boxes are display only. Decorative boxes, flower, pen and hardware for
wooden decorative boxes not included.
3699
Carter Magfence II
Universal Magnetic Fence
145.57
Magfence II Universal Magnetic Fence
The MAGFENCE II™ Universal Magnetic Fence is the fastest, easiest way to add a moveable and
adjustable fence to your bandsaw. Since the MAGFENCE II™ attaches to your saw with
switchable magnets ( 155 lbs of break away force each), it is readily adjusted and
infinitely positionable. You don't even need any hardware or mounts when installing. Simply
place in position and switch the magnets to the ON position and you are set. The fence has
thin rubber strips on the bottom to make adjustments smooth and simple, they also keep the
fence from scratching your table top surface. The unit also features multiple T-slots for
attaching any number of accessories like a sub-fence, stops and is compatible with all of
Carter's original MAGFENCE™ accessories. The MAGFENCE II™ comes with two switchable magnets
( 155 lbs of break away force each) and measures 15" in length by 3" in height. Additional
switchable magnets (sold separately) can be added to the fence for even more holding power
Features
Fastest, easiest way to add a moveable and adjustable fence to your bandsaw
Attaches to your saw with switchable magnets
Readily adjusted and infinitely positionable
No hardware or mounts needed when installing
Thin rubber strips on the bottom to make adjustments smooth and simple
Multiple T-slots for attaching any number of accessories
Compatible with all of Carter's original MAGFENCE™ accessories
4227
Carter
Hollow Roller
432.00
Hollow Roller
The patent pending made in the USA Hollow Roller™ system is a captive bar tool for safely
turning hollow forms and bowls. The bar is completely captive, which allows the operator to
focus on the work and art of the vessel being turned instead of on the complexity of the
hollowing system. It incorporates a fully sealed bearing lubrication free roller system that
eliminates drag on the bar, thus enabling a smoother flowing motion to all tool movements.
By doing this, it gives the operator more control and feel while turning the work piece.
Note:
To fit the Hollow Roller on your lathe, you must purchase a Hollow Roller Mounting stud to
attach the Hollow Roller to your lathe banjo.
The Benefits of the Hollow Roller:
Safer than traditional non-captive hollowing systems
Easy set-up on most lathes (via accessory stud)
Quickly and easily removed and re-installed
Heavy duty, but light in overall weight
Perfect for beginner or experienced turners
The system is functional for all size lathes from mini's to full size, so you don't
have to buy a new system just because you buy a new lathe.
Torque Arrestor Tool Rest
The Hollow Roller™ Torque Arrestor tool rest (which attaches to the lathe through the user’s
existing banjo), an auxiliary height adjustable tool rest, the Carter Artisan Series 175
quick lock tool handle and the unique profile Hollow Roller™ boring bar with high speed
steel scraper bit. The only other part needed is the Hollow Roller stud adaptor to fit your
size lathe banjo and a desire to create unique artful vessels. A laser module and other
accessories will be available for this system.
Quick Lock Tool Handle
The Carter Accuright Series 175 quick lock tool handle, which comes with the system, also
has the added benefit of allowing the use of other tools like gouges and scrapers. This
gives the purchaser a high quality tool handle for use outside of the Hollow Roller™ system.
The Accuright 175 handle comes with a stock 5/8” collet, but can accommodate any size round
bar up to 3/4” with additional collets available from Carter in the Accuright Tool handle
section. Another tried and tested feature of the Accuright series handle is its large
internal cavity which allows for the addition of sand, shot or any other material to add
weight and increase dampening when in use.
3723
Carter
AccuRight® Miter Mill™
129.95
AccuRight® Miter Mill™
Cross cutting logs and squaring the ends to make bowl blanks with a hand saw is common
practice, but if you have ever tried it can be very consuming and difficult to do. With the
AccuRight® Miter Mill™ you will be able to effortlessly cross-cut and square your logs to
any size you need with your band saw. Simply place your log into the AccuRight® Miter Mill™
and position the log for your desired width you want to cut. Turn your bandsaw on and feed
your stock through and make the perfect square cut. It's that easy to cross-cut your logs
using the AccuRight® Miter Mill™. Your log is held in place by the heavy gauge steel tooth
v-jaws. The front jaw is adjustable to handle logs up to 9" in diameter or larger depending
on your bandsaw capacity. The steel miter guide bar is adjustable to fit a standard 3/4" x
3/8" miter slot on your band saw.
Features:
Effortlessly cross-cut and square your logs to any size you need with your band saw
Your log is held in place by the heavy gauge steel tooth v-jaws
The front jaw is adjustable to handle logs up to 9" in diameter or larger depending on
your bandsaw capacity
The steel miter guide bar is adjustable to fit a standard 3/4" x 3/8" miter slot on
your band saw.
Includes:
1 ea. AccuRight® Miter Mill™
3606
Carter F.A.S.T Fence Alignment System Tool
59.99
F.A.S.T Fence Alignment System Tool
5 Setup Bars
The F.A.S.T is a new take on an old idea. Designed to give you a quick pre set height or
thickness gauge for all of your projects. We added a ruler on the front and a rare earth
magnet on the back to hold the F.A.S.T in place during set up. The F.A.S.T is made from
aluminum and will not damage the teeth of your table saw, bandsaw blade or router bits.
Bandsaw Fence Alignment
For checking alignment, place any F.A.S.T on your band saw blade with the teeth of the blade
in the machined groove against the rare earth magnet and adjust your fence so it lines up
parallel to the F.A.S.T Bar.
Bandsaw Cut Width
To set for cut width, choose the bar that corresponds to your desired cut width and place on
the blade as mentioned above. Gently slide your fence against F.A.S.T Bar and lock your
fence in place then remove the F.A.S.T and make the cut.
Also Works with Router Tables, Table Saw and More
Place a F.A.S.T Bar that corresponds to your desired height for setting up your cutters.
Simply raise or lower your cutter until it is flush with the top of the F.A.S.T Bar. Works
great for a F.A.S.T setting between your table saw fence and blade as well.
Includes:
1/8" F.A.S.T Setup Bar
3/16" F.A.S.T Setup Bar
1/4" F.A.S.T Setup Bar
3/8" F.A.S.T Setup Bar
1/2" F.A.S.T Setup Bar
659
Flex-A-Band for Spring Clamps - 2 Pack
12.99
Flex-A-Band for Spring Clamps - 2 Pack
The Flex-A-Band easily fits on to the jaws of most any 2" or 3" spring clamps. The unique
design of the Flex-A-Band= allow the jaws of the spring clamp to transfer pressure onto the
edge of the material where it's needed. The deeper you clamp on to the edge, the more
holding power you gain with the Flex-A-Bands super-grippy pads. This means you can clamp on
to most any contour or rounded edge surface.
Flex-A-Band Features:
Easily fits on to the jaws of most any 2" or 3" spring clamps
Super-grippy pads
Clamp on to most any contour or rounded edge surface
Can also be used to help corral your cords and cables around the house or shop
The band is made from a durable rubber
Pads are soft and provide excellent gripping power when needed
The band and pads are both no-marring so your workkpiece is left without any
irritating marks.
Includes:
2 ea. Flex-A-Band for Spring Clamps
Note:
Spring Clamps not included
With the Flex-A-Band you can now perform delicate clamping on edges that normally would
require large, cumbersome and expensive clamps. The Flex-A-Band with a spring clamp can also
be used to help corral your cords and cables around the house or shop. The band is made from
a durable rubber and the band pads are soft and provide excellent gripping power when
needed. The band and pads are both no-marring so your workkpiece is left without any
irritating marks.
665
Fulton 3/4" Pipe Clamps
with 4 SILI™ Pads
32.99
3/4" Pipe Clamps with 4 Sili™ Pads
Designed to be used with ordinary 3/4" pipe to create any clamping length for a wide variety
of woodworking projects. The 3/4" pipe clamp fixtures feature a wide base for even more
stability than your average pipe clamp. This works especially well when gluing up larger
panels. The clamp also has a spring action ratchet to make adjusting the clamping width easy
and quick. This set also features 4 SILI™ Pads which are made from a silicone rubber
material. The silicone material keeps wood glue from sticking to the pads which means you
can clean the pads with warm water or you can let the wood glue dry and peel the glue right
off!
Features
Designed to be used with ordinary 3/4" pipe to create any clamping length for a wide
variety of woodworking projects.
Wide base for even more stability than your average pipe clamp
Spring action ratchet to make adjusting the clamping width easy and quick
Features 4 SILI™ Pads
Silicone material keeps wood glue from sticking to the pads
Includes
1 pair 3/4" Pipe Clamps
4 ea. SILI™ Pads
666
Fulton 4 Way Pressure Clamp - 2 each
64.99
4 Way Pressure Clamp
Clamping panels doesn't have to be difficult. This clamp system is designed for the sole
purpose of clamping panels using pressure from the top, bottom and sides all at the same
time!
4 Way Pressure Clamp
Clamping panels can certainly be a challenge. Especially when we try to use everyday pipe
clamps or bar clamps. While these types of clamps work fairly well on certain glue up
projects, the one thing they don’t do at all is apply pressure from the top and bottom of
the panels during glue up. In fact, with all the pressure being applied on both sides, bar
and pipe clamps will almost certainly bow, buckle or rack your panel glue up project.
Clamping Pressure on ALL 4 SIDES
When clamping panels, the challenge is preventing the middle boards from bowing or popping
out of place. There are many clamps and clamping systems that can help reduce this problem
or get close to applying pressure where needed. Some of those systems cost a lot of money as
well. Our simple, easy to use 4 way pressure clamp system will apply pressure where its
needed and it will do it for a fraction of the cost.
Clamp Various Size Panels
From small to larger panel glue ups, the 4 Way Pressure Clamp has got you covered.
Build it to Your Specs
You can build the 4 Way Pressure Clamp to your specs. Typically the most common lengths are
24", 36" or 48" depending on what style of projects you do most often.
Solid Steel
From the steel rotating clamp handle to the steel clamp assemblies, you'll get a ton of
mileage out of these durable clamps.
Heavy Duty Notched Bars
Made from a durable composite resin material, the notched bars are perfect for holding the
steel clamping assemblies in place for optimal clamping pressure from all 4 sides.
Always Plan Ahead...
Before deciding how many clamps you need, use the general rule of thumb and plan for using a
clamp at 12" intervals. This helps provide enough clamping pressure throughout your
workpiece to prevent bowing of your panels. When deciding what size panel you want to glue
up, make sure you have enough 4 way pressure clamps to do the job. We recommend that you set
your 4 way pressure clamps at 12” intervals. This helps keep even pressure throughout the
panel. The 4 way pressure clamp can also be used in conjunction with pipe or bar clamps to
help provide even clamping pressure that pipe or bar clamps typically can not on there own.
2952
Fulton Panel Max
Glue Press System
359.99
Panel Max Glue Press System
Tired of buckled panels, messy gluing tables, heavy pipe clamps or loss of valuable floor or
workbench space? Yeah, we were too! The Panel Max Glue Press System not only eliminates each
of these issues, it is also user friendly and can be expanded to accommodate most any size
panel you need to glue up! It does all this while producing well laminated boards or flat
panels each and every time you use it. Much better than traditional clamps like pipe clamps,
f-clamps or bar clamps! The Panel Max Glue Press System applies even press on both ends and
both sides of your panel project which helps create high quality joints and eliminates
buckled or warped panels. This alone is reason enough to include this system in your
workshop collection of "go to" tools. Of course, that's not all. The Panel Max has linking
arms or more accurately a top and bottom pressure assembly that adjust to any thickness of
stock from 0" up to 5".
The Fulton Panel Max Equals 4 Way Pressure For Large Panel Glue Ups
Why struggle with multiple pipe clamps and bar clamps when you can simply use one system
that makes panel glue ups easy. Simply slide in one board, then the next, then the one after
that and continue that process until all of your boards are in place. Once all your boards
are in the Panel Max, simply latch the Top Pressure Assembly and secure the panel. Its that
Easy!
Thats alotta pressure!
The Panel Max was designed to apply pressure on all four sides of your panel. This alone is
makes it worth every penny! Not only does it apply 4 way pressure, it applies a lot of it
too! Up to 1750 pounds of 4 way pressure on your panel helps keep the boards from racking.
This is the perfect clamping device for larger panel glue ups.
Flat Panels, Clean Work Areas and No More Heavy, Cumbersome Clamps!
The Panel Max does so much for the average woodworker and professional alike. It helps you
produce flat, smooth glued up panels with minimal effort when compared to using traditional
methods. It also helps eliminate racking since you don't need to keep adjusting individual
clamps as you do with pipe clamps or and bar clamp methods. Not to mention that since its a
vertical glue press that mounts to your wall, it stays out of your way! No more taking up
your workbench space. Last but not least, we no longer need be concerned about breaking our
back when we try to lift a ridiculous number of heavy pipe clamps. Now when your panel is
dry, simply remove it from the press and you're done!
Large Width and Thickness Capacity
Simply put, the 43" tall Panel Max will clamp panels as wide 41" when using 3/4" thick
stock. When clamping 5" thick stock, the Panel Max clamp capacity is 39". These capacities
will work for the vast majority of panel projects in your workshop.
Expand at Your Own Pace
The Panel Max can be lengthened to any length you need. Typically the maximum length of a
panel for the base Panel Max with 3 vertical glue press assemblies is approximately 40". We
recommend that you have a vertical glue press assembly at 12" intervals on center for
optimal performance. The Panel Max comes with 1 each 39" mounting rail and 3 each vertical
glue press assemblies to get you started.
526
Fulton 4" Stay Put™
Hose Kit & Fittings
24.99
Stay Put™ Hose Kit & Fittings
We have put together a convenient stay put hose package that includes all the fittings
and hose necessary for a quick and simple set up.
Features:
Includes all the fittings and hose necessary for a quick and simple set up
Hose extends to approximately 36" long
Works with most vacs or dust collectors
Use with bandsaw, drill press, scroll saw and more
Hose made of polypropylene plastic
Includes:
2 each screw adaptors
1 each rectangular nozzle
1 each tapered nozzle
1 each three foot long stay put hose
Stay Put™ Hose is a Left thread hose
12100
Fulton 4" to 2 ½"
Dual Port "Y" Splitter
15.99
4" to 2 ½" Dual Port "Y" Splitter
The 4” to 2 ½” dual port Y splitter provides you with the ability to reduce a 4” port (with
an adapter fitting -not included or a simple hose section – also not included) down into two
separate 2 ½” hose lines. This is perfect for shops that have multiple machines with 2 ½”
ports like sanders, benchtop band saws, router tables and more!
4" to 2 ½" Dual Port "Y" Splitter Features:
Reduce a 4” port down into two separate 2 ½” hose lines
Perfect for shops that have multiple machines with 2 ½” ports
4" to 2 ½" Dual Port "Y" Splitter Includes:
1 ea. 4" to 2 ½" Dual Port "Y" Splitter
Fits into Standard 4” Hose
The 4” end can be inserted into a 4” section of hose and secured by a hose clamp. Please
note that the 4” end will not fit inside of standard 4” ports. It is designed to be
inserted into standard 4” hose or dust collection couplers specifically made to fit 4”
ports or flanges.
Two Separate 2½” Ends
The two separate 2 ½” ends of the fitting can be inserted into standard 2 ½” hose and
secured by a hose clamp. Please note that the 2 ½” end will not fit inside of standard 2
½” ports. It is designed to be inserted into standard 2 ½” hose or dust collection
couplers specifically made to fit 2 ½” ports or flanges.
Ideal for Most Any Workshop
The 4” to 2 ½” dual port Y splitter is ideal for most any workshop that needs to split
the dust collector airflow into separate smaller machinery. To reduce down from a 4”
machine port, you will likely need to a 4”hose section (NOT included) or a 4”
adapter/coupler for proper installation.
The perfect junction
Made from ABS plastic, this fitting is designed to stand up to prolonged daily workshop
usage. Hose clamps are required for a proper seal and are NOT included with the fitting.
PORT DIMENSIONS: 4” Nominal OD – 3.902” or 3-29/32”, ID 3.733” or 3-47/64” 2-1/2”
Nominal OD – 2.5” or 2-1/2”, ID – 2.32” or 2-21/64”
12110
Fulton 4" to 2-1/2" Reducer with 4" Rubber Coupler Fitting
14.39
4" to 2-1/2" Reducer
with 4 inch Flexible Cuff Rubber Coupler
Reducing a 4 inch dust port on your machinery has never been easier! With our 4 inch to
2-1/2 inch hose reducer fitting and rubber coupler you can connect a 2-1/2 inch hose
directly to a 4” port on machines like band saws, table saws, large planers and more. This
convenient combo pack is designed to accept most standard size 4 inch dust collection
fittings such as Y’s, T’s, Elbows, Blast gates, Dust ports and other standard size 4 inch
dust collection fittings.
Features:
Connect a 2-1/2" hose directly to a 4” port
Designed to accept most standard size 4" dust collection fittings
Two stainless steel hose clamps help provide a tight seal
Blue turn key mechanism for easy tightening and loosening
Works with Most Wet/Dry Vacuum Hoses
Made from high quality ABS plastic
Includes:
1 ea. 4" to 2-1/2" Reducer
1 ea. 4" Rubber Coupler Fitting & Turn Key Clamps
Reduce 4" Ports on Machinery Down to a 2-1/2" Hose Size
With our 4 inch to 2-1/2 inch hose reducer fitting and rubber coupler you can connect a
2-1/2 inch hose directly to a 4” port on machines like band saws, table saws, large planers
and more.
Designed to Accept Most Standard Size 4 inch Dust Collection Fittings
This convenient combo pack is designed to accept most standard size 4 inch dust collection
fittings such as Y’s, T’s, Elbows, Blast gates. Two stainless steel hose clamps help provide
a tight seal on the 4 inch end and keep the reducer from falling out. These clamps fit
neatly into the slots around the coupler so there is no slipping when tightened. No more
busting your knuckles. Each clamp is equipped with a blue turn key mechanism to make
tightening and loosening the clamp super easy.
Works with Most Wet/Dry Vacuum Hoses
Most wet/dry vacuum hoses will plug directly into the smaller end of this fitting making it
a super value for most professional and us weekend warrior type woodworkers. There are some
vacuum units that use different size hoses and hose adaptors so please be sure to measure
your hose and machine ports before making a purchasing decision.
The Perfect Kit for a 4" Port
Most common workshop machines are equipped with a 4" port. This kit is perfect for those who
don't own a large dust collector or simply want to use a shop vacuum for certain projects
High Quality Durability
Made from high quality ABS plastic for extended periods of use, the reducer fitting will
withstand the constant friction and debris flow of woodworking dust collectors. The reducer
measures: Nominal 4” end is 3-61/64” OD and 3-41/64” ID; 2-1/2” nominal OD end measures
2-15/32” OD and 2-9/32” ID. Dimensions may slightly vary due to slight variations in the
manufacturing process.
Easy to Install and Easy to Remove
The rigid rubber coupler seals tightly around the reducer for excellent airflow. Easy to
install and easy to remove. As with most all other dust collection fittings, it’s always a
good idea to have extra on hand for when you need it. It’s always better to have it and not
need it than it is to need it and not have it. The coupler measures: 4-5/16" OD and 4” ID.
Height: 2-3/4"
530
Fulton 4" Cyclone
Dust Separator Kit
24.99
4" Cyclone Dust Separator Kit
Help protect your dust collector from unnecessary wear and tear with our unique Dust
Separator Kit. Two elbows and two couplers combine to give you in feed and out feed points
when they are installed on a barrel, box, or any container (barrel or box not included) that
you would like to capture large wood chips in. The separator works by simply allowing the
heavy wood chips to fall to the bottom of the container, while the lighter dust particles
get pulled in the out feed port and into your dust collector. This keeps the large debris
from slamming into your dust collector’s impeller, which in turn prevents any unnecessary
damage to the unit. Separating the large wood chips also keeps your dust collector bag or
container from filling up so fast, this means you won’t have to empty it as often! The Dust
Separator Kit is perfect for use with Jointers, Planers, Router Table units and more!
For Use with Barrels Trash Cans Buckets or Custom Built Containers
Some workshops need large dust collection systems with large container to trap the large
debris that flows through the dust collection lines. What about the rest of us with our home
workshops with smaller dust collection systems? The 4 inch Dust Separator Cyclone Dust
Collector Kit steps in quite nicely to fill this void and more. The best part is that not
only does it work, you won't break the bank either!
Heavier Debris Falls while the Lighter Dust Stays on Top
The basic idea behind cyclonic dust separators is to have the natural force of gravity pull
the heavier wood debris down to the bottom of the barrel while the lighter dust particle
stay up top and flow into your dust collector. Once setup, the 4 inch Dust Separator Cyclone
Dust Collector Kit will do this just like any other premium cyclone system only at a
fraction of the cost.
Protect Your Investment
Dust collection has become one of the most important aspects of woodworking safety. With
this, comes a bit of a cost to make sure that we are keep dust particles at bay when we are
working with wood. When we use our dust collectors with machines like, jointers, planers and
even routers those tools tend to produce large chips or shavings that can be very harmful to
your dust collectors impeller. The impeller is essentially what draws the dust and debris
into the collection unit and into the bag. If large, heavy chips and debris continually hit
the impeller, it will eventually wear down and will have to be replaced. To prevent this and
to dramatically increase the lifespan of your dust collector impeller, we strongly recommend
using our 4 inch Dust Separator Cyclone Dust Collector Kit.
Find the Right Container For What You Do...
Typically the container size you would use is dictated by the amount of chips you normally
produce when using your jointer, router table or planer machines with your dust collector.
Most any container will work as long as it has a lid that is firmly secured. We recommend
using rigid type containers like the ones shown here. These containers also include lids
that are secured on by a clamping system which is also recommended for optimum results. Lids
and containers are NOT included.
Set Up and Installation
Considering that to install the 4 inch Dust Separator Cyclone Dust Collector Kit on to a
container lid means that we will have to physically cut holes into the lid, the installation
may take more than a few minutes. That being said, we have included easy to follow
instructions as well as a scale template of the exact hole size to make transferring the
pattern to the lid super easy.
We have included the following in this kit...
2 each 4 inch top side ports
2 each 4 inch bottom side half length elbows
2 each 4 inch key secure hose clamps
1 each full color instruction
1 each template for hole cut out
1 pack of nuts and bolts mounting hardware
507
FastCap UNI-VAC Universal Vacuum Adapter
17.99
UNI-VAC Universal Vacuum Adapter
The UNI-VAC is the ultimate shop vacuum accessory. The super flexible rubber grips around
most sizes and shapes of vacuum ports. Adapts to most table saws, routers, miter saws,
sanders, and the list goes on! The innovative locking teeth allow you to secure the UNI-VAC
in place. The fixed end attaches around all vacuum hoses with an outer diameter (OD) of
2-1/4” such as RIGID® Hose. Another great innovation, designed by a cabinet maker!
Features:
Fits most sizes and shapes of vacuum ports
Adapts to most table saws, routers, miter saws, sanders, and more
Works great with tools that have unusual port holes
Includes:
1 ea. UNI-VAC Universal Vacuum Adapter
4698
FastCap
Blue Dog - 4 Pack
19.99
Blue Dog
The Blue Dog is a product that gives great functionality to your workbench when dogs are
needed. Simply use a 2½” hole saw to drill out a hole, sand the top edge, and press the Blue
Dog down into the hole until flush. Detents allow easy and accurate height adjustment for
any material thickness and the turntable feature allows great flexibility on your workbench.
Another great product developed by a cabinet maker on the shop floor.
Features:
Rotates in a complete circle
Adjusts to material height
Sits flush in any bench
Easy and accurate height adjustment for any material thickness
Allows great flexibility on your workbench
4050
FastCap 16' Peel & Stick
Tape Measure - Standard
15.99
16' Peel & Stick Tape Measure - Standard
The Peel & Stick tape measure puts a tape rule right where you need it. The flat 16' long
tape measure is printed on both sides allowing for a left or right read. Simply adhere to
the included SpeedTape to one side of the tape and stick it on! Width of a tape measure is
7/8".
Features:
Printed on both sides allowing for a left or right read
Width of a tape measure is 7/8"
Great for chop saw stations
Perfect for table saws
Great for layout and cutting stations
388
Peachtree
4" to 1" Modular Step Fitting
14.99
4" to 1" Modular Step Fitting
The Modular Step Fitting for dust collection actually pulls apart to reveal 4 separate
fittings! The end is 4" which allows a standard 4" hose to be easily attached. Each of
the fittings have two different I.D.'s and two different O.D.'s. This gives you a total
of 8 fittings in one. The three smaller sections are slightly tapered on each end and
the largest section is straight on both ends. The taper ends on the 3 smaller section
give you more flexibility for fitting those odd sized power tool dust ports.
Features:
Pulls apart to reveal 4 different fittings!
Each fitting has two different outside diameters and two different inside diameters
Neatly stack together when not in use
3 of the fittings are tapered while the largest fitting is straight (non-tapered)
Ideal for machinery and small power tools...
Includes:
1 ea. 4" to 1" Modular Step Fitting
12112
Fulton 10' Power Tool Hose Kit with 5 Fittings
27.99
10' Power Tool Hose Kit
with 5 Adapter Fittings
Repeated inhalation of wood dust can have long lasting and damaging affects to our bodies.
To help prevent large amounts of dust from spewing out of your power tools we need to
contain the dust at its source. Thats where our 10 foot long power tool hose excels. With 5
different threaded fittings, you'll be able to plug the hose into many of your smaller
workshop power tools like orbital sanders, biscuit joiners, palm sanders and it even works
on popular brand name tools like the K4 and K5 pocket hole jig systems that have dust
collection ports.
Kit Includes:
1 ea. 10' Super Flexible Hose
-
1-3/16" O.D
1 ea. Tapered Rubber Adapter with Ribbed End
-
3/4" I.D. x 1-1/4" Taper up to 1-9/32" O.D. Rubber Hose End
1 ea. Rubber Adapter with Ribbed End
-
1-1/4" I.D. x 1-5/8" O.D. Rubber Hose End
1 ea. Tapered Small Rubber Adaptor
-
1" I.D. x 1-3/16" Taper up to 1-1/4" O.D. Rubber Hose End
1 ea. Large Rubber Adaptor
-
1-1/2" I.D. x 1-13/16" O.D. Rubber Hose End
1 ea. Tapered Wet/Dry Vac Plug-in Adapter
-
2-1/4" taper up to 2- 5/16" O.D
IMPORTANT! CHECK YOUR POWER TOOL PORT DIMENSIONS before placing an order.
Keep your woodworking dust where it belongs!
Included inside the box: 1 each ten foot long 1-3/16 inch O.D. small diameter flexible hose,
2 each small flexible rubber thread-on fitting, 2 each rubber adaptors with ribbed ends and
1 each Plug-in Adaptor for shop vacuums that will allow you to connect the hose to most
commercial or residential workshop vacuum ports. IMPORTANT! CHECK YOUR POWER TOOL PORT
DIMENSIONS before placing an order.
The large thread-on rubber fitting has a 1-1/2 inch I.D. with a 1-13/16 inch O.D. which
works on many other power tools. The small thread-on rubber fitting has a 1 inch I.D. with a
1-3/16 inch taper up to 1-1/4 inch O.D. This kit will also work with popular tools like the
K4 and the K5 Pocket Hole Jig. Using this hose with your tools will keep your shop cleaner
and can be quickly coiled up for easy storage.
A tapered rubber adaptor with a ribbed end is included and had a ¾” I.D. The outer diameter
tapers from 1-9/32” down to 1-1/4”. The ribbed end ensures a snug fit. The other rubber
adapter with a ribbed end has a 1-1/4” I.D. and a 1-5/8” O.D. Both fittings are threaded on
the opposite for a perfect fit on to the included hose.
The rigid plastic vacuum Plug-in Adaptor has a 2-1/4 inch taper up to 2-5/16 inch O.D. The
adaptor is designed to plug into most standard workshop vacuum ports. The Plug-in Adaptor
conveniently threads onto the power tool hose so it will never slip off!
Flexible dust collection power tool hose
The smaller diameter 1-3/16" O.D. (Outside diameter) flexible dust collection power tool
hose moves freely when connected to your power tools and vacuum. This gives you the ability
to plug into different tools to add dust collection at a moments notice. The hose and its
specialized fittings work with multiple power tools, workshop vacuums, jigs and other tools
around your woodworking shop or work shop.
375
Fulton 4" x 10'
Clear PVC Flex Hose
29.99
Heavy Duty PVC Dust Collection Hose
Heavy Duty Fulton Woodworking Tools™ PVC Hose is a very durable and flexible hose that is
perfect for the work shop. The heavy duty clear PVC Hose is wrapped around a steel wire that
can be easily grounded. A tight bending radius allows you to maneuver the hose anywhere in
your shop, without worrying about kinks. This Heavy Duty Fulton Woodworking Tools™ PVC Hose
won't collapse under pressure from your dust collector and the hose is clear so you can see
directly inside to spot any kind of obstruction
Features:
Ideal for main line filtration or dust collection systems.
Works well as a supplemental hose line for individual machinery.
Helps keep dust, debris and fumes under control in a workshop or industrial setting.
Clear/Translucent material enable you to see obstructions that need to be cleared for
better flow.
Made from high grade PVC (Poly Vinyl Chloride) to stand up to the daily rigors of a
workshop.
Flexible PVC material plus the reinforced carbon steel coiling help keep the hose from
kinking.
General temperature range of the hose is -20° F to 165° F, ideal for most indoor
workshops.
Made In the USA as a premium hose to be used in commercial or home workshop settings.
Clear PVC Dust Hose
Our PVC hose is clear which allows you to see what’s going on inside the hose while the dust
and debris are flowing through it. Not only can you see the dust and debris, you can also
see if any build up or blockage has occurred. Being able to see this makes fixing any
suction issues with the hose much easier than typical opaque hoses.
Workshop Tough...
Unlike the majority of our competitors, we do NOT import our hose. This means we can use
superior materials. It also means our PVC hose is much clearer than import versions allowing
you to truly see when an obstruction exists. Superior materials means exceptional
durability.
Puncture Resistant
Our PVC hose is much more puncture resistant than imported hose. Imported hose is typically
made from a re-ground pvc like material that's easily damaged and punctured. Typically, PVC
hose works best as a dust collection hose for woodworking applications where dust and chips
from cutting, milling or sanding wood is a problem. This heavy-duty hose will stand up to
small and large chunks of wood without getting punctured as well as handle the smallest of
saw dust without leaking.
Embedded Steel Coils
The exclusive extruded process makes the PVC and the premium carbon steel wire coil one
single piece, guarenteed to never separate. Not only does this strengthen the hose, it also
makes it less prone to knots. The carbon steel wire coil is capable of an electrostatic
discharge when properly grounded at both ends of the hose. Unlike imported hose that use a
tape over the coil process, our hose will hold up much better and for much longer.
Not Just for Dust Collection
Great for Shop Vacuums Table Saws Band Saws Router Tables Dust Collectors Jointers Fittings
Leaf Collectors Lawn Tractors Ferret Tubes Guinea Pig Tunnels Chinchila Tracks Gerbil Runs
and more. PVC hose can be used as a primary line or can be plugged into and out of machinery
as needed.
Colder temperatures may cause the hose to contract the total length. Typically the hose will
measure it's listed size once it is acclimated to room temperature.
376
Fulton 4" x 20'
Clear PVC Flex Hose
49.99
Heavy Duty PVC Dust Collection Hose
Heavy Duty Fulton Woodworking Tools™ PVC Hose is a very durable and flexible hose that is
perfect for the work shop. The heavy duty clear PVC Hose is wrapped around a steel wire that
can be easily grounded. A tight bending radius allows you to maneuver the hose anywhere in
your shop, without worrying about kinks. This Heavy Duty Fulton Woodworking Tools™ PVC Hose
won't collapse under pressure from your dust collector and the hose is clear so you can see
directly inside to spot any kind of obstruction
Features:
Ideal for main line filtration or dust collection systems.
Works well as a supplemental hose line for individual machinery.
Helps keep dust, debris and fumes under control in a workshop or industrial setting.
Clear/Translucent material enable you to see obstructions that need to be cleared for
better flow.
Made from high grade PVC (Poly Vinyl Chloride) to stand up to the daily rigors of a
workshop.
Flexible PVC material plus the reinforced carbon steel coiling help keep the hose from
kinking.
General temperature range of the hose is -20° F to 165° F, ideal for most indoor
workshops.
Made In the USA as a premium hose to be used in commercial or home workshop settings.
Clear PVC Dust Hose
Our PVC hose is clear which allows you to see what’s going on inside the hose while the dust
and debris are flowing through it. Not only can you see the dust and debris, you can also
see if any build up or blockage has occurred. Being able to see this makes fixing any
suction issues with the hose much easier than typical opaque hoses.
Workshop Tough...
Unlike the majority of our competitors, we do NOT import our hose. This means we can use
superior materials. It also means our PVC hose is much clearer than import versions allowing
you to truly see when an obstruction exists. Superior materials means exceptional
durability.
Puncture Resistant
Our PVC hose is much more puncture resistant than imported hose. Imported hose is typically
made from a re-ground pvc like material that's easily damaged and punctured. Typically, PVC
hose works best as a dust collection hose for woodworking applications where dust and chips
from cutting, milling or sanding wood is a problem. This heavy-duty hose will stand up to
small and large chunks of wood without getting punctured as well as handle the smallest of
saw dust without leaking.
Embedded Steel Coils
The exclusive extruded process makes the PVC and the premium carbon steel wire coil one
single piece, guarenteed to never separate. Not only does this strengthen the hose, it also
makes it less prone to knots. The carbon steel wire coil is capable of an electrostatic
discharge when properly grounded at both ends of the hose. Unlike imported hose that use a
tape over the coil process, our hose will hold up much better and for much longer.
Not Just for Dust Collection
Great for Shop Vacuums Table Saws Band Saws Router Tables Dust Collectors Jointers Fittings
Leaf Collectors Lawn Tractors Ferret Tubes Guinea Pig Tunnels Chinchila Tracks Gerbil Runs
and more. PVC hose can be used as a primary line or can be plugged into and out of machinery
as needed.
Colder temperatures may cause the hose to contract the total length. Typically the hose will
measure it's listed size once it is acclimated to room temperature.
368
Fulton 2-1/2" x 20'
Clear PVC Flex Hose
41.99
Heavy Duty PVC Dust Collection Hose
Heavy Duty Fulton Woodworking Tools™ PVC Hose is a very durable and flexible hose that is
perfect for the work shop. The heavy duty clear PVC Hose is wrapped around a steel wire that
can be easily grounded. A tight bending radius allows you to maneuver the hose anywhere in
your shop, without worrying about kinks. This Heavy Duty Fulton Woodworking Tools™ PVC Hose
won't collapse under pressure from your dust collector and the hose is clear so you can see
directly inside to spot any kind of obstruction
Features:
Ideal for main line filtration or dust collection systems.
Works well as a supplemental hose line for individual machinery.
Helps keep dust, debris and fumes under control in a workshop or industrial setting.
Clear/Translucent material enable you to see obstructions that need to be cleared for
better flow.
Made from high grade PVC (Poly Vinyl Chloride) to stand up to the daily rigors of a
workshop.
Flexible PVC material plus the reinforced carbon steel coiling help keep the hose from
kinking.
General temperature range of the hose is -20° F to 165° F, ideal for most indoor
workshops.
Made In the USA as a premium hose to be used in commercial or home workshop settings.
Clear PVC Dust Hose
Our PVC hose is clear which allows you to see what’s going on inside the hose while the dust
and debris are flowing through it. Not only can you see the dust and debris, you can also
see if any build up or blockage has occurred. Being able to see this makes fixing any
suction issues with the hose much easier than typical opaque hoses.
Workshop Tough...
Unlike the majority of our competitors, we do NOT import our hose. This means we can use
superior materials. It also means our PVC hose is much clearer than import versions allowing
you to truly see when an obstruction exists. Superior materials means exceptional
durability.
Puncture Resistant
Our PVC hose is much more puncture resistant than imported hose. Imported hose is typically
made from a re-ground pvc like material that's easily damaged and punctured. Typically, PVC
hose works best as a dust collection hose for woodworking applications where dust and chips
from cutting, milling or sanding wood is a problem. This heavy-duty hose will stand up to
small and large chunks of wood without getting punctured as well as handle the smallest of
saw dust without leaking.
Embedded Steel Coils
The exclusive extruded process makes the PVC and the premium carbon steel wire coil one
single piece, guarenteed to never separate. Not only does this strengthen the hose, it also
makes it less prone to knots. The carbon steel wire coil is capable of an electrostatic
discharge when properly grounded at both ends of the hose. Unlike imported hose that use a
tape over the coil process, our hose will hold up much better and for much longer.
Not Just for Dust Collection
Great for Shop Vacuums Table Saws Band Saws Router Tables Dust Collectors Jointers Fittings
Leaf Collectors Lawn Tractors Ferret Tubes Guinea Pig Tunnels Chinchila Tracks Gerbil Runs
and more. PVC hose can be used as a primary line or can be plugged into and out of machinery
as needed.
Colder temperatures may cause the hose to contract the total length. Typically the hose will
measure it's listed size once it is acclimated to room temperature.
533
2-1/2" Stay Flex Hose with 360° Rotating Adaptors
19.99
2-1/2" Stay Flex Hose with 360° Rotating Adaptors
The Stay Flex Hose contracts for easy storage and it conveniently extends for easy placement
in, on or around any shop machine. The hose when contracted measures 12" and when fully
extended measures 32" giving you plenty of length for most small workshop projects. The 360°
Rotating adaptors are the perfect solution to hose binding and kinking. The adaptor body
rotates as you move the hose giving you total mobility with your hose around your shop. Each
adaptor screws directly into the Stay Flex Hose so you don't need any hose clamps to secure
them! The Stay flex hose with rotating 360° adaptors is perfect for use with bandsaws,
router tables, drill presses and more.
Features:
Contracts for easy storage
360° Rotating adaptors
Stay Flex Hose is a Left thread hose.
12109
Fulton 4" Plastic
Blast Gates - 6 Pack
34.22
Plastic Blast Gates
When creating or adding to our dust collection system, there are a great many details we
need to keep in mind. Typically we will have one dust collector connected to multiple
machines around the shop. While this kind of works, it can work much better if you could
turn off the airflow to all the machines except for the one being used at the moment. That’s
where blastgates step in. Simply open or close the blastgate to allow or block airflow to a
specific machine.
FULTON Blastgate
By simply opening and closing a properly installed blastgate you'll be able to direct
you dust collectors airflow to the exact machine location you need it. This helps reduce
wear and tear on your dust collector as well as increasing its efficiency by not having
to draw in so much air from different locations. This also helps increase your suction
power to help collect even more dust than without a blastgate.
Directing Airflow Where You Need It
Ideally, the way blastgates should work, is that you should have a blastgate setup for
every machine in your workshop. When you close all the blastgates to all the other
machines, you increase the airflow or suction to the machine being used. This means that
you should see less dust on the machine that is being used since it is getting maximum
airflow or suction. This also helps reduce the amount of wear and tear on your dust
collector.
Tapered Ports on Both Sides
This blastgate features tapered ports on both sides of the blastgate. The tapered ports
allow hoses (sold separately) to be slipped on and clamped with hose clamps (sold
separately) with ease. Tapered ports will also accept some tapered fittings.
Built in Stop
The sliding gate has a built in stop so it will not slide out when fully opened.
Close the Blastgate...
Close the blastgate to simply redirect your airflow to another hose line.
Open the blastgate...
Open the blastgate to allow airflow through the hose with the blastgate
Optimal Dust Collection Setup...
When using multiple machines at different times, the ideal way to achieve the best dust
collection efficiency is to make sure that all the airflow is to one machine only. To do
this, the common way is to add a blastgate on to each hose line to give yourself complete
control of your dust collection system.
Easy to connect
With a tapered port on both sides of the blastgate, connecting to hoses is super easy with a
set of hose clamps. (Hose and clamps NOT included).
Designed for Hose to Hose Connections
The Fulton Blastgate has been designed to work with dust collection hose. Works with PVC
hose, rigid flex hose and more. Will not work with PVC drainage pipe found at big box
stores.
21900
5" Non-Woven Discs - White - Non-Abrasive - 10 Pack
19.99
5" White Non-Woven Cloth Backed Discs - 10 Pack
Premium white non-woven, non-abrasive pads are perfect for applying a hard wax finish to
your wood project. Ideal for polishing, scouring and degreasing wood, metal and paint. Can
be used to achieve a matte or semi-gloss finish on solid surfaces
High-Quality Synthetic Fibers
Crafted from high-quality synthetic fibers, ensuring durability and long-lasting
performance. The pad can be used freehand or with its hook and loop cloth backing it can
be easily attached to 5” random orbit sanders or polishers.
Non-Abrasive, Non Scratch Material
The white non-woven material designed as a non-abrasive, non scratch material that is
constructed from high quality bonded fibers along with synthetic adhesives that are not
notably affected by water, cleaners, or natural wood finishes.
Excellent Applicator
You can use these pads as an excellent applicator for wood finishes like beeswax, natural
surface treatments, natural finishes and more. Once applied you can use a second white
non-woven pad to buff the surface for a great luster and sheen.
Soft to the Touch
These pads are extra soft to the touch and can be used on delicate surfaces like porcelain,
tubs, and toilet bowls. The pads also work well for cleaning rubber, vinyl ceramic tile,
dishes, stainless steel, metal furniture and fixtures and routine use around the house.
4528
Starbond Mica Powder Pigment Set
32.99
Mica Powder Pigment Set - Red, Green, and Blue Palette
Add a splash of color to any craft with our Mica Powder Pigment palette of red, green, and
blue. This set combines elegance and versatility, with colors that were handpicked for their
incredible luster and usefulness in a wide range of applications. The RGB Mica Powder
Pigment Set is a fantastic addition to any crafters arsenal. With the stunning green of the
ocean, the fiery red of lava, or the vibrant blue of the sky, this fantastic assortment of
colors will be sure to make your next project pop!
Features:
Lightweight and silky smooth mica powders
The included mixing spoons are perfect for dispensing or mixing the powders
Non-toxic, non-irritating, odorless, and eco-friendly
Ruby Red
Mahogany Red
Pomegranate Red
Merlot Red
Rouge Red
Teal
Aqua Green
Turquoise Green
Emerald
Dark Emerald
Aquamarine
Dark Teal
Diamond Olive
Diamond Fruit
Silver Baby Blue
Cobalt Blue
Cyan Blue
Electric Blue
Dark Blue grey
Bleu de France
Diamond light blue
Pastel Blue
Diamond Periwinkle
Diamond Sky Blue
Lightweight and Silky Smooth
Of course, you can mix these with your favorite Starbond CA glue, but you can also use these
jars for epoxy pours and so much more. The included mixing spoons are perfect for dispensing
or mixing the powders. Lightweight and silky smooth, these mica powders will come in handy
whether you are doing wood inlay, making jewelry, mixing paints, or creating incredible
crafts!
Non-Toxic, Non-Irritating, Odorless, and Eco-Friendly
Not only do these mica powders look amazing, but they have utility as a thickening agent for
CA glue that also makes it resistant to cracking and can even improve bonds when used to
glue metal, ceramic, or glass. Non-toxic, non-irritating, odorless, and eco-friendly, you
can use these powders without worrying about hazard or environmental impact.
10858
Yorkshire Grit Original - Abrasive Paste - 8 oz / 227g
19.99
Yorkshire Grit Original - Abrasive Paste - 8 oz / 227g
Yorkshire Grit is an abrasive paste formulated to give a fine-keyed surface to your
turnings, prior to applying your finish of choice. The products contain a hand-blended mix
of mineral oil, beeswax and abrasive powders that are carefully processed together without
the use of solvents or other strong smelling and potentially harmful chemicals. The result
is a creamy paste that acts like “liquid sandpaper” that reduces scratches left behind by
lower grit dry sanding, and eliminating fine dust produced by higher grit sanding.
Features:
Abrasive paste formula:
Creates a fine-keyed surface on wood turnings before applying a finish.
“Liquid sandpaper” effect:
Smooths surfaces by reducing scratches left from lower grit sanding.
Dust-free finish:
Eliminates fine dust typically produced by higher grit sanding.
Hand-blended ingredients:
Made with mineral oil, beeswax, and abrasive powders.
Solvent-free:
Contains no harsh chemicals or strong odors, making it safer and more pleasant to use.
Creamy consistency:
Easy to apply and work into the surface.
Pre-finish preparation:
Improves adhesion and enhances the appearance of your chosen finish.
Yorkshire Grit Microfine - Abrasive Paste for Resins/Hybrids/Woods - 8 oz / 227g
Yorkshire Grit is an abrasive paste formulated to give a fine-keyed surface to your
turnings, prior to applying your finish of choice. The products contain a hand-blended mix
of mineral oil, beeswax and abrasive powders that are carefully processed together without
the use of solvents or other strong smelling and potentially harmful chemicals. The result
is a creamy paste that acts like “liquid sandpaper” that reduces scratches left behind by
lower grit dry sanding, and eliminating fine dust produced by higher grit sanding.
Features:
Fine-keyed surface preparation:
Specially formulated to create a smooth, keyed surface on wood turnings before
applying a finish.
“Liquid sandpaper” effect:
Reduces scratches left behind by lower grit sanding for a refined finish.
Dust-free sanding alternative:
Eliminates the fine dust typically produced by higher grit sanding.
Hand-blended ingredients:
Contains a carefully mixed blend of mineral oil, beeswax, and abrasive powders.
Solvent-free formula:
Made without harsh chemicals or strong odors, ensuring safer and more pleasant use.
Creamy, easy-to-apply consistency:
Smooth texture makes it simple to work into the surface.
Enhances finish adhesion:
Provides an ideal base for applying your choice of wood finish.
11573
Scraper Burnisher Set with 6 Piece Multi-Shaped Scrapers
34.99
Scraper Burnisher Set
with 6 Piece Multi-Shaped Scrapers
Scraper burnishers are a staple in most every woodworkers shop. They are used to create a
burr or an edge on card scrapers so that the scrapers can produce clean, smooth wood
surfaces by scraping the wood. Most woodworkers love to use scrapers simply because they
produce a wonderful looking end result that are beyond compare to most any other device.
Simple in design
This burnisher is simple in design and is made specifically to create burrs on the edges of
flat, curved or beveled card scrapers. The hardened, polished high carbon HRC 62-64 steel
rod measures approximately 3/8 inch in diameter which makes it perfect for working the edges
of your scrapers without any give. The hardwood handle gives you a comfortable firm grip and
helps provide leverage when placing pressure on the scraper.
Hone, Scrape and Finish Projects By Hand
Using a burnisher to hone your scrapers is the best way to make the necessary bur on the
scraper itself. Once the scraper is properly honed, it is ready to scrape the wood and help
produce wonderful looking results that are hard to beat. Many woodworkers and craftsmen
swear by their scrapers and its one of the most commonly used hand tools in the woodworking
industry today as it was many years ago
Hone your scrapers
While using the hardened, polished high carbon HRC 62-64 steel rod on the burnisher, honing
your scraper doesn't get much easier. With only a few strokes of the burnisher, you'll have
one side of your scraper ready to start scraping the surface of your wood. While the term
scraping sounds a little harsh, it simply means that your scraper will scrape or remove fine
shavings of wood to help produce a finish like no other tool can really produce.
Scrape or Shave Your Wood...
Creating the perfect look and finish for your project is what we all want. Using a scraper
can help achieve this by allowing you to remove finer amounts of material than with regular
old sand paper. Scrapers also allow you to focus on specific areas of your wood so you can
actually shape areas as needed with them.
Fine Finish Results
It bears repeating over and over again that card scrapers help produce some of the best
finishing results possible when compared to other methods. Nothing removes just the right
amount of material and produces smooth finishes quite like a scraper does.
Rectangle 1:
6" tall by 2.5" wide by .023" thick
Rectangle 2:
6" tall by 2.5" wide by .031" thick
Rectangle 3:
6" tall by 2.5" wide by .039" thick
Gooseneck Scraper:
4.6" tall by 2.93" wide by .033" thick with multiple curves and radii
Beveled Scraper:
4.5" tall by 2.5" wide by .033" thick
Curved Scraper:
6" tall by 2" wide by .033" thick with a 1.5" curve radius on top and bottom
1187
1", 2" and 3" Assorted Foam Brushes - 24 pieces
15.99
Foam Brushes
Why use a foam brush versus a standard bristle paint brush? That’s a question people ask
themselves all the time. The simple answer is you should use both. While using bristle
brushes for larger areas and using foam brushes for cut-ins is a common use, foam brushes
can be used for quite a few applications throughout the home, shop or workplace. Foam
brushes produce a smooth, brush-stroke-free appearance to your project when finished. A
smooth appearance is desirable for many different projects like when working on furniture,
cabinetry, trim, model work, metal work, indoor applications, outdoor applications and a
whole lot more. Not recommended for use with shellac or lacquer applications.
Peachtree Woodworking Supply Foam Brushes
Many foam brushes available today all look the same. What separates these from the other
brands is the poly foam brush quality, rigid plastic insert to keep the brush from flopping
or buckling and the dowel style wooden handle. Most overseas brands have a cardboard of
other absorbent material on the inside of the brush which breaks down very quickly and
renders the brush useless. Our brush has a rigid plastic center that keeps the brush sturdy
and makes paint or staining much easier and helps the brush last much longer than cheaper
foam brushes. These brushes are MADE IN THE USA so you know you're getting a quality
product.
Lasts Longer Because It's Made Better...
Many of the other brands of foam brushes that are available are lined with a flimsy
cardboard insert in the on the inside of the brush. Using cardboard makes the brush
susceptible to absorbing to much moisture which essentially renders the foam brush useless
after only one use. Our foam brush has a rigid, plastic center that won't absorb any
moisture from stains or varnishes and last longer than most other foam brushes.
Chiseled Tip
These foam brushes have a chiseled profile to make getting into tight spaces much easier
than standard bristle brushes. This also makes foam brushes ideal for touch up work on
walls, baseboards and corners. This foam brush profile also works great for working on
models and smaller projects where precision is needed.
Double Duty Brushes
Our foam brushes are great for finishing projects and painting in tight spaces, but they can
also be used to dust and clean tight spaces like car air vents, home air vents, computer
keyboards, landline phones, window blinds and a whole lot more! They are not only the
perfect size, they are also soft enough and delicate enough to clean high end equipment like
DSLR cameras. These brushes are also ideal for home painting projects where the appearance
of brush strokes are not a desired finished look. They will work with latex and oil based
paints and typically apply paint with fewer strokes saving you time. Each brush attached to
a wooden dowel style handle and is lightweight for les hand fatigue when working on larger
projects.
These brushes are proudly MADE IN THE USA and hold their rigidity better than most brands
that are made overseas.
21804
Tombow 10 Piece Secondary Dual Brush Pen Set - 56168
24.99
10 Piece Secondary Dual Brush Pen Set - 56168
Set of 9 colors with colorless blender pen. Flexible brush tip and fine tip in one marker.
Brush tip works like a paintbrush to create fine, medium or bold strokes; fine tip gives
consistent lines. Dual Brush Pens are ideal for artists and crafter's. The water-based ink
is blendable and the resilient nylon brush retains it's point stroke after stroke.
Features:
Ideal for fine art, illustrations, doodling, journaling, hand lettering and more
Water-based
Blendable
Acid-free, odorless
Tips self-clean after blending
Colors
4529
Starbond
5-minute Epoxy Kit
21.99
5-Minute Epoxy Kit
Starbond 5-Minute Epoxy is a high-performance adhesive designed to make your life easier. It
is an easy-to-use 2 part formula that offers reliable durability, dries clear, and holds up
to the elements. Once mixed, this epoxy has an ideal viscosity that is thin enough to
penetrate porous surfaces while also thick enough to bridge gaps for a strong and seamless
bond.
Features:
1:1 mixing ratio means little-to-no measuring
Dries clear, and holds up to the elements
Thin enough to penetrate porous surfaces while also thick enough to bridge gaps
Fast-setting
Water and weather resistant
Can handle heat up to 300° Fahrenheit.
Environmentally friendly
Includes:
Part A: 4 oz.
Part B: 4 oz.
2 ea. Starbond 6-Pocket Mixing Palettes
1 ea. Mini Silicone Spatula
Fast-Setting & Water Resistant
Starbond 5-minute Epoxy is fast-setting, water and weather resistant, and can handle heat up
to 300 degrees Fahrenheit. It is also environmentally friendly and specifically designed to
be low VOC, so you can use it with confidence.
Extremely Easy to Use
This epoxy is also extremely easy to use! The 1:1 mixing ratio means that there is
little-to-no measuring needed, just dispense the resin and hardener in equal parts and mix.
You have around 5 minutes of working time, and it takes 24 hours to fully cure.
Experience the Starbond Difference
Whether you are a professional woodworker, hobbyist, or just looking for a reliable
multi-purpose adhesive for your next creation this is the adhesive for you. Use it for
repairs, maintenance, or to bond together your latest DIY crafting project. Try it today and
experience the Starbond difference!
4059
Sili Non-Stick Workbench Mat 60" x 23-1/2"
49.99
Mat
Non-Stick Workbench Mat
Keep your workbench, workstation, or any work surface, glue, scratch, marr, and even dent
free with SILI® Mat. Simply roll the SILI® Mat out onto your workbench and your ready to go.
The SILI® Mat is made out of a .040" thick silicone rubber that does not absorb glue or
liquids. You can quickly clean up glue drips with warm water or you can let the glue dry and
peel it right off the mat! Works with wood or polyurethane glues. The SILI® Mat is
approximately 60" long and 23-1/2" wide which will fit comfortably on your work bench. The
mat can be cut to be customized to any shape or size that you need. Works great for kitchen
cabinets and drawers.
Keep Your Work Area Clean and Free of Build Up
We don't always think about it, but keeping our work area clean and free of build up is
essential to a good working environment. Not to mention, many of us either hand made our
workbench or spent a good dollar on one. Why not protect it from all of the messy shop
liquids and substances? Typically we like to just start working on our workbenches and we
tend to spill or drip paint, glue, finish and well, you get the point.
.040" Thick to Protect Your Work Surface
The Sili Mat is .040" thick to protect your work surface in a serious manner. It is
extremely durable and when glue drips on to it, simply let it dry and peel off! That trick
works with wood or polyurethane glues. Either way, its really that easy.
Ideal for Woodworkers
Keeping your workbench, workstation, or any work surface, glue, scratch, marr, and even dent
free with Sili-Mat is really just as simple as unrolling the mat and placing into position.
Dried Glue Peels Right Off
The Sili Mat is .040" thick to protect your work surface in a serious manner. It is
extremely durable and when glue drips on to it, simply let it dry and peel off! That trick
works with wood or polyurethane glues. Either way, its really that easy.
Ready to Unfold Right Out of the Box!
The Sili-Mat is approximately 60" long and 23-1/2" wide which will fit comfortably on your
work bench. The mat can be cut to be customized to any shape or size that you need. Works
great for kitchen cabinets and drawers too! Ready to unfold right out of the box!
4614
Sili Non-Stick
Roller & Tray
15.99
Roller & Tray
Designed to work together, the Sili Glue Roller and the Sili Glue Tray help you make quick
work of larger glue up projects. It doesn't matter if you're an arts and crafts hobbyist, a
professional woodworker or model making enthusiast, this combo pack will be a useful tool
when you need to perform larger glue ups on your projects.
The Sili Glue Roller is made with angled grooves which allow the glue to be worked into the
roller and help retain the glue on the roller. The recessed grooves also keep the glue from
dripping too quickly and gives you ample time to apply the glue to your project regardless
of size. The grooves also allow just enough glue "flow-through" to keep things rolling with
minimal resistance. This also helps to keep the roller from gliding or skating across the
wood when applying the glue.
The roller itself is a has no protruding metal on one side to allow for flush passes on your
glue ups. This means you can apply glue right up against another board and have no worries
about marring that work piece. This also makes it easier to glue right up to the edge of
your project.
Made entirely of silicone rubber, the Sili tray resembles a paint roller tray but on a
smaller scale and it is more flexible to easily dispense the adhesives back into the
container after you are done. The tray has been designed for use with the Sili Glue Roller
(not included and sold separately), however it can be used with any glue brush or applicator
that fit within its dimensions.
Ideal for Arts, Crafts, Woodworking project and more!
The Sili Roller makes quick work of larger glue up projects that we tend to encounter more
often than not. Made from silicone rubber the roller is the perfect blend of softness and
rigidity to apply glue to most any type of surface including wood, paper, mdf, fiber board,
composites and more! The Sili Roller is also small enough to get into tight spaces when
needed.
Rinse, Dry and Reuse
When you're all finished up for the day, cleanup couldn't be easier. Simply run the roller
under warm tap water and work the glue off with your fingers. Let the roller completely dry
then you can start using the roller for your next glue up project.
The easy way out...
Lets face it, we all hate cleaning up after our projects are done. Or rinsing and drying the
roller just may not be within workshop time constraints that day. Well, the great thing
about the Sili Roller and the silicone material we used to form the roller is that you can
let the glue dry overnight so it cracks and peels right off of the roller in seconds
revealing a clean, ready to use Sili Roller!
The Perfect Glue Spot
Quit cutting out old cups or using old newspaper to temporarily place your glue. The Sili
Tray is the perfect spot for your glue while your working on your project!
Groovy?
Why yes it is, well grooved to more exact. The grooves on the roller are for more than just
appearance. The grooves help retain the adhesive so it doesn't drip as quickly. This allows
you more time to apply the glue to your work surfaces.
Both the Sili Roller and Tray are of course made from silicone rubber which means they are
super easy to clean! You can simply run them under warm water and quickly work the glue off
with your fingers. You can also let the glue dry overnight and then crack and peel the glue
off revealing a clean, ready to go surface underneath. Either way, it's quick and virtually
painless to clean the Sili Roller and Tray!
11581
Sili Glue Pod with Sealable Lid & 3 Micro Glue Brushes
16.99
Pod with Sealable Lid & 3 Micro Glue Brushes
Whether you're using wood glue, school glue or mixing epoxy, if you don't have a place to
put the glue while working, it can become messy. With several smart design features, the
SILI
®
Glue Pod will be able to keep your glue where it belongs. The SILI
®
Glue Pod features a sloped, rounded interior base that funnels your glue into place at the
bottom of the Pod. The Pod's hexagon shape is perfect for easy, quick glue brush dipping and
dabbing for just the right amount of glue for your application.
The SILI
®
Glue Pod not only keeps your glue contained in one convenient container, it has a lid that
pulls double duty and is perfect for a wide variety of glue up projects! Flip the lid over,
place it on your work surface and use the aligned notches to hold your glue brushes in place
to drip the glue into the lid. You can also attach the lid to the SILI
®
Glue Pod using the grooves on the top of the lid. This way, you can let the glue brushes drip
directly back into the SILI
®
Glue Pod itself.
Smaller, Finer Glue Ups Made Easy
Applying glue to fine, smaller size projects usually results in using a cotton swab or even
our good old "trusty" finger tip. Get into smaller spots like dovetails, box joints, models,
round dowel holes and more! The SILI
®
Glue Pod and Micro Glue Brushes are the ideal way to keep your glue contained and applied to
your exact locations without all the typical mess that other brushes and glue containers
leave behind.
Matching, Usable Profiles at Both Ends
3 Different profile brushes are included in this pack. Each brush has the same profile on
each end with one silicone rubber tip and the handle end is rigid in comparison. The
flexible rubber tip end is used for applying and spreading your adhesive as needed, while
the rigid plastic end is perfect for scraping and removing excess glue from your project.
Fine Point Tipped Brush
The SILI
®
Fine Point Tipped Micro Brush is the ideal size for getting into small, round holes and
openings like dowel holes and small openings found in plastic model building. The flexible
rubber tip end is used for applying and spreading your adhesive as needed, while the rigid
plastic end is perfect for scraping and removing excess glue from your project.
Chiseled Tipped Brush
The SILI
®
Chiseled Tipped Micro Brush is perfect for small joinery, gaps and tight fitting corners.
Woodworkers and model builders love this brush profile since many of their projects have
tight fitting, small corners that need to be joined. The flexible rubber tip end is used for
applying and spreading your adhesive as needed, while the rigid plastic end is perfect for
scraping and removing excess glue from your project.
Flat Tapered Tipped Brush
The SILI
®
Flat Tapered Tipped Micro Brush is the general purpose or spreading brush of the three. The
tip is flat and textured so it holds more glue for larger areas on your projects. It's
perfect for dovetails, box joints, larger model surface areas and more! The flexible rubber
tip end is used for applying and spreading your adhesive as needed, while the rigid plastic
end is perfect for scraping and removing excess glue from your project.
The Multi-Purpose Lid Can....
Be placed on the glue pod to seal the remaining glue for prolonged storage up to a week
Be attached to the top of the glue pod to act as a drip try for your glue brushes
Be flipped upside down and placed on to your work surface to hold your brushes
Be used as a pallet for your glue on smaller more delicate projects
Be used to hold up to two brushes (brushes not included) at a time
4020
Sili
Non-Stick Glue Kit
15.99
Glue Kit
Non-Stick-Glue System
The Complete Sili Glue Kit includes 2 different size Sili brushes, the Sili Glue Tray and
the versatile Sili Glue Comb/Squeegee. All 4 of these items together provide you with all
the glue up tools you need to get you going on your next projects. Ideal for woodworkers,
arts and crafts, hobbyists and more!
The two Sili Glue Brushes have two different size brush heads. One head is ½" and the other
is 1" wide. The smaller brush head of the ½" brush makes it ideal for applying glue to
narrow strips and makes it easier to work small pieces. The larger 1" brush is perfect for
applying wood glue to thicker stock pieces. Each brush tip is made from silicone and is easy
to clean with warm water.
What if you need to apply glue to larger areas? We've thought of that and included the super
handy Sili Comb/Squeegee! The comb side is approx. 3½ inches wide making it perfect for
larger surfaces areas like when you need to laminate two pieces of wood together. The comb
leaves perfect glue grooves for better coverage and adhesion. The squeegee side is about 2
inches wide and it leaves a smooth flat glue surface which is great for many arts and
crafts.
The Complete glue up kit
Use the SILI
®
Brush over & over
Paddle End on brushes for extra tight areas
Wide comb & spreader for large area
Tray is funneled for pouring extra glue back
Cleanup is a breeze
Wood glue dries, cracks and peels of bristles
Glue peels out of tray with ease
Glue peels from comb and tray
Works with most polyurethane glues
Waterproof Design
No more finger spreading
We've all done it. We apply some glue on craft paper or a piece of wood and instead of
reaching for the old unreliable horse hair brush, we use our finger to spread the glue
evenly. With the Sili Brush, there's no need for worry. The bristles won't fall off into the
glue and the brush applies the glue smoothly and evenly.
Ideal for woodworkers
Woodworkers love to apply just the right amount of glue for their projects. This is
especially true when working in tight or smaller areas like dado slots. The Sili brush makes
quick work of these types of projects with its flexible silicone bristles.
Paddle and Rest
The other end of the handle features a super handle paddle tip that allows you to get into
really tight areas like those found in box joinery and dovetail joinery. It also works
exceptionally well for a large amount of arts and craft projects. The "other" end also
features a unique rest that keeps the paddle end off of your work surface when it is not in
use.
Larger Glue Ups
With the Sili Tray and comb you can now tackle larger projects that require more glue. The
tray can hold ample amounts of glue and when you are done and have some glue left over, you
can use the spout end of the tray to pour the remaining glue back into its original
container. The unique double duty Sili combe has a squeegee end and a bristled comb end. The
squeegee end applies glue smoothly to larger surfaces while the comb end produces textured
or grooved pattered glue to larger surfaces.
Waterproof bristles
If you choose to clean your brush immediately after use, simply run the glue brush tip under
warm water and work the bristles with your fingers until all the glue is gone. You may use a
liquid soap to help if so desired.
Let it dry
If you don't have the time or if you simply just prefer to, you can let the glue dry
overnight. Once the glue is dry on the Sili Brush tip, simply crack the dried up glue and
peel the glue off of the brush tip.
The Sili Glue Tray is the perfect holder/dispenser for you glue while your working. Simply
pour or squeeze more glue than you'll need into the tray and dip the Sili Comb/Squeegee or
one of the brushes into the glue. When your done applying glue to your project, you can pour
the remaining glue back into your glue bottles using the funnel end tip on the glue tray.
Each of the items in this super convenient set are made from silicone rubber which makes
them very easy to clean. Clean the brushes, comb/squeegee or even the tray using warm water.
You can also let your wood glue or white school glue dry over night and the glue will peel
right off revealing a fresh glue brush, comb/squeegee or tray! Pack includes 1ea. 1 inch
brush, 1ea. ½ inch brush, 1 ea. Comb/squeegee and 1 ea. Tray.
11516
SILI® Glue Brush Combo Pack 1" and 1/2" Brushes
10.99
Glue Brush Combo Pack 1" and 1/2" Brushes
The two Sili Glue Brushes have two different size brush heads. One head is ½" and the other
is 1" wide. The smaller brush head of the ½" brush makes it ideal for applying glue to
narrow strips and makes it easier to work small pieces. The larger 1" brush is perfect for
applying wood glue to thicker stock pieces. Each brush tip is made from silicone and is easy
to clean with warm water.
No more finger spreading
We've all done it. We apply some glue on craft paper or a piece of wood and instead of
reaching for the old unreliable horse hair brush, we use our finger to spread the glue
evenly. With the Sili Brush, there's no need for worry. The bristles won't fall off into the
glue and the brush applies the glue smoothly and evenly.
Ideal for woodworkers
Woodworkers love to apply just the right amount of glue for their projects. This is
especially true when working in tight or smaller areas like dado slots. The Sili brush makes
quick work of these types of projects with its flexible silicone bristles.
Paddle and Rest
The other end of the handle features a super handle paddle tip that allows you to get into
really tight areas like those found in box joinery and dovetail joinery. It also works
exceptionally well for a large amount of arts and craft projects. The "other" end also
features a unique rest that keeps the paddle end off of your work surface when it is not in
use.
Larger Glue Ups
With the Sili Tray and comb you can now tackle larger projects that require more glue. The
tray can hold ample amounts of glue and when you are done and have some glue left over, you
can use the spout end of the tray to pour the remaining glue back into its original
container. The unique double duty Sili combe has a squeegee end and a bristled comb end. The
squeegee end applies glue smoothly to larger surfaces while the comb end produces textured
or grooved pattered glue to larger surfaces.
Waterproof bristles
If you choose to clean your brush immediately after use, simply run the glue brush tip under
warm water and work the bristles with your fingers until all the glue is gone. You may use a
liquid soap to help if so desired.
Let it dry
If you don't have the time or if you simply just prefer to, you can let the glue dry
overnight. Once the glue is dry on the Sili Brush tip, simply crack the dried up glue and
peel the glue off of the brush tip.
3085
Fulton Router Table with Deluxe Fence Package
279.99
Router Table with Deluxe Fence Package
Includes Laminated Fence Sections and Extruded Aluminum Backer Fence
The Router Table with Deluxe Fence Package comes with two adjustable fence sections,
aluminum backer fence, mounting hardware, 2½” dust port and measuring tape.
Router Table with Deluxe Fence Package Features:
1-3/8” thick router table with embedded tracks
Router plate with 5 locking insert rings
Deluxe fence with bit guard & dust port
Extruded L bracket fence
Measuring tape
Router Table with Deluxe Fence Package Includes:
1 ea. 24" x 32" Router table with plate$199.99
1 ea. 32" Pre-drilled aluminum backer fence$34.99
2 ea. 16" Melamine Fence Sections$44.99
1 ea. Router bit guard$6.99
1 ea. Router dust port assembly$8.99
1 ea. Adhesive Tape$6.99
5 ea. Level locking rings$19.99
2 ea. Long fence mounting knob$6.99
5 ea. Round knob & bolt$6.99
If Purchased Separately$334.92
Industry Leading 1-3/8” Thick MDF Router Table
Featuring an industry leading 1-3/8” thick MDF router table that is laminated on both the
top and bottom. This helps prevent excessive moisture infiltration and unwanted warping.
This extra thick table top also absorbs vibration and doesn’t chatter like standard, thinner
router table tops tend to. The bright white laminate table top surface provides you with
excellent stock visibility and is perfect for smoothly feeding your stock through the
cutter. The table top also features a Miter Mini combination track that runs the length of
the table top. You can use a standard (3/4” x 3/8” bar) full size miter gauge in this track
to make end-grain cuts and more. The mini track portion of the combination track is ideal
for jigs and fixtures like feather boards to help keep your stock from “walking”. Two mini
tracks run from back to front to mount multiple fence styles.
Premium 9 ¼” x 11 ¾” Phenolic Router Plate
A premium 9 ¼” x 11 ¾” phenolic router plate is included and features 5 easy to install
insert locking rings (3/8", 1", 1-7/8", and 2-5/8" openings, as well as one guide bushing
ring), a locking ring wrench, hold down screws and leveling screws. The plate is etched on
the bottom with guide marks for aligning most any brand of router. Center guide markings
(1/8" increments) are helpful for aligning a fence. The table top opening has magnets
embedded around the perimeter to snap the router plate in place. The magnets align with the
router plate set screws. Universal fit plate will work with most woodworking industry
routers. Some drilling may be required depending on the router you own. Router plate center
opening is 3-13/16". Router mounting instructions are included.
Mount the Router Table Top to any Stand as Needed
You can mount the router table top to any stand as needed. Typically the table top is
mounted to a steel stand with wood screws. It can however be adapted to shop made wood
stands if so desired. Mounting hardware is NOT included.
3040
Cast Iron Table Saw
Router Extension Wing
349.99
Cast Iron Table Saw Router Extension Wing
Achieve unparalleled routing precision with this table saw extension wing, crafted from 1½”
thick premium cast iron to eliminate vibration and provide a stable, professional-grade work
surface for flawless results.
Features:
27" X 16"
1½” thick premium cast iron
Mounts easily to most standard table saws
Integrated ¾” x ⅜” miter T-slot and a universal slot accommodates jigs and fixtures
Pre-drilled mounting holes
Maximize Your Workspace
This space-saving table saw extension mounts easily to most standard table saws, expanding
your capabilities in compact workshops without increasing your footprint.
Expand your Routing Possibilities
The integrated ¾” x ⅜” miter T-slot and a universal slot accommodates jigs and fixtures for
ultimate versatility on this router extension table. Built to last, this heavy-duty cast
iron router table top is precision-machined to exacting standards, ensuring long-term
durability and professional-level performance that stands up to even the most demanding.
Pre-Drilled Mounting Holes
Get routing right away with easy, hassle-free installation thanks to pre-drilled mounting
holes. Our table top router extension is east to setup and easy to use.
3048
Cast Iron Table Saw Router Extension Wing and Plate
419.99
Cast Iron Table Saw Router Extension Wing
and Premium Phenolic Router Plate
Achieve unparalleled routing precision with this table saw extension wing, crafted from 1½”
thick premium cast iron to eliminate vibration and provide a stable, professional-grade work
surface for flawless results.
Cast Iron Extension Wing Features:
27" X 16"
1½” thick premium cast iron
Mounts easily to most standard table saws
Integrated ¾” x ⅜” miter T-slot and a universal slot accommodates jigs and fixtures
Pre-drilled mounting holes
Premium 9 ¼" x 11 ¾" phenolic router plate
Premium 9 ¼” x 11 ¾” Phenolic Router Plate Includes:
5 ea. Insert locking rings
1 ea. Locking ring wrench
4 ea. Hold down screws
10 ea. Leveling screws
Maximize Your Workspace
This space-saving table saw extension mounts easily to most standard table saws, expanding
your capabilities in compact workshops without increasing your footprint.
Expand your Routing Possibilities
The integrated ¾” x ⅜” miter T-slot and a universal slot accommodates jigs and fixtures for
ultimate versatility on this router extension table. Built to last, this heavy-duty cast
iron router table top is precision-machined to exacting standards, ensuring long-term
durability and professional-level performance that stands up to even the most demanding.
Pre-Drilled Mounting Holes
Get routing right away with easy, hassle-free installation thanks to pre-drilled mounting
holes. Our table top router extension is east to setup and easy to use.
Premium Phenolic Router Plate with Rings
The premium 9 ¼” x 11 ¾” phenolic router plate is 3/8" thick and features 5 easy to install
insert locking rings (3/8", 1", 1-7/8", and 2-5/8" openings, as well as one guide bushing
ring), a locking ring wrench, hold down screws and leveling screws. Router plate center
opening is 3-13/16". The plate is etched on the bottom with guide marks for aligning most
any brand of router. Center guide markings (1/8" increments) helpful for aligning fence.
Universal fit plate will work with most woodworking industry routers. Some drilling may be
required depending on the router you own.
Premium Phenolic Router Plate with Rings Includes:
5 ea. Insert locking rings
1 ea. locking ring wrench
4 ea. Hold down screws
10 ea. Leveling screws
Ring Specifications:
1 ea. 3/8" Insert Locking Ring
1 ea. 1" Insert Locking Ring
1 ea. 1-7/8" Insert Locking Ring
1 ea. 2-5/8" Insert Locking Ring
1 ea. Guide Bushing Ring
Please Note:
Universal fit plate will work with most woodworking industry routers. Some drilling may
be required depending on the router you own.
1078
Fulton Universal Workshop Stand - 27-5/16" x 19-3/4"
119.99
Universal Workshop Stand
The Universal Workshop Stand is a 27-5/16" x 19-3/4" heavy-duty base designed to bring
stability, flexibility, and ergonomic comfort to your workshop. Engineered to safely support
a wide range of benchtop tools weighing up to 500 pounds, it is the perfect foundation for
routers, band saws, drill presses, sanders, and more. Its adjustable height and leveling
feet ensure a secure and comfortable workspace on any floor surface.
Features:
500lb Heavy-Duty Capacity
27-5/16" x 19-3/4"
Adjustable Height & Leveling Feet
Universal Compatibility
Quick and Easy Assembly
Includes:
1 ea. Universal Workshop Stand
Universal Tool Compatibility
A versatile solution designed to fit a wide array of tools including router tables, drill
presses, band saws, sanders, planers, and grinders.
Adjustable Height & Leveling Feet
Customize the stand's height for optimal ergonomics and use the four adjustable feet to
stabilize the unit perfectly, even on uneven or sloped floors.
Quick
and
Easy Assembly
Get to work faster with a straightforward assembly process, complete with all necessary
hardware and clear instructions.
500lb Heavy-Duty Capacity
Constructed from robust 2.0mm powder-coated steel to provide a rock-solid and durable
foundation for your heaviest workshop machinery.
2943
Fulton
Coping Sled Pro
74.99
Rail Guide Coping Sled PRO
The Rail Guide Coping Sled Pro is an indispensable tool for making precise, square, clean
cuts for door and drawer fronts.
Fulton Rail Guide Coping Sled PRO
When you need to make clean, smooth and precise profile cuts on the end grain of your rail
pieces it can get a little hairy. The Fulton Rail Guide Coping Sled PRO has been designed to
make this part of the cabinet door and drawer building process much easier and safer. No
longer worry about your piece dipping to far into the router bit and even worse losing
control. This sled will help you produce wonderful looking and fitting end grain cuts each
and every time you use it!
Beautiful Looking Joinery Doesn't Have To Be Difficult
When building doors and drawers for kitchen and bathroom cabinets we want everything to be
just right. This includes the style and rail joinery the can be seen from the top and bottom
of the doors and drawers. While the style cut runs the entire length of the work piece, the
rail is usually a very small run of a couple of inches. In the past, many of us used to
attempt this cut freehanded. The end grain cut of such a small section is not only
dangerous, it often times produced less than desirable results. With the Fulton Rail Guide
Coping Sled PRO, you will be able to not only make the cut with confidence, you will also
produce wonderful looking rail end grain profiles with minimal tear-out. This makes for the
ideal fit into the style piece
Clear Acrylic Guide Fence
The Clear Acrylic Guide Fence essentially pull double duty. First and foremost it provides
you with a reference contact point to your router table fence. This means that when you are
placing your stock on to the jig you simply align with the Clear Acrylic Guide Fence. An
easy way to do this is to place the Rail Guide Coping Sled PRO against your router table
fence with the Clear Acrylic Guide Fence flat against the router table fence. Then slide
your stock piece on to the Rail Guide Coping Sled PRO with the end up against your router
table fence and secure your work piece. This essentially aligns your stock with the Clear
Acrylic Guide Fence. Please follow the instructions that come with the sled before making
any cuts on your router table with the Rail Guide Coping Sled PRO. The second duty that the
Clear Acrylic Guide Fence does is it acts as a shield to keep debris from flying up at you
while making your cuts. Since the guide is clear, you can see exactly what you are doing
while still being protected.
Keep Your Stock Secure
With a solid base platform, a large toggle with an oversized hold down pad and an adjustable
fence with a holdfast abrasive strip, you stock won't lift, dip or slide out of place when
making your coping cuts. The large toggle with hold down pads provides more than enough
pressure to keep your stock from popping up our out of the sled. The adjustable fence is
pushed up against the front side of your stock to keep your stock from moving front to back.
With the addition of a simple abrasive strip to the adjustable fence, your stock piece won't
shimmy side to side either. This jig has got all the bases covered when it comes to securing
your stock in place for safer, cleaner and smoother coping cuts.
Its Time!
Now that you know that there is a much better and safer way to make end grain coping cuts on
you cabinet door and drawer rails, there's nothing holding you back! With the Fulton Rail
Guide Coping Sled PRO you'll be able to make these cuts over and over again with the same
great results every single time.
4786
Fulton
NoPlay Miter Gauge 2000 SE
69.99
NoPlay Miter Gauge 2000 SE
Featuring 4 NoPlay Expandable Glides that when properly adjusted, provide you with the
perfect fit into your ¾” x 3/8” miter slot. This precision miter gauge also features an
adjustable protractor style head with a super slick UHMW protective base pad, along with a
bright red, easy to see cursor and steel miter bar.
Features:
4 NoPlay Expandable Glides that when properly adjusted, provide you with the perfect
fit into your ¾” x 3/8” miter slot
Adjustable protractor style head with a super slick UHMW protective base pad
13 positive stops for quick common angle adjustments
Permanent graduation markings on the protractor style head
A bright red handle and a bright red cursor make for easy angle adjustments that you
can easily see
Patent Pending Expandable Glides
The patent pending Expandable Glides are the simplest way to achieve an ideal miter bar fit
into your miter slot. Once in the miter slot, adjust your NoPlay Expandable Glides by
rotating the machine screw until the glide applies just the right amount of pressure to the
side wall of your slot. Adjust the remaining glides for a perfect fit.
Super Slick Base Pad
The protractor style head features a super Slick Base Pad on the bottom to give you the
perfect slick surface to slide smoothly along your table top. Not only does the pad slide
smoothly, it also protects your table top from getting scratched or marred. The protractor
head also features 13 positive stops for quick common angle adjustments.
Easy Angle Adjustments
A bright red handle and a bright red cursor make for easy angle adjustments that you can
easily see. Loosen the handle, rotate the protractor style head and once your position is
set, tighten the handle to lock the angle in place. If your angle is one of the positive
stops, you must still use the handle to loosen and lock the head into place.
13 positive stop holes
13 positive stop holes. 1 hole is at 90 degrees while the 6 holes on both sides are at 22.5,
30, 45, 60, 67.5 and 90 degrees. The positive stops are perfect for many woodworking
projects as they are the angles that are typically used.
Permanent Graduation Markings
The protractor style head graduation markings are clearly and permanently marked onto the
aluminum surface. This is unlike other miter gauges that use stickers. Using stickers on
miter gauge heads, usually promotes inaccurate results and typically peels off over time
rendering your miter gauge useless.
3437
6PC Peachtree Dovetail Jig Router Bit Set
105.99
6 Piece Peachtree Dovetail Jig
Stone Mountain Router Bit Set
The Peachtree Dovetail Jig
(not included and sold separately)
comes with a standard router bit set for working with stock from 5/8” in thickness to ¾” in
thickness. There are times however, that we would like to make dovetail cuts in different
thicknesses of stock. To do this, you will need to use different size router bits to achieve
optimum results. Using the wrong size bits can result in damaging the router bit and
dovetail jig (dovetail jig NOT included)
Features:
The Mini Router Bit Set
cuts stock 1/8” thick to 3/8” thick
The Small Router Bit Set
cuts stock ¼” thick to ½” thick
The Box Joint Router Bit
will cut stock from ½” in thickness to ¾” in thickness
Includes:
#3454 - 2 piece Peachtree Dovetail Jig Small Stone Mountain Router Bits
#3456 - Box Joint Bit with 1/2" Brass Setup Bar
#3457 - 2 piece Peachtree Dovetail Jig Mini Stone Mountain Router Bits
Wooden Storage Box
Mini Router Bit Set & Small Router Bit Set
This set comes with a Mini Router Bit Set, a Small Router Bit Set and a Box Joint Bit with a
Brass Setup Bar. The Mini and Small Router Bit Set both included a straight router bit with
a bearing and a dovetail bit with a bearing. The Mini Router Bit Set cuts stock 1/8” thick
to 3/8” thick. The Small Router Bit Set cuts stock ¼” thick to ½” thick. The Box Joint
Router Bit will cut stock from ½” in thickness to ¾” in thickness.
Brass Setup Bar & Wooden Box Included
Also included with this set is a brass setup bar that is machined to exactly 9/16” square.
The brass bar is used to for setting up the opposing piece of stock when cutting box joints.
It is the exactly width of the box joint bit that is included in this set. This ensures that
your box joints will always fit perfectly each and every time! Each bit in this set has a ¼”
shank. The bits and the brass bar are stored in the included wooden box with locking clasp.
Printed Part Number for Easy Identification
Each router bit included in this set has the set part number printed on the shank. This is
done so you can always tell which dovetail bit goes with which straight bit. Each dovetail,
straight bit pair of router bits have the same identifying number on the shank. The box
joint bit has its own identifying number on it that does not correspond with any of the
other bits in the set. The reason we need to use different size bits for different
thicknesses of stock is to make sure that dovetail cuts not only look good, but the bearing
must sit just right on the Peachtree Dovetail Jig (not included and sold separately) while
cutting. Using the incorrect size bit could result in damaging the bit or jig.
3446
Peachtree Dovetail Jig Master System
199.99
Peachtree Dovetail Jig Master System
Woodworking is often times all about the details. This is especially true when it comes to
how your wood is joined together. Dovetail joinery is not only a classic style of wood
joinery, its one of the strongest. Dovetails are also very pleasing to even the most
discriminating eye. Creating dovetail joints was once a skill only possessed by master
craftsman. With the Peachtree Dovetail Jig system, we can all enjoy the dovetail joinery
making process without all the painstaking guesswork.
Peachtree Dovetail Jig Master System Includes:
1 ea. 15" Aluminum Template
2 ea. Aluminum Mini Tracks
2 ea. Aluminum Track Clamps
1 ea. 7° Dovetail Stone Mountain Router Bit
1 ea. Straight Bit with Bearing
1 ea. Full Color Instructions
1 ea. Online Instructional Video
An Infinite Amount of Possibilities
Using the Peachtree Dovetail Jig, your next woodworking project can be dovetailed in a
matter of minutes. Weekend hobbyist? Professional woodworker? Either way you will discover
that the Peachtree Dovetail Jig unlocks an infinite amount of possibilities by making the
dovetailing process easier than ever before. Not only is using this dovetail jig easy, you
will learn how to produce wonderful looking and great fitting results every time with the
included detailed, full color instruction booklet. The Peachtree Dovetail Jig template is
made from machined anodized aluminum for superior accuracy and durability. Some dovetail
jigs are made from a brittle phenolic material that will break or chip on impact. The
aluminum template is mounted to a solid wooden mounting block (not included) and has one
side for cutting the dovetail pins and the other side for cutting the tails. The jig also
has two scribed lines on the top and on the bottom of the pin side for making alignment
quick and simple.
Peachtree Dovetail Jig Master System
Over the years dovetail joinery not only has become one of the most desired joinery methods
in the woodworking world, it has become a staple for many furniture and cabinet makers.
Dovetail joinery has also become a favorite of woodworking professionals and hobbyists alike
for make unique and beautiful looking heirlooms for friends and family. Dovetails add a
certain curb appeal to your projects that most any other type of joinery can't match. Its on
of the few joinery methods that are meant to be seen and not hidden. On top of the fact that
dovetails are easy on the eyes, dovetail joinery is also one of the strongest joints you can
make for your woodworking projects. The Peachtree Dovetail Jig is the perfect system for
making dovetails without all of the over adjustments of the "premium" brands. We have
simplified the process of dovetail joinery so all you have to do is create!
Anodized Aluminum Template with Scribed Adjustment Lines
The jig itself is made from a durable anodized aluminum material. Some jigs that appear to
be similar are made from a brittle phenolic material that will chip, crack and break after a
few uses. The jig also features scribed lines on both the top and the bottom of the jig. The
lines are for aligning the jig to the mounting block (mounting block is NOT included) for
different thicknesses of stock. This makes the jig mounting process super easy and
eliminates the guesswork.
Aluminum Track and Track Clamps Make Things Even Easier!
The Peachtree Dovetail Jig Master System includes 2 aluminum track clamps that make mounting
the dovetail template assembly super quick and super easy. We have also include the super
handy track clamps. The clamps slide into the aluminum tracks and are secured to your
workpiece as shown above. Once your workpiece is properly aligned with the jig and the
clamps are fully secured by tightening the knobs, you're ready to starting dovetailing your
project! The tracks are designed to accept the included track clamps. Once you have built
your own mounting block (wood and mounting block NOT included), simply mill out dado slots
on both sides of the block and install the tracks as per the included instructions.
Includes Two Router Bits
The system includes two router bits. One 7 degree angle dovetail router bit with guide
bearing and one flush trim router bit with guide bearing for cutting the tails. Out of the
box, the Peachtree dovetail jig will allow you to cut dovetail joinery on stock from
approximately 5/8” to 3/4” in thickness. You can use the same size stock for all four sides
of a box or you can use two different thicknesses of stock if so desired.
Double Up on Your Dovetail Project Length!
We know many of our woodworking joinery projects can be longer than a standard 15 inches
long . Thats why we have made an Add-On Jig template available for purchase so you can now
cut dovetails into projects up to 30" in length with an add-on dovetail jig (sold
separately)! This is
the only dovetail jig that can be extended like this
and its super easy! Just overlap the tabs and secure with the included machine screws
(machine screws are only included with the Add-On jig which is SOLD SEPARATELY).
Includes:
1 ea. 15" Aluminum Template
2 ea. Aluminum Mini Tracks
2 ea. Aluminum Track Clamps
1 ea. 7° Dovetail Stone Mountain Router Bit
1 ea. Straight Bit with Bearing
1 ea. Full Color Instructions
1 ea. Online Instructional Video
3470
Fast Joint™ Precision
Joinery System
169.99
Fast Joint™ Precision Joinery System
Creating unprecedented joint designs with your Fast-joint™ system has never been easier. We
designed this unique joint system with matching templates. Setting up your joints is as easy
as putting a router bit into the router, installing the guide bushing and setting the height
of your bit.
Includes:
1 ea. Fast-joint™ Jig platform$74.99
3 ea. Toggle Clamps$29.99
1 ea. Standard Bushing .308 O.D.$5.99
1 ea. Tighter Fit Bushing .311 O.D.$5.99
1 ea. Dovetail Bushing .7/16”$5.99
1 ea. Spring lock washer for bushing$2.50
1 ea. Heart Template Set$17.99
1 ea. Key Template Set$17.99
1 ea. Through Dovetail$7.99
1 ea. Half Blind Dovetail Template$17.99
1 ea. 3/16 up cut spiral router bit$14.99
1 ea. 14° Dovetail bit$16.99
1 ea. Brass Centering Pin$8.99
2 ea. Spring Clamps$1.99
1 ea. 3/8” x 3/8” brass set up bar$3.99
all the necessary hardware
If Purchased Separately$234.36
As Easy As That
To create a joint all you have to do is install the male template on one side of the jig
platform and then install the female template on the other side. The hardest part about the
Fast-joint™ System is choosing what type of joint you want to make.
Everything You Need to Get Started
This system has everything you need to get started making projects that will stand out above
the rest. The Fast-joint™ jig system will handle stock up to 14" wide and 1/4" to 3/4"
thick.
Please Note:
This system is designed for table mounted routers only.
10407
Trend® Tool & Bit Cleaner - 18 fl oz - U*CLEAN/500
11.50
Tool & Bit Cleaner - 18 fl oz
Extend the life of your tools with this industrial strength non-toxic, biodegradable, wood
resin remover. Perfect for blades, bits, files, wrenches, etc and anything that comes into
contact with wood. This cleaner has unique properties for breaking the molecular bond and
lifting the dirt and debris from all surfaces as opposed to dissolving the material like
other cleaners.
Features:
Provides rust and corrosion protection
Excellent lubrication
18 fl oz (532ml)
Includes:
1 ea. Trend® Tool & Bit Cleaner - 18 fl oz
10381
Trend® Air Stealth Half Mask Medium / Large
29.99
Air Stealth Half Masks
New generation P3R half mask, ergonomically designed with low profile design. Protects the
user against airborne particles, oil aerosols, mist, welds and fumes. Unique integral sample
port and plug allow non-destructive face fitting. Trend Airshield Half Masks are NIOSH
approved.
Trend Air Stealth Half Mask Features:
Offers less breathing resistance.
Less clogging pressure and inward leakage. Lowest breathing resistance of any mask on the
market. Down facing air valve and two large HEPAC filters making breathing easier for
longer.
Approval P3(R) APF20 x WEL
Protects the user against airborne particles, non-oil based aerosols, mist, welds and
fumes.
Twin HEPAC* pleat encapsulated design filter provides 99.99% filtration of airborne
particles and aerosols at 0.3 micron and above.
Exhalation valve on bottom of face piece, ensuring no exhalation fumes steam or fog of any
glasses/visors.
Protective grill covers 100% of filter surface.
Grill protects filter from moisture and particulates, ensuring it performs better in
clogging pressure and filtration efficiency.
Unique integral sample port and plug allow non-destructive face fitting.
Large non-return valve.
Single piece head and neck strap with quick release.
Down facing air valve and two large HEPAC filters making breathing easier for longer.
Manufactured from high-grade materials, odor free, non-allergenic.
TPE mask body is latex and silicone free.
Conforms to half mask standard BS EN 140.
Respiratory protection to BS EN143 P3R. *High Efficiency Particulate Air Composite
Trend Airshield Half Masks are NIOSH approved.
Exhalation valve on bottom of face piece, ensuring no exhalation fumes steam or fog of any
glasses/visors.
Protects the user against airborne particles, non-oil based aerosols, mist, welds and
fumes.
Down facing air valve and two large HEPAC filters making breathing easier for longer.
Twin HEPAC* pleat encapsulated design filter provides 99.99% filtration of airborne
particles and aerosols at 0.3 micron and above.
7775
Savannah GrindMaster Sharpening Jig for 8" Wheels
119.99
GrindMaster Sharpening Jig
The GrindMaster Sharpening Jig produces razor sharp tools and finely finished bevels.
Sharpening your tools has shifted from a difficult to perform art into a simple to use
science. Owning the GrindMaster Sharpening Jig will ultimately save you time and produce
finely honed tools every time. Uniform cutting edges and single facet bevels will give you
safer, more predictable tools. Because you will be grinding your tools less, both your
wheels and tools will last longer
Features:
Sharpen gouges, chisels, scrapers, parting tools, skews, and carving tools
The included Quad Setup Jig helps you correctly set the proper grinding angles for
Roughing Gouges at 45 deg, Parting Tools at 30-60 deg, Skews at 21.5-43 deg and Bowl
Scrapers at 8 degrees.
The GrindMaster Sharpening Jig comes with a 3 x 5 inch adjustable platform which
allows even large scrapers to be ground with ease. Parting tools are sharpened using
the platform
7577
Savannah Pro Grind Multi-Grind Sharpening Jig
59.99
Pro Grind Multi-Grind Sharpening Jig with Setup Blocks
One of the more challenging angles or grinds to achieve on our turning tools is getting the
grind correct on a bowl gouge or spindle gouge. We have developed the Multi-Grind Jig with
setup blocks to eliminate the guess work so you can focus on making the perfect bowl gouge
or spindle gouge grind every time! Using this jig with any system that has a pocket v-arm
attachment (not included) will make your bowl/spindle gouge sharpening experience much
smoother than ever before!
4 Basic Grind Types
Typically there are 4 basic grind types (3 types of bowl gouges and 1 type for spindle
gouges). The 4 basic grind types are standard, short and long for bowl gouges and
fingernail grind for spindle gouges. These grinds are all simple to achieve using the
Multi-Grind Jig and we show you how to do them in the included instructions
Quick and Accurate
With this jig and included setup blocks, you’ll be able to quickly and accurately set
your tool grind projection, the correct tool angle (depending on desired grind you
choose) and the proper pocket v-arm depth. Having these three variables simplified makes
your setup process so much easier!
High Quality Steel
The Multi-Grind is made from high quality steel. The knob is made from brass and the threads
provide a smooth rotating action when the brass knob is turned. The clamp pad is covered
with a non-marring PVC material to help protect your tool while grinding. The clamp opening
has a v-shape base that accepts your turning tool perfectly and won’t allow your tool to
accidentally roll or shift while grinding.
Once your setup, the Multi-Grind Jig with your tool mounted makes grinding the round shape
of bowl gouge very easy and very smooth when compared to free hand grinding. The natural
pivoting, rolling action in provides allows you to not achieve the perfect grind, but keeps
your fingers away from the wheel at the same time.
Sharpen Your Bowl Gouge
to a Standard Grind
The Standard Grind is used by most tool manufacturers for bowl gouges regardless of
diameter of the tool. This is a general use type of grind that is best used on dry wood
for both inside and outside of bowls, plates and platters. This grind is easy to use for
most skill levels.
Sharpen Your Bowl Gouge
to a Short Grind
The short grind is a special type of grind that is useful for finishing the bottom of
bowls with tall sides, such as calabash or semi-hollow forms. This type of grind is best
used with narrow openings which prevent using long grinds or standard grinds on the very
bottom of the inside. It is also known as a "Bottom Feed Grind" by many.
Sharpen Your Bowl Gouge
to a Long Grind
This is generally the most useful all around bowl gouge grind and is the preferred grind
for green wood. It is also suitable for dry wood. Very large cuts in green wood are a
breeze with this grind. Excellent for shear scraping both inside and outside of bowls,
plates and platters.
Sharpen Your Bowl Gouge
to a Fingernail Grind
A spindle gouge (denoted by it’s much shallower flute) with a fingernail grind enables a
turner to turn beads and coves with much steeper sides and more pronounced angles
between elements in spindle work. One must maintain a rounded tip while pulling the
wings back.
4225
Peachtree
6" Quik Hone
49.95
6" Quik Hones
If you have ever tried to sharpen jointer or planer knives without any sort jig or fixture,
you know the results are generally mixed at best. Even with some of the jigs on the market,
it can still be a frustrating job to get the proper edge we all desire when sharpening our
knives. The Quick Hone allows you to hone your knives quickly and without all the guess
work. This jointer and planer knife sharpening tool allows you to keep your knives longer
and will produce much cleaner, smoother results on your wood projects.
Features:
Easy to install and remove your knives
Set screw and included wrench make switching knives simple
Made from extruded aluminum
Durable for years of service
The bevel edge of the knives are down making sharpening your knives a breeze
6" for shorter length knives.
The Easy Way to Hone Joiner/Planer Knives
Save time and money by not having to waste a trip to the big box store or having to wait for
you order to show up on your doorstep. Simply install your dull knife into the Quik Hone,
run the knife across a flat abrasive surface (such as a glass plate with PSA sandpaper or a
granite stone block with PSA sandpaper) a few times (always follow product instructions) and
you'll have a knife that is ready to start cutting in minutes!
Keep it Simple
When designing the Quik Hone, we wanted to make sure that it was as simple as possible
without sacrificing the final result. In doing so, the Quik Hone has quickly become the go
to sharpening tool for many woodworkers!
The Quick Hone sets the angle for most any joiner or planer knife so you don't have to worry
about a thing. Install the knives into the Quik Hone, secure them as per the included
instructions and you're ready to start sharpening!
Install Knives Quikly
It literally takes seconds to install your knives into the jig and secure them using the set
screws.
While you could use any flat piece of material, we recommend using plate glass or granite
stone block for sharpening your joiner and planer knives to ensure a true, flat sharp
result. Glass plate and Granite Block are NOT INCLUDED.
Won't expand, contract or bow
Unlike some other joiner and planer knife sharpening jigs that are made out of wood or
plastic, the Quik Hone is made out of a solid piece of extruded aluminum. This makes it
almost impervious to expanding, contracting in size or bowing.
11552
Fulton Magnetic
Push Stick - 2 Pack
12.99
Magnetic Push Stick - 2 Pack
The perfect safety accessory addition to any workshop!
When you need to cut a narrow piece of stock on a table saw we know that it can be a little
dicey or intimidating. Many of us try to cut the piece we need on the outside of the blade
rather than dealing with narrow cuts. However, cutting narrow stock is sometimes
unavoidable. In this case it is recommended that you use a safety device such as a push
stick to help feed the stock through. Push sticks also help you safely push a workpiece,
keeping it flat against a table top while it is being cut.
You can never have too many push sticks...
Typically we use push sticks on table saws when pushing narrow or smaller stock though. The
push stick can also be used elsewhere in the shop like on router tables, jointers and band
saws. Why not have at the ready on each of those machines? Or at the very least one on two
machines. Another reason you may want to have more than one push stick is in case one does
come in contact with a cutter or blade and becomes unusable. Its always good to have a
backup just in case!
At a moments notice...
Having your tools around when you need them is one thing. Having your tools ready at a
moments notice is another thing altogether! The Push Stick with Magnetic Handle is perfect
for keeping one of your most used tools ready and by your side!
Keep your fingers where they belong...
Push sticks keep your precious body parts away from the blade or cutter and allow for a
smoother, cleaner and best of all, more controlled cut when used properly. If you've ever
had that "funny" feeling when making a "free hand" cut, odds are you should be reaching
for a push stick the next time you make that same cut. The basic idea behind the push
stick is to keep your fingers a long way from the blade or cutter when feeding your stock
through.
Works well with others
While push sticks work great on there own, from time to time you may need a little
assistance with your cuts. Push sticks can be used with featherboards, push blocks, safety
v push sticks or even another push stick.Being a handy tool on its own, the push stick is
versatile enough to be used most anywhere and with most any tool in your shop!
Magnetic Handle Push Stick
3/8" Push Stick: Makes it possible work stock as narrow as 1/2" wide. The push stick is
made from durable poly material that will not shatter upon impact or contact with a blade.
90 Degree Notch: With a 90 degree notch and a relief circle to accept the 90 degree corner
of your stock. It is designed to be at the ideal angle to the handle and allows for even
pressure while pushing stock through the cutter or blade.
Two Embedded Magnets: Some magnetic push sticks come with only one magnet. This typically
cause the push stick to fall or start rotating when the machine is turned on. With our two
embedded magnets, you push stick stays exactly where you placed it!
Ergonomic Handle: A larger, well balanced and more robust handle than most push sticks.
This handle provides you with a more comfortable grip and larger thumb indents while
pushing your stock through.
11553
Fulton 4 Piece
Woodworking Safety Kit
34.99
4 Piece Woodworking Safety Kit
Keeping your fingers and hands away from sharp cutters and blades in your workshop should be
priority number one for any woodworker. Thats why we have created this one of a kind safety
kit!
This 4 piece safety kit is designed to be your essential safety protection to help from
getting to close to the cutters or blades on a router table, shaper, band saw, table saw and
jointer. From the narrow, magnetic push stick, to the versatile feather board, this kit has
all the bases covered in regards to many different woodworking applications.
Use The 4 Piece Safety Kit Throughout Your Workshop...
Deluxe Multi-Mount Feather Board
This feather board can be used on a table saw, router table, shaper table or even your
router fence! You can secure the feather board into standard 3/4" wide by 3/8" deep width
miter slots using the innovative expanding miter bars.The feather board can also be
secured using the supplied t-bolts. The t-bolts can secure the feather board to 1/4"
t-track slots like those found on some router tabletops and router table fences.
Magnetic Handle Push Stick
The magnetic handle push stick is perfect for pushing stock through on a table saw. It
works exceptionally well when used in conjunction with the feather board. One of the
"handiest" features of this push stick is that we have embedded two magnets into the
handle. This allows you to stick it right to the side of your metal table saw cabinet so
its ready at a moments notice!
Straight Handle Push Block
The straight handle push block is a sturdy, conventional style push block. Designed to be
used on jointers, this block can also be used on other machines throughout your workshop
like router tables and band saws.
Angled Handle Push Block
The angled handle push block provides the user with more leverage when pushing stock
through cutters. This push block works very well on heavier stock being fed through a
jointer.
Works on Router Tables, Table Saws and Band Saws!
We have equipped this feather board with two different sets of mounting hardware. Depending
on your needs for the feather board, you can either mount it vertically or horizontally. It
comes with two expandable metal miter bars so the feather board can be secured to a standard
3/4" wide by 3/8" deep miter slots like those found on most woodworking machinery. The unit
also comes with t-bolts for mounting or securing the feather board to 1/4" t-track slots
like those found on some router tabletops and router table fences. These mounting options
make this feather board super versatile and a must for any workshop!
Use The 4 Piece Safety Kit Throughout Your Workshop...
Push Stick on Table Saw
When feeding narrow stock through your table saw blade, it is a good idea to use a push
stick to help control your stock.The push stick has a 90 degree notch on the end with a
relief circle to accept the 90 degree corner of your stock giving you maximum control
while keeping your hands from away from the blade
Feather Board on Router Tables
When pushing or feeding you stock through on a router table, we need to have control of
our stock. Using a feather board to hold your stock down while pushing it through makes
the milling process safer. The feather board can be used on the fence or table top.
Push Block on Band Saws
The band saw is the perfect machine for re-sawing your stock. Cutting thin slices of wood
on the band saw can get a bit dicey when your hands get near the blade. Always reach for a
push block when re-sawing your stock to be sure your hands and fingers stay away from the
blade at all times.
Push Blocks on Jointers
Jointers generate a lot of force with the rotating cutter heads removing a lot of material
at once. To help control your stock, it is a good idea to grab two push blocks to help
control downward pressure as well as forward pressure while you feed your stock through
the cutters.
Whats in the Box?
This kit includes:
1 each Deluxe Multi-Mount Feather Board with Mounting Hardware
1 each Magnetic Handle Push Stick
1 each Straight Handle Push Block
1 each Angled Handle Push Block
1 each Basic Instruction Sheet
11551
Fulton Dual Deluxe
Stackable Featherboards
29.99
Dual Deluxe Stackable Featherboards
What is a featherboard you might ask? Is it something I need for my workshop? Well, the
short answer is yes. Anyone who has a table saw or router table should seriously consider
having at least one. Most workshops have more than one handy at any given time.
Featherboards are simple devices that help keep your stock up against the fence you’re
running your stock on. They generally act like a third hand by helping you control your
stock while you push your stock through.
The Fulton Dual Deluxe Stacked Featherboard can be used as one unit or can be separated and
used for vertical and horizontal applications. When the featherboards are stacked with the
included 2" tall spacers, you'll have a full 3-7/8" worth of holding pressure height. This
means you can hold taller stock for re-sawing projects on table saws and band saws! When
using the featherboards separately, one can be installed into a miter slot and the other can
be installed into a track on a fence.
Stackable and Versatile
The Fulton Dual Deluxe Stackable Featherboards can be used as one unit or can be separated
and used for vertical and horizontal applications. When the featherboards are stacked with
the included 2" tall spacers, you'll have a full 3-7/8" worth of holding pressure height.
This means you can hold taller stock for re-sawing projects on table saws and band saws!
When using the featherboards separately, one can be installed into a miter slot and the
other can be installed into a track on a fence
Tall Stock
When we need to cut taller stock, we of course need support at high points to keep the stock
stable while feeding it through. The dual stack featherboard set up does just this. No more
teetering when feeding your tall stock on your re-saw projects.
Got to keep em' separated
In certain cases, separating the featherboards will be necessary. When the time comes to
separate the featherboards, simply loosen the large knobs all the way until they can be
removed for the long bolts. Once removed, the featherboards can be separated and used
individually on your router table, band saw or table saw as needed.
Keep Your Distance
When placing setting up the featherboard, make sure that the featherboard is completely
behind the blade or cutter. This ensures that the pressure on the stock is toward the fence
or the table top which in turn prevents the stock you are cutting from pinching into the
blade or cutter.
3391
MagSwitch® Universal Featherboard
74.00
Universal Featherboard
Works On Both Sides Of The Blade, And Even The Fence. Low profile and double sided, this is
the ultimate Featherboard from Magswitch. Works to improve your cutting results on either
side of the blade. Also designed to work on\ any cast-iron fence to hold down your work so
you don't have to. Great for small tables! Features two 20mm Magswitches.
Features:
Works On Both Sides Of The Blade, And Even The Fence
Low profile and double sided
Also designed to work on\ any cast-iron fence to hold down your work so you don't have
to
Great for small tables! Features two 20mm Magswitches.
Features two 20mm Magswitches.
2928
MagSwitch®
MagJig 60
31.00
MagJig 60
The Ultimate Workholding Clamp. Nothing else like it – ever! 60 pounds of holding force in a
simple 180° turn of a knob! Unmatched speed strength and precision in clamping, Magswitch
MagJig Magnetic clamps have revolutionized table top workholding. Features fast, strong set
up anywhere on a steel or cast iron table or fence. Not limited by the miter slot or table
edge. Use in your custom jigs and fixtures by drilling a hole using a Forstner bit into
standard 3/4” stock. Drill as many holes as you want for as much strength and flexibility as
you need by simply dropping in MagJigs. Also for use with the Magswitch Workholding System
as it fits in our Universal Mounting Base. We recommend use of two per fixture to avoid
pivot.
Features
Fast Setup & Securing
Uses standard 3/4" material
Strong Hold! Strong against shear force.
Easy On/Off - rotate 1/2 turn On - reverse & turn off
Use in multiple Jigs, switch in and out of fixtures with ease.
Ideal for jig placement flexibilit
Up to 60 lbs of break away force
3143
MagSwitch®
MagJig 95
46.00
MagJig 95
The Ultimate Workholding Clamp. Nothing else like it – ever! 95 pounds of holding force in a
simple 180° turn of a knob! Unmatched speed strength and precision in clamping, Magswitch
MagJig Magnetic clamps have revolutionized table top workholding. Features fast, strong set
up anywhere on a steel or cast iron table or fence. Not limited by the miter slot or table
edge. Use in your custom jigs and fixtures by drilling a 30mm hole using a Forstner bit into
standard 3/4” stock. Drill as many holes as you want for as much strength and flexibility as
you need by simply dropping in MagJigs. Also for use with the Magswitch Workholding System
as it fits in our Universal Mounting Base. We recommend use of two per fixture to avoid
pivot.
Features
Fast Setup & Securing
Uses standard 3/4" material
Strong Hold! Strong against shear force.
Easy On/Off - rotate 1/2 turn On - reverse & turn off
Use in multiple Jigs, switch in and out of fixtures with ease.
Ideal for jig placement flexibilit
Uses Standard 30 mm Forstner drill bit for mounting
Up to 95 lbs of break away force
3144
MagSwitch®
MagJig 150
61.00
MagJig 150
The Ultimate Workholding Clamp. Nothing else like it – ever! 150 pounds of holding force in
a simple 180° turn of a knob! Unmatched speed strength and precision in clamping, Magswitch
MagJig Magnetic clamps have revolutionized table top workholding. Features fast, strong set
up anywhere on a steel or cast iron table or fence. Not limited by the miter slot or table
edge. Use in your custom jigs and fixtures by drilling a 40mm hole using a Forstner bit into
standard 3/4” stock. Drill as many holes as you want for as much strength and flexibility as
you need by simply dropping in MagJigs. Also for use with the Magswitch Workholding System
as it fits in our Universal Mounting Base. We recommend use of two per fixture to avoid
pivot.
Features
Fast Setup & Securing
Uses standard 3/4" material Strong Hold!
Strong against shear force.
Easy On/Off - rotate 1/2 turn On - reverse & turn off
Use in multiple Jigs, switch in and out of fixtures with ease.
Ideal for jig placement flexibilit
Uses Standard 40 mm Forstner drill bit for mounting
Up to 155 lbs of break away force
2271
Fulton Saw Blade
Storage Rack
24.99
Saw Blade Storage Rack
No more fussing with blades stacked directly on top of one another. With the Fulton Saw
Blade Storage Rack you can neatly and safely store up eight table saw or circular saw blades
with no hassle. The Saw Blade Storage Rack will comfortably hold blades from 7-1/4" to 12"
in diameter safely. With the rubber lined slots the rack will protect your saw blades from
damage and make it easier handle the blades when needed.
Designed to be mounted to your wall and is made from heavy gauge steel for excellent
durability.
Easily Locate Your Blades!
No more fussing with blades stacked directly on top of one another and having to remove
multiple blades just to get to the one you need. Not to mention the clanging of the saw
blade teeth. We all know this damages the blade and considerably reduces performance. In
step the Fulton Saw Blade Storage Rack. With this saw blade rack you can neatly and safely
store up eight table saw or circular saw blades with no hassles. The Saw Blade Storage Rack
will comfortably hold blades from 7-1/4" to 12" in diameter safely and each blade can be
easily seen and identified. With the rubber lined slots the rack will protect your saw
blades from damage and make it easier handle the blades when needed. The rack fingers are
positioned so that the blades are easy to identify and easy to choose which one is needed
for the project. No more fuss means more time to work. The rack is designed to mounted to
your wall and is made from heavy gauge steel for excellent durability.Saw blades are NOT
included.
Get yours Today!
No more fussing with blades stacked directly on top of one another. With the Fulton Saw
Blade Storage Rack you can neatly and safely store up eight table saw or circular saw blades
with no hassle. The Saw Blade Storage Rack will comfortably hold blades from 7-1/4" to 12"
in diameter safely. With the rubber lined slots the rack will protect your saw blades from
damage and make it easier handle the blades when needed.
Neatly and safely store up eight table saw or circular saw blades with no hassle
Saw Blade Storage Rack will comfortably hold blades from 7-1/4" to 12" in diameter safely
With the rubber lined slots the rack will protect your saw blades from damage and make it
easier handle the blades when needed.
Designed to be mounted to your wall and is made from heavy gauge steel for excellent
durability.
Saw blades are NOT included
3157
A-Line-It Basic System for Saw Blade/Fence Alignment
89.99
A-Line-It Basic System
Quickly set-up, tune up, and check the accuracy of your shop's tools with this system. Check
table saw blade and fence alignment, arbor and blade run-out, miter slot to blade
squareness, arbor/chuck run-out, jointer/planer head to table parallelism, jointer/planer
knife alignment, out-feed table alignment; router/shaper spindle run-out, or any other set
up or alignment measurement you desire.
The A-Line-It Basic can be configured to do various tests in your shop
Some of the things you will be testing include:
Table Saw Alignment
Saw Arbor Run out
Saw Blade Run out
Rip Fence Alignment
Rip Fence Straightness
Jointer Depth of Cut
Planer Alignment
Everything You Need
The A-LINE-IT Basic Kit is the perfect starter kit for hobbyists and small shops. The
A-LINE-IT Basic Kit comes with hardware and hex wrench for assembly, instructions and
instructional DVD for expert guidance in getting the best performance and accuracy from
your woodworking machines.
Self-Adjusting “Smart Bar”
Another thing you will appreciate about this system is the self-adjusting “Smart Bar”
that will stay tight in a miter slot that isn’t the same size along it’s slot length.
This makes the measuring process much more efficient since you don’t need to keep
shimming or adjusting the miter bar for a snug fit.
.001" Increments for Absolute Precision
The 1" capacity dial indicator reads in .001" increments for absolute precision.
Measurments
Dial indicator mounting bar measures 3/4” x 3/4” x 5-1/2”, miter groove bar measures
3/8” x 3/4" x 6-1/4".
3158
A-Line-It Deluxe System for Saw Blade/Fence Alignment
144.99
Deluxe A-Line-It Alignment System
Aligning your workshop machinery can be very frustrating. Sometimes a tape measure, ruler
and a firm fist bump just won’t cut it. If you desire to have your machinery working at
optimal levels then look no further than the A-LINE-IT DELUXE Machinery and Tool Alignment
System. Get the precision you want out of your machinery without having to break the bank.
After all, much like a car, your machinery is an investment that needs to be tuned up and
maintained.
The A-Line-It Basic can be configured to do various tests in your shop
Some of the things you will be testing include:
Table Saw Alignment
Saw Arbor Run out
Saw Blade Run out
Rip Fence Alignment
Rip Fence Straightness
Jointer Depth of Cut
Planer Alignment
Drill Press Squaring
Arbor Flange
Drill Press Chuck Run out
Everything You Need
One of the reasons you’ll appreciateis that with the A-LINE-IT DELUXE, you get
everything you’ll need to thoroughly check your machines in one package. The spring and
nut assembly, as an example, makes the A-LINE-IT DELUXE the only tool in the US that
will allow you to determine whether the run-out in the saw blade is caused by the blade,
the arbor, or a combination of both.
Self-Adjusting “Smart Bar”
Another thing you will appreciate about this system is the self-adjusting “Smart Bar”
that will stay tight in a miter slot that isn’t the same size along it’s slot length.
You only need to adjust the spring plungers once, and after that, its a perfect fit in
the miter slot. This makes the measuring process much more efficient since you don’t
need to keep shimming or adjusting the miter bar for a snug fit.
The A-LINE-IT DELUXE includes the following: Dial Indicator in .001” increments, 22 assorted
and interchangeable dial indicator tips, 11” long bar with 12 adjustment holes, smart miter
bar with spring loaded adjustable plungers, threaded 1/2” diameter steel drill press chuck
pin, the exclusive arbor nut run-out kit, planer bar (for checking run-out on planers with
knife style cutter heads) and detailed instructions.
4044
FastCap Metric / Standard
16' Tape Measure
6.99
Metric / Standard 16' Tape Measure PMS-16
Metric and standard measurements identifying increments down to 1/16" and millimeter.
Features
Metric & Standard Tape
Heavy-duty 1-inch blades
High-contrast Black and white scale
Easy to read fractions down to 1/16"
Dual thumb and finger locks
Shock resistant rubber casing
Built in carbon steel pencil sharpener
Erasable note pad on the face
Lever action belt clip
Shock resistant rubber casing
16' Tape Measure
20969
Incra®
6" Rule Set
49.95
6" Rule Set
Each set includes the Precision Marking Rule, Precision T-Rule, and Precision Bend Rule,
along with a fine (0.5mm) marking pencil. Micro-fine guide holes and slots at every 1/16",
1/32" and 1/64" scale position instantly locate your sharp pencil or scribe at the exact
measurement with zero uncertainty and no eye strain! Our Professional T-Rules even offer
marking holes every 1/100". This is unmatched in the industry.
Features:
Micro-fine guide holes and slots at every 1/16", 1/32", and 1/64" scale position for
exact measurements
Ensures precise marking with zero uncertainty and no eye strain
Professional T-Rules feature additional marking holes every 1/100" — unmatched in the
industry
Ideal for accurate, repeatable layout work in woodworking, metalworking, and other
precision crafts
Includes:
1 ea. Marking Rule
1 ea. Bend Rules
1 ea. Precision Marking T-Rule
1 ea. FREE Pencil
20972
Incra 6" Precision
Marking Protractor
34.99
6" Precision Marking Protractor
The Incra 6-Inch Precision Marking Protractor lets you plot any angle with ease and absolute
accuracy. A metal T-Bar and see-through cross hairs provide perfect alignment against the
edge of your work-piece. Remove the T-Bar to work on flat surfaces or to use the 6-inch
centering scale with micro-fine marking holes at every 1/32 inches. This marking protractor
has micro-fine guide holes at every 45-, 30-, 22.5-, 5-, 1-, and 0.5-degree intervals. Four
angle scales, including one for marking narrow stock, suit every need. Its easy on the eyes,
incredibly accurate, and just plain fun to use.
Features:
Protractor lets you plot any angle with ease and absolute accuracy
T-Bar and see-through crosshairs provide perfect alignment
6-inch centering scale with micro-fine marking holes at every 1/32 inches
Four angle scales, including one for marking narrow stock
Micro-fine guide holes at every 45-, 30-, 22.5-, 5-, 1-, and 0.5-degree intervals
20973
Incra
12" Center Finding Rule
24.95
12" Center Finding Rule
The INCRA Bend Rule is precisely what you need for layout and measurement along the edge of
a board or other work piece. We've put micro-fine marking holes at every scale line to
instantly locate your sharp pencil point or scribe exactly on target with zero uncertainty
and no eye strain! The 90° shape holds it snugly in place while the two scale surfaces let
you mark and measure on the top, edge and corners simultaneously! There are even two
vertical end scales for drawing precision parallel lines relative to the edge of your work.
Find the exact center of any work piece up to 12" wide
Find the exact center of any work piece up to 12" wide. In addition to top and bottom
micro-fine marking holes at every 1/32" it also has a built-in protractor with guide
slots at every 45°, 30°, 22.5°, and 5° intervals
Features
12" Centering Rule with protractor feature and precision marking holes at every 1/32"
Micro-fine marking holes and slots place your mark exactly on target
Mark the center of your work piece quickly and accurately
20974
Incra
3" Incra Pocket Marking Rule
10.95
3" Incra Pocket Marking Rule
At first glance you might think you are looking at an ordinary ruler. But look closer and
you will see micro-fine marking holes and slots every 1/16", 1/32" and 1/64" to instantly
locate a sharp pencil point or scribe EXACTLY where you want it. No more squinting as you
try to line up your pencil on that blur of lines along the edge of your old steel rule. Who
would have thought there was so much room for improvement in the common ruler. There WAS and
INCRA RULES is it!
Features:
Micro-fine marking holes and slots at every 1/16", 1/32" and 1/64" instantly locate a
sharp pencil point or scribe EXACTLY where you want it.
Instantly mark your position with zero uncertainty, zero parallax and zero eye strain
Flexible structure for working on curved surfaces
Ultra thin for ultra precision
Common ruler?...NO. Common sense?...Yes!
1563
iGaging
Digital Bevel Box
34.99
Digital Bevel Box
Take the guesswork out of setting up those critical bevel cuts on your table saw, jointer,
bandsaw or drill press table. Just set the unit on a flat reference surface, press the ZERO
button to calibrate the display then attach it to the saw blade, fence, etc. and precisely
adjust to the desired angle. The Angle Cube offering 0.2° accuracy with a resolution of
0.05° at a range of 90°. The large LCD screen makes it easy to read while strong magnets
hold the unit to any steel or cast iron surface. Spare battery included, measures 2 3/8" x 2
3/8" x 1 3/8".
Features:
Reading: 0.005°
Range: 4 x 90°
Accuracy: +/- 0.2°
Measures: 2-3/8" x 2-3/8" x 1-3/8"
Spare battery included
1487
Kreg
Multi-Mark / KMA2900
16.99
Multi-Mark Multi-Purpose Marking and Measuring Tool
The Kreg Multi-Mark (model KMA2900) is an incredibly handy multi-purpose marking and
measuring tool, perfect for a wide variety of household and jobsite applications. The
Multi-Mark features three different scale configurations, a built-in level, a handy
3/16-inch reveal gauge, and much more. Whether you need to transfer a measurement for that
last ceramic tile, layout some mitered corners, or just straighten a few simple picture
frames, the Multi-Mark is the only tool you'll need to get the job done.
One Tool Does it all
Layout Mitered Corners
Set 3/16" Reveals
Transfer Measurements
Align / Square Your Projects
Set Bit / Blade Heights
Layout Wall Studs
Use as a Basic Rule
Marking for Layout
Use as a Simple Level
3-Way Adjustable Rule
Imperial and Metric Scale
Compact Design
Layout Tool
Trimming Tool
T-Square
Depth Gauge
Torpedo Level
Story Stick
4780
Peachtree
Taper Jig Mini
79.99
Taper Jig Mini
Peachtree’s Taper Jig Mini has been designed to help you cut smooth, precise tapers on your
table saw. Cut tapers for table legs, sofas, occasional tables, segmented turning projects,
birdhouses, clocks and a whole lot more! For the super practical and often necessary
projects, the Taper Jig Mini is great for churning out a fist full of shims or opposing
wedge blocks for holding your work in place!
Taper Jig Mini Features:
Blade Safe Adjustable Hold Down clamps are made from a composite material that will
NOT damage your blade or cutters
Easy to store, portable, and easy to use
Large Easy to Grip Handle
Taper Jig Mini Includes:
Taper Jig Mini
2 ea. Blade Safe and Short Reach Adjustable Hold Down clamps
1 ea. 3/4" x 3/8” Aluminum Miter Bar
Detailed, Full Color Instructions
Easy to Use Especially on Smaller Table Saws
Easy to store, easy to take with you and easy to use especially on smaller table saws. The
included aluminum miter bar can be positioned in three different spots on the base to
accommodate a wide range of table saws. The miter bar has adjustable set screws to help
remove any side to side play. The miter bar is the industry standard 3/4" x 3/8" to fit most
table saws. If the miter bar doesn’t fit your saw, it can be replaced with a miter bar that
does.
Cut smooth, clean, precise tapers over and over again
Set the Taper Jig Mini up for a series of tapers that are the same size and you'll be done
cutting those tapers in on time at all! Making precise repetitive cuts is what this jig is
all about!
What can you do with this jig?
Be creative and make your next masterpiece with a little help from the Taper Jig Mini!. Make
game boards like backgammon boards, miniature models for presentations, table leg ends,
segmented pieces for woodturning projects, furniture legs and a whole lot more! Maybe we
should be asking what can't you do with this jig instead.
Keeping Your Investment Safe too
Many of us have invested a good amount of money in our table saw blades. The last thing we
want to do is ruin them by accidentally hitting metal. Both our clamps and the adjustable
stop are made from a composite material that will NOT harm your saw blade.
The Perfect Clamp for the Taper Jig Mini
The Blade Safe Hold Down Clamp can be positioned in three different locations depending on
how far the clamp must reach based on the width of your workpiece. The tips a wrapped in
firm yet receptive rubber material to grip the wood and each clamp has a large round knob
for quick adjustments. The Clamp itself is made from a composite material that won't damage
your table saw blade.
Aluminum Miter Bar
ALUMINUM
Miter bar for smooth run throughs and quick, easy adjustability
POSITIONABLE
With 3 different hole locations to accommodate a wide range of table saw configurations
REPLACEABLE
If the miter bar doesn’t fit your miter slot on your saw, you can replace it with one that
does
Large Handle Grip
With a rubber wrapped surface, the large handle is comfortable to hold and push. The handle
sits on the opposing side of your saw blade to keep your hand a safe distance away from the
blade at all times.
Also made of a composite material and for the very same reason as the clamps, is the
adjustable stop. Let’s face it, we’ve all done it where we set a jig or fixture for one
project and forget to re-adjust for the next project. If the stop is projecting past the
base it will get cut into. We specifically made this stop to take the cut as opposed to
damaging your valuable table saw blade.
The Taper Jig Mini also features large, easy to grip knobs and handles. The base has
reference marks at ¼ inch intervals for and easy setup process. Also included are two
anti-slip abrasive strips to keep the adjustable fence from slipping while in use. The base
is laminated and protected with a slick melamine surface that also helps prevent bowing and
warping. The MDF base provides zero-clearance support for clean, smooth cuts. The base is
approx. 7-1/4''W x 11-1/2''L x 1/2'' thick.
11595
Fulton Tablesaw
Crosscut Sled
119.99
Tablesaw Crosscut Sled with Stop Block and Adjustable Rails
If you own a table saw, you probably have come across a situation or two where you need to
make smaller cuts or make cross cuts. You may also have had the need to make repetitive cuts
of the same length. Making small cuts, cross cuts and repetitive length cuts is where table
saw crosscut sleds excel. Crosscut sleds help stabilize the work piece and are very accurate
since they are essentially calibrated to your saw during the sled building process
Tablesaw Crosscut Sled
Features:
Easy to Align & Setup
18” long by 16” wide
Crosscut small pieces
quickly and precisely
Crosscut panels
up to 13-1/2 inches wide
Adjustable Aluminum Tracks
designed to fit into standard ¾” x 3/8” miter slots can be adjusted side to side to
fit most any table saw
Adjustable Stop Block
for precision cuts. Made from composite material will not damage the blade
Transparent safety orange guard
Crosscut Small Pieces or Panels up to 13-1/2 Inches Wide
Cross-cutting small pieces can be challenging and sometimes a bit dangerous. We can use a
standard miter gauge, but that will typically let the cut off piece loose and it can fly off
the table or into the saw blade opening. In steps our Crosscut Sled with Stop Block and
Adjustable Rails. This little sled makes cutting off small pieces a breeze. While you can
crosscut small pieces with this sled, you can also crosscut panels up to 13-1/2 inches wide.
This makes it perfect for all kinds of projects where you need a straight line crosscut that
a miter saw simply can not make. It’s the perfect mid length cross cut solution.
Aluminum Tracks Designed to Fit Into Standard ¾” x 3/8” Miter Slots
The sled platform runs on two aluminum tracks that can be adjusted side to side to fit most
any table saw. The aluminum tracks are designed to fit into standard ¾” x 3/8” miter slots.
The tracks will not fit Ryobi table saw slots as well as a few other outlier table saws. We
ask that you please measure your slots before ordering.
Handy Stop Block Included
The stop block is made from a composite material so if it accidentally comes into to contact
with the saw blade, it will not damage the blade. The stop can be used on either side of the
sled and is ideal for duplicating the same length of cut over and over again as needed. The
sled measures approximately 18” long by 16” wide (measuring the base).
4577
Dubby Jr. Cutoff Sled
Left Side
139.99
Dubby Jr. Cutoff Sled
A new take on an already great idea, the 16" x 19" Dubby Jr. Crosscut Sled lets you
precisely hone in on your cutting angles for air-tight miter joints and perfectly fitting 90
degree cuts. Easy-to-read angle graduations and a user-friendly clearly marked scale with
the most popular shapes make setup easy and super accurate.
Note: Not compatible with DeWalt 7491RS jobsite saw. 3/4 of the platform should be
supported by your table saw.
Features:
Works with all types of table saws
Easy-to-read angle graduations
User-friendly clearly marked scale
The aluminum fence can be pivoted into the precise position angle
A stop block is included for repetitive length cuts
Hold down can be slightly rotated into position to keep your stock in place
The easy to read scale has pre-determined lines for any shape (from 4 to 16 sides)
Has the capacity to crosscut smaller panels
Smooth Sliding Components for Accurate Cuts Every Time
Cross-cutting small pieces can be challenging and sometimes a bit dangerous. We can use a
standard miter gauge, but that will typically let the cut off piece loose and it can fly off
the table or into the saw blade opening. The aluminum fence with adjustable MDF fence face
can be pivoted into the precise position angle. A stop block is included for repetitive
length cuts. The unique hold down can be slightly rotated into position to keep your stock
in place while making your cut. Together, these smooth sliding components work together to
produce accurate cuts every time.
Aluminum NoPlay Miter Bar Included
The miter bar can be positioned at any of the three position holes. Miter bar placement is
determined by the distance you have from your miter slot to the saw blade. Made from
aluminum, the bar will not bow or warp like some plastic or wood bars do. The one of a kind
Expandable Glides (Patent Pending) are designed expand or contract as you tighten or loosen
the center screw. Rotating clockwise expands the Expandable Glide while rotating the
counter-clockwise contracts/brings the Expandable Guide back toward the miter bar.
The Simplest, Most Accurate and Easiest to Read Scale Available
The Dubby Jr. angle scale is the simplest, most accurate and easiest to read scale
available. Being about 15-20 times more accurate than the average miter gauge, the scale has
pre-determined lines for any shape (from 4 to 16 sides) you want to cut. This means no
calculations, no hassles, and best of all, no test cuts for perfect results
Dubby Jr. Works With All Types of Table Saws
Widely regarded as the “best of the best” crosscut sled, the original Dubby had one flaw. It
was too large for some contractor and jobsite saws. Not anymore! The smaller in stature
Dubby Jr. works with all types of table saws giving you the opportunity for precision work
without spending a boatload of cash on larger machinery.
Note: Not compatible with DeWalt 7491RS jobsite saw. 3/4 of the platform should be
supported by your table saw.
Crosscut Smaller Panels Too
The Dubby Jr. has the capacity to crosscut smaller panels and allows you to do them safely.
Since the panels don't make contact with the table saw top, “walking” of the material is
virtually eliminated. This will allow you to cut perfectly square panels for your furniture
and cabinet making projects quickly, easily and accurately
4578
Dubby Jr. Cutoff Sled
Right Side
139.99
Dubby Jr. Cutoff Sled
A new take on an already great idea, the 16" x 19" Dubby Jr. Crosscut Sled lets you
precisely hone in on your cutting angles for air-tight miter joints and perfectly fitting 90
degree cuts. Easy-to-read angle graduations and a user-friendly clearly marked scale with
the most popular shapes make setup easy and super accurate.
Note: Not compatible with DeWalt 7491RS jobsite saw. 3/4 of the platform should be
supported by your table saw.
Features:
Works with all types of table saws
Easy-to-read angle graduations
User-friendly clearly marked scale
The aluminum fence can be pivoted into the precise position angle
A stop block is included for repetitive length cuts
Hold down can be slightly rotated into position to keep your stock in place
The easy to read scale has pre-determined lines for any shape (from 4 to 16 sides)
Has the capacity to crosscut smaller panels
Smooth Sliding Components for Accurate Cuts Every Time
Cross-cutting small pieces can be challenging and sometimes a bit dangerous. We can use a
standard miter gauge, but that will typically let the cut off piece loose and it can fly off
the table or into the saw blade opening. The aluminum fence with adjustable MDF fence face
can be pivoted into the precise position angle. A stop block is included for repetitive
length cuts. The unique hold down can be slightly rotated into position to keep your stock
in place while making your cut. Together, these smooth sliding components work together to
produce accurate cuts every time.
Aluminum NoPlay Miter Bar Included
The miter bar can be positioned at any of the three position holes. Miter bar placement is
determined by the distance you have from your miter slot to the saw blade. Made from
aluminum, the bar will not bow or warp like some plastic or wood bars do. The one of a kind
Expandable Glides (Patent Pending) are designed expand or contract as you tighten or loosen
the center screw. Rotating clockwise expands the Expandable Glide while rotating the
counter-clockwise contracts/brings the Expandable Guide back toward the miter bar.
The Simplest, Most Accurate and Easiest to Read Scale Available
The Dubby Jr. angle scale is the simplest, most accurate and easiest to read scale
available. Being about 15-20 times more accurate than the average miter gauge, the scale has
pre-determined lines for any shape (from 4 to 16 sides) you want to cut. This means no
calculations, no hassles, and best of all, no test cuts for perfect results
Dubby Jr. Works With All Types of Table Saws
Widely regarded as the “best of the best” crosscut sled, the original Dubby had one flaw. It
was too large for some contractor and jobsite saws. Not anymore! The smaller in stature
Dubby Jr. works with all types of table saws giving you the opportunity for precision work
without spending a boatload of cash on larger machinery.
Note: Not compatible with DeWalt 7491RS jobsite saw. 3/4 of the platform should be
supported by your table saw.
Crosscut Smaller Panels Too
The Dubby Jr. has the capacity to crosscut smaller panels and allows you to do them safely.
Since the panels don't make contact with the table saw top, “walking” of the material is
virtually eliminated. This will allow you to cut perfectly square panels for your furniture
and cabinet making projects quickly, easily and accurately
11563
Fulton Universal
Miter Gauge Fence
59.99
Universal Miter Gauge Fence
When cutting mitered angles with your table saw you always want to make sure that have
enough support of your stock when feeding it through the blade. The table saw blade is
rotating toward you at a high rate of speed and if your workpiece moves to the side, the
result can be scary and downright dangerous. With the help of a miter gauge and with our
Aluminum Miter Fence secured to it, you will have full support all the way up to the blade
on most of your miter angle cuts.
The Aluminum Miter Fence has been cut at 45 degrees on both ends of the fence. Doing this
allows you to get as close to the blade as possible so your workpiece is fully supported
throughout the cutting process. Straight cut or 90 degree cut fences have a large gap
between the fence and the blade because it can not get as close with the straight cut ends
on the fence.
Cross Cut Angles on Your Table Saw
While a simple miter gauge works pretty well when it comes to cutting angles on your table
saw, the miter gauge by itself does not offer much support near the blade when making cuts.
In steps the versatile and easy to install Fulton Aluminum Miter Fence!
The Perfect Add-On Accessory for Most Miter Gauges
Works with most any brand of miter gauge
Even works with old school style miter gauges (some minor miter gauge modification may be
required)
45 Degree cut fence ends offer maximum support when cross cutting on your table saw
Includes a sturdy aluminum flip stop for repetitive length cuts so you don't have to keep
measuring after every cut!
Includes a left reading and right reading sticky back tape for left or right tilt saws
Designed to Be Versatile
The Fulton Aluminum Miter Fence has been designed so it will fit most major brands of miter
gauges. From the Precision Kreg Fence to the high end INCRA miter gauge systems to most
every standard gauge in between, the Fulton Aluminum Miter Fence will likely fit. The
mounting slot on the back of the gauge can be used with standard height gauges and the fence
can also be flipped upside down so the slot will accommodate lower profiled miter gauges!
Does it Fit Your Old Delta Gauge???
The short answer is, why yes, yes it does! The longer, but not difficult to understand
answer is that the fence should fit most older gauges with the holes that are already in the
miter gauge head. If there aren't any holes or they just don't line up, we have provided
instructions on how to use a block of wood to remedy this or how to modify the miter gauge
itself to attach the Fulton Aluminum Fence.
Max Support Every Time!
Many miter gauge fences have flat or 90 degree ends. While this style of fence kind of
works, it is not the optimal way of fully supporting your stock piece through the cutting
process. The Fulton Aluminum Miter Fence features 45 degree cut ends which allows you to
achieve full support all the way up to the blade. This helps prevent pinching or binding
while cutting which ultimately helps prevent dangerous kickbacks.
Make your cut and accurately repeat...
When you need to cut multiple pieces to length, nothing is more frustrating than having to
move your piece into position, measure and adjust your piece again until you hit your mark.
With the Fulton Flip Stop, repeititve cuts on your table saw is super easy and super quick.
Simply slide the stop into position, lock it in place, lower the stop and slide your stock
piece up against the stop. Now your ready to make precise length cuts each and every time!
Left or Right? In this case, there's no wrong answer.
We have included a left reading tape and a right reading tape. The reason we have done this
is simply for the fact that some prefer one to the other and some saws dictate which one you
will use. Also keep in mind that you can always flip the tape upside down in relation to the
fence so that you can read the tape when looking down on the fence from above.
Many times when we make miter cuts on our table saw, we need 2 or more pieces that are the
exactly same length. While using the included measuring tapes that are included are pretty
good at this, we have also included a handy flip stop that locks into any location along the
length of the fence. This allows you to make repetitive length cuts without worrying if the
pieces will end up the same. The flip stop can can simply be flipped it up and out of your
way when not in use.
The Fulton Aluminum Miter Fence is made from one, solid piece of extruded aluminum and has
the exact same size track on the top of the fence as there is on the bottom. On the back,
there is an offset track for mounting the fence to a miter gauge.
The fence can be mounted to low profile miter gauges or standard profile miter gauges simply
by flipping the fence over to accommodate your miter gauge. This fence will fit most
available after market and factory table saw miter gauges, however some modification may be
required. Full color installation instructions are included.
4782
Multi-Position Bit & Blade Safe Hold Down Clamps 2PK
14.99
Multi-Position Bit & Blade Safe Hold Down Clamps
While working in our shops we are bound to make the occasional mistake. Whether you’re using
a shop made jig with a mis-aligned fence or you’ve built a track table and you nick one of
your hold down clamps with the router or saw, these type of things are bound to happen. The
Multi-Position Bit & Blade Safe Hold Down Clamps are specifically designed to take the
accidental cut without damaging your cutter and the clamp won’t shatter or disintegrate.
These super handy clamps have the same basic functionality as standard metal or aluminum
hold down clamps and more! You’ll be able to hold your stock down on multiple workshop jigs
and fixtures all without worrying about damaging your saw blades, router bits or CNC
cutters. The clamps have 3 different placement positions that can be moved inward and
outward depending on how much depth you need. The tips are wrapped in a ribbed rubber
material for extra gripping power.
Blade Safe • Router Bit Safe
Made from a composite material, the clamp body won't damage your valuable saw blades, router
bits or CNC machine bits!
3 Different Placement Positions
The clamps have 3 different placement positions that can be moved inward and outward
depending on how much depth you need. The tips are wrapped in a ribbed rubber material for
extra gripping power.
Ideal for Tapered Cuts on Your Table Saw
The unique “U” shaped design of each position on the clamp body allows the clamp to slightly
pivot when being secured providing even clamping pressure on your workpiece. The clamp body
not only keeps your saw blade, bit and CNC cutter safe, its super durable as well. This
clamp with its dense composite material is the ideal solution for many of our workshop jigs
and fixtures!
Perfect for Track Embedded Work Tables
Each clamp comes with a 3-1/4” long 5/16-18 T-bolt that fits into most aluminum tracks that
accept ¼” and 3/8” hex head bolts. The large knob on the clamp is the perfect size to make
quick adjustments. The T-bolt can be swapped out for a hex head bolt (not included)
depending on your track size. Ideal for track tables and other shop made jigs and fixtures.
702
PRO-GRIP 121" Modular Cam Action Guide Clamp
129.99
121" GCX Modular Cam Action Guide Clamp
Take your cutting precision to the next level with the PROGRIP GCX Clamp Edge Saw Guide—the
ultimate straight edge clamp for woodworkers, contractors, and DIY enthusiasts. Whether
you're breaking down sheet goods, ripping boards, or making detailed cuts, this modular
aluminum guide delivers track saw-like accuracy without the premium price tag. Built with a
heavy-duty yet lightweight aluminum body, the GCX Clamp Edge is engineered for durability
and smooth tool movement. Its adjustable clamping mechanism moves with the handle, allowing
for quick, one-sided adjustments—saving you time and effort on every project.
Streamline your workflow with the PROGRIP GCX Clamp Edge’s innovative one-sided clamping
system—perfect for woodworkers, contractors, and DIYers needing fast, accurate setup on job
sites or in the workshop.
Using multiple clamp connection configurations you can create clamping capacity lengths all
the way up to a whopping 121 inches! Now you can rip material over 10 feet long with
accuracy!
Heavy-Duty Aluminum Construction Built from lightweight yet rugged aluminum, the GCX Clamp
Edge resists warping and wear. Its smooth surface allows power tools to glide effortlessly,
reducing friction and improving cut accuracy.
701
PRO-GRIP 100" Modular Cam Action Guide Clamp
109.99
100" GCX Modular Cam Action Guide Clamp
Take your woodworking precision to the next level with the ProGrip 100" Straight Edge
Clamp—a professional-grade saw guide designed for clean, accurate cuts across a wide range
of materials. Whether you're ripping full sheets of plywood or making crosscuts on MDF, this
clamp delivers unmatched control and consistency. Built from high-strength extruded
aluminum, the ProGrip clamp is both lightweight and rugged, making it ideal for job sites,
garages, and DIY workspaces. Its extendable design starts at 50 inches and expands to a full
100 inches, giving you the flexibility to tackle both small and large projects without
needing multiple clamps or guide rails. Setup is fast and frustration-free thanks to the
integrated quick-release mechanism and dual cam locking system, which delivers over 110
pounds of clamping force. The broad clamping surface ensures even pressure across your
workpiece, while the pads protect delicate surfaces from scratches and slipping.
Features:
Modular & Extendable Design
: Expands up to 100 inches of clamping capacity.
Quick One-Sided Adjustment
: Enables fast and accurate setup.
Universal Tool Compatibility
: Works with most circular saws, routers, and jigsaws for track-saw like precision.
Durable Aluminum Construction
: Lightweight, rugged, and resists warping for smooth tool glide.
Streamline your workflow with the PROGRIP GCX Clamp Edge’s innovative one-sided clamping
system—perfect for woodworkers, contractors, and DIYers needing fast, accurate setup on job
sites or in the workshop.
Heavy-Duty Aluminum Construction Built from lightweight yet rugged aluminum, the GCX Clamp
Edge resists warping and wear. Its smooth surface allows power tools to glide effortlessly,
reducing friction and improving cut accuracy.
5601
Bar/Parallel Clamp Modular Clamp Rack - 3 Pack
39.80
Bar/Parallel Clamp Modular Clamp Rack - 3 Pack
Three Bar/Parallel clamp racks, each pre drilled 16 inches on center and each with opposing
modular tabs on both ends for the ultimate space saving clamp rack system! Simply attach one
rack to your standard 16 inch on center wall studs and your ready to easily and quickly
align the other two clamp racks using the opposing modular tabs as your guide. The racks fit
together for a perfect fit on your wall, saving you valuable space and keeping your clamps
organized!
Bar/Parallel Clamp Modular Clamp Rack Set Features:
Holds up to 21 Bar/Parallel Clamps
Pre drilled 16 inches on center
Modular tabs are precision milled to fit perfectly with the next clamp rack
Designed to be mounted directly to your workshop or garage wall studs
Can also be mounted to standard dry wall
Bar/Parallel Clamp Modular Clamp Rack Set Includes:
3 ea. Bar/Parallel Clamp Modular Clamp Racks
Instructions
Mounting Hardware.
The Perfect Fit
Even if you have each of the three styles of clamp rack, the modular tabs will fit
seamlessly together for the perfect fit! This allows you to save space on your shop
walls and store as many clamps as you need!
Full Length Instructional Video for Modular Clamp Racks
Finally a space saving, modular clamp rack system that's made for 16 inch on center walls!
Line them up in line, stack them from top to bottom or configure the modular clamp racks
any way you want to! These racks fit seamlessly together so you can maximize your wall
space and stay organized.
Uniquely Designed for the Everyday Home Workshop
Save space and organize your clamps with the easy to setup and install modular clamp racks.
Once you install the first one, aligning in installing the rest in line is a breeze!
(installing the first is just as easy!)
Precision Milled Modular Tabs
The modular tabs are precision milled to fit perfectly with the next clamp rack. In this
pack, we have included three 16 inch on center racks to give you a full 48 inches of clamp
rack storage! Designed to be mounted directly to your workshop or garage wall studs, the
racks can also be mounted to standard dry wall. We recommend using a stud finder to locate
your 16 inch on center marks before mounting.
Zero Guess Work Involved
The tabs fit together like puzzle pieces so there is zero guess work involved. You can add
as many racks as you need to store all of your clamps in one convenient space. Another great
feature is that you can configure the racks anywhere on your wall to accommodate for longer
or shorter clamps. In other words, you don’t have to have the racks in one single line. You
can stack them top to bottom as needed.
From F-Clamps to Parallel Bar Clamps
We all seem to experience the same issue in our garage or workshop. We are told that we can
never have to many clamps. While this is true, how do we keep our clamps organized without
taking up unnecessary space? Introducing the modular clamp racks that fit together to reduce
your storage footprint
Note: 9 total racks are shown in this image.
Add as many racks as you want or need!
The best part about our modular clamp racks is that you can keep on adding more racks as
you get more clamps and they'll fit together like a glove! Extra rack 3 packs are sold
separately. Each rack is made of heavy duty steel so they can hold your heavier clamps
without fail and stand up to daily workshop use. The racks have an angled front lip to
keep your clamps in place so they wont accidentally slide out when not in use.
Note: 9 total racks are shown in the above image.
5602
F-Clamp Modular Clamp Rack - 3 Pack
37.99
F-Clamp Modular Clamp Rack - 3 Pack
Three F-Clamp racks, each pre drilled 16 inches on center and each with opposing modular
tabs on both ends for the ultimate space saving clamp rack system! Simply attach one rack to
your standard 16 inch on center wall studs and your ready to easily and quickly align the
other two clamp racks using the opposing modular tabs as your guide. The racks fit together
for a perfect fit on your wall, saving you valuable space and keeping your clamps organized!
F-Clamp Modular Clamp Rack Set Features:
Holds up to 30 F-Clamps
Pre drilled 16 inches on center
Modular tabs are precision milled to fit perfectly with the next clamp rack
Designed to be mounted directly to your workshop or garage wall studs
Can also be mounted to standard dry wall
F-Clamp Modular Clamp Rack Set Includes:
3 ea. F-Clamp Modular Clamp Racks
Instructions
Mounting Hardware.
The Perfect Fit
Even if you have each of the three styles of clamp rack, the modular tabs will fit
seamlessly together for the perfect fit! This allows you to save space on your shop
walls and store as many clamps as you need!
Full Length Instructional Video for Modular Clamp Racks
Finally a space saving, modular clamp rack system that's made for 16 inch on center walls!
Line them up in line, stack them from top to bottom or configure the modular clamp racks
any way you want to! These racks fit seamlessly together so you can maximize your wall
space and stay organized.
Uniquely Designed for the Everyday Home Workshop
Save space and organize your clamps with the easy to setup and install modular clamp racks.
Once you install the first one, aligning in installing the rest in line is a breeze!
(installing the first is just as easy!)
Precision Milled Modular Tabs
The modular tabs are precision milled to fit perfectly with the next clamp rack. In this
pack, we have included three 16 inch on center racks to give you a full 48 inches of clamp
rack storage! Designed to be mounted directly to your workshop or garage wall studs, the
racks can also be mounted to standard dry wall. We recommend using a stud finder to locate
your 16 inch on center marks before mounting.
Zero Guess Work Involved
The tabs fit together like puzzle pieces so there is zero guess work involved. You can add
as many racks as you need to store all of your clamps in one convenient space. Another great
feature is that you can configure the racks anywhere on your wall to accommodate for longer
or shorter clamps. In other words, you don’t have to have the racks in one single line. You
can stack them top to bottom as needed.
From F-Clamps to Parallel Bar Clamps
We all seem to experience the same issue in our garage or workshop. We are told that we can
never have to many clamps. While this is true, how do we keep our clamps organized without
taking up unnecessary space? Introducing the modular clamp racks that fit together to reduce
your storage footprint
Note: 9 total racks are shown in this image.
Add as many racks as you want or need!
The best part about our modular clamp racks is that you can keep on adding more racks as
you get more clamps and they'll fit together like a glove! Extra rack 3 packs are sold
separately. Each rack is made of heavy duty steel so they can hold your heavier clamps
without fail and stand up to daily workshop use. The racks have an angled front lip to
keep your clamps in place so they wont accidentally slide out when not in use.
Note: 9 total racks are shown in the above image.
5603
Pipe Clamp Modular Clamp Rack - 3 Pack
39.99
Pipe Clamp Modular Clamp Rack - 3 Pack
Three pipe clamp racks, each pre drilled 16 inches on center and each with opposing modular
tabs on both ends for the ultimate space saving clamp rack system! Simply attach one rack to
your standard 16 inch on center wall studs and your ready to easily and quickly align the
other two clamp racks using the opposing modular tabs as your guide. The racks fit together
for a perfect fit on your wall, saving you valuable space and keeping your clamps organized!
Pipe Clamp Modular Clamp Rack Set Features:
Holds up to 21 Pipe Clamp
Pre drilled 16 inches on center
Modular tabs are precision milled to fit perfectly with the next clamp rack
Designed to be mounted directly to your workshop or garage wall studs
Can also be mounted to standard dry wall
Pipe Clamp Modular Clamp Rack Set Includes:
3 ea. Pipe Clamp Modular Clamp Racks
Instructions
Mounting Hardware.
The Perfect Fit
Even if you have each of the three styles of clamp rack, the modular tabs will fit
seamlessly together for the perfect fit! This allows you to save space on your shop
walls and store as many clamps as you need!
Full Length Instructional Video for Modular Clamp Racks
Finally a space saving, modular clamp rack system that's made for 16 inch on center walls!
Line them up in line, stack them from top to bottom or configure the modular clamp racks
any way you want to! These racks fit seamlessly together so you can maximize your wall
space and stay organized.
Uniquely Designed for the Everyday Home Workshop
Save space and organize your clamps with the easy to setup and install modular clamp racks.
Once you install the first one, aligning in installing the rest in line is a breeze!
(installing the first is just as easy!)
Precision Milled Modular Tabs
The modular tabs are precision milled to fit perfectly with the next clamp rack. In this
pack, we have included three 16 inch on center racks to give you a full 48 inches of clamp
rack storage! Designed to be mounted directly to your workshop or garage wall studs, the
racks can also be mounted to standard dry wall. We recommend using a stud finder to locate
your 16 inch on center marks before mounting.
Zero Guess Work Involved
The tabs fit together like puzzle pieces so there is zero guess work involved. You can add
as many racks as you need to store all of your clamps in one convenient space. Another great
feature is that you can configure the racks anywhere on your wall to accommodate for longer
or shorter clamps. In other words, you don’t have to have the racks in one single line. You
can stack them top to bottom as needed.
From F-Clamps to Parallel Bar Clamps
We all seem to experience the same issue in our garage or workshop. We are told that we can
never have to many clamps. While this is true, how do we keep our clamps organized without
taking up unnecessary space? Introducing the modular clamp racks that fit together to reduce
your storage footprint
Note: 9 total racks are shown in this image.
Add as many racks as you want or need!
The best part about our modular clamp racks is that you can keep on adding more racks as
you get more clamps and they'll fit together like a glove! Extra rack 3 packs are sold
separately. Each rack is made of heavy duty steel so they can hold your heavier clamps
without fail and stand up to daily workshop use. The racks have an angled front lip to
keep your clamps in place so they wont accidentally slide out when not in use.
Three assorted racks, each pre drilled 16 inches on center and each with opposing modular
tabs on both ends for the ultimate space saving clamp rack system! Simply attach one rack to
your standard 16 inch on center wall studs and your ready to easily and quickly align the
other two clamp racks using the opposing modular tabs as your guide. The racks fit together
for a perfect fit on your wall, saving you valuable space and keeping your clamps organized!
Assorted Modular Clamp Rack Set Features:
Bar/Parallel Clamp Rack Holds up to 7 Bar/Parallel Clamps
F-Clamp Rack Holds up to 10 F-Clamps
Pipe Clamp Rack Holds up to 7 Pipe Clamps
Pre drilled 16 inches on center
Modular tabs are precision milled to fit perfectly with the next clamp rack
Designed to be mounted directly to your workshop or garage wall studs
Can also be mounted to standard dry wall
Assorted Modular Clamp Rack Set Includes:
1 ea. Pipe Clamp Modular Clamp Rack
1 ea. Bar/Parallel Clamp Modular Clamp Rack
1 ea. F-Style Clamp Modular Clamp Rack
Instructions
Mounting Hardware.
The Perfect Fit
Even if you have each of the three styles of clamp rack, the modular tabs will fit
seamlessly together for the perfect fit! This allows you to save space on your shop
walls and store as many clamps as you need!
Full Length Instructional Video for Modular Clamp Racks
Finally a space saving, modular clamp rack system that's made for 16 inch on center walls!
Line them up in line, stack them from top to bottom or configure the modular clamp racks
any way you want to! These racks fit seamlessly together so you can maximize your wall
space and stay organized.
Uniquely Designed for the Everyday Home Workshop
Save space and organize your clamps with the easy to setup and install modular clamp racks.
Once you install the first one, aligning in installing the rest in line is a breeze!
(installing the first is just as easy!)
Precision Milled Modular Tabs
The modular tabs are precision milled to fit perfectly with the next clamp rack. In this
pack, we have included three 16 inch on center racks to give you a full 48 inches of clamp
rack storage! Designed to be mounted directly to your workshop or garage wall studs, the
racks can also be mounted to standard dry wall. We recommend using a stud finder to locate
your 16 inch on center marks before mounting.
Zero Guess Work Involved
The tabs fit together like puzzle pieces so there is zero guess work involved. You can add
as many racks as you need to store all of your clamps in one convenient space. Another great
feature is that you can configure the racks anywhere on your wall to accommodate for longer
or shorter clamps. In other words, you don’t have to have the racks in one single line. You
can stack them top to bottom as needed.
From F-Clamps to Parallel Bar Clamps
We all seem to experience the same issue in our garage or workshop. We are told that we can
never have to many clamps. While this is true, how do we keep our clamps organized without
taking up unnecessary space? Introducing the modular clamp racks that fit together to reduce
your storage footprint
Note: 9 total racks are shown in this image.
Add as many racks as you want or need!
The best part about our modular clamp racks is that you can keep on adding more racks as
you get more clamps and they'll fit together like a glove! Extra rack 3 packs are sold
separately. Each rack is made of heavy duty steel so they can hold your heavier clamps
without fail and stand up to daily workshop use. The racks have an angled front lip to
keep your clamps in place so they wont accidentally slide out when not in use.
Note: 9 total racks are shown in the above image.
7278
Ron Brown's Turning Mate™ Mobile Turning Tool Caddy
89.99
Turning Mate™ Mobile Turning Tool Caddy
Access your lathe turning tools at a moments notice with the Turning Mate™ - the Mobile
Turning Tool Caddy. Five swivel casters with brakes allow you to roll the tool caddy into
any position that is comfortable for you while turning. Comes with 12 total rubber pods.
Note: Tools not included
Features:
Easy, mobile access to your turning tools
Place the caddy where you need it
Room for 24 total turning tools
Comes with 12 total rubber pods
(6 Small and 6 Large pods).
Additional Pods are Sold Separately
Built in "lay down" rack in the middle for the most often used tools
5 casters with locking brakes on each
Includes:
Turning Mate™ Mobile Turning Tool Caddy
12 soft rubber Tool Pods (6 for large tools and 6 for small tools)
Quicker Access to Your Tools
Rubber Tool Pod inserts allow you to store your tools and allow you to see what tool to
grab. You can also lay three tools down in the three notches on the caddy tray for even
quicker access to your tools.
Note: Tools not included
Room for 24 Total Turning Tools
The Turning Mate can hold up to 24 Tool Pods. The caddy tray includes 12 soft rubber Tool
Pods (6 for large tools and 6 for small tools).
Note: Tools not included.Additional Pods are Sold Separately
7764
Savannah Hollowing Carbide
Turning Tool Set
289.99
Hollowing Carbide Turning Tool Set
Hollow forms can be one of the most gratifying wood turning projects you can do. The result
when you complete your hollow form is a tremendous sense of accomplishment. The overall look
and feel of a piece of wood that is hollowed out with uniform side walls is very unique and
usually begs the question, did you make that? That just may be wood turners' favorite
response to projects they show friends and family.
The #1 Hollower
is designed to remove most of the material in the center of your hollow form. With its
straight bar, the #1 Hollower is perfect for working the center of your project
Tool Bar: 1/2” Sq x 8.5”
The #2 Hollower
has a hooked neck to help work further out on the side walls of your hollow form.
Perfect for clearing out the mid-range or intermediate areas in all your hollow forms.
Tool Bar: 3/8” x 3/4” x 7-3/4”
The #3 Hollower
has an even more pronounce hook on the end for working the side wall even further. The
#3 tool will allow you to work all the out the inside lip of your hollow form project
Tool Bar: 3/8” x 3/4” x 7-3/4”
Now You Can Hollow Forms With Confidence!
The Savannah Hollowing Tools are perfect for larger hollowing turning projects. Instead of
cutting the wood which can sometimes cause the tool to catch, the Savannah Hollowing tools
employ a razor-sharp carbide cutter that shears the wood. The flat bar in combination with
the carbide cutter makes the hollowing process easier by helping you keep your tool parallel
to the lathe bed. This means much less tool movement and much less chance for catching. Now
you can hollow forms with confidence!
Heavy Duty Flat Steel Bars
Hollow forms can be a bit tricky since it’s difficult to see inside of the form when
you’re turning. Most hollowing tools have a heavy, cumbersome round shank that can be
difficult to control. This makes hitting your marks difficult and sometimes dangerous.
The Savannah Carbide Hollower tools eliminate this issue with heavy duty flat steel bars
with a replaceable carbide tip cutter.
19" Heavy Duty Wood Handle
The Savannah Hollowing Tools each have a heavy hardwood handle that is a full 19” long
to provide you with plenty of leverage for larger hollowing projects. The tools are held
on to the handle with a heavy-duty ferrule for extra stability. The base of each handle
is flush wrapped with a comfortable rubber grip to help absorb vibration and reduce hand
fatigue.
Tungsten Carbide Tip Cutter
The carbide tip cutter is made from tungsten carbide and is designed to shear the wood
versus cutting the wood like traditional hollowers. This helps produce a better finish which
in turn means less sanding. When it's time, you can loosen the set screw and rotate the
cutter a quarter turn to cut with a fresh, razor-sharp edge. When the cutter is used up,
simply replace the carbide cutter with a new one (replacement cutter not included).
7382
Savannah 3 Piece
Mini Turning Tool Set
149.99
3 Piece Carbide Mini Turning Tool Set
Easy wood turning on your lathe with Savannah Carbide Turning tools. We all know how
"enjoyable" sharpening our turning tools can be. We also know that if you don't have the
tool at just the right angle when turning, the results can be undesirable. With the Savannah
Carbide Mini Turning Tool Set you can eliminate the inconvenience of sharpening your turning
tools and with the flat bottom bars on each tool you’ll be able to easily turn most any type
of project! When the carbide cutter on the tool finally dulls, simply loosen the cutter
screw, rotate the tip and secure the screw for a fresh, clean cutting edge. Carbide cutters
will stay sharper longer when compared to standard turning tools. However, once needed, the
cutters are replaceable. This set includes 2 of each cutter style and extra screws.
The Most Complete Mini Carbide Turning Tool Set
With everything you need to get started right out of the box, this mini carbide turning tool
set is perfect beginners and advanced turners alike. Made from high quality materials and
with well thought out features.
A cutter for most any application
Square Cutter:
Roughs out the majority of the material
Round Cutter:
Finishes your turning project
Diamond Shape Cutter:
Add some detail to your project
Unlike standard wood turning tools
Unlike standard wood turning tools, when using carbide tipped cutters, you keep the
cutter straight in on the object you are turning. This produces a shearing action as
opposed to the traditional cutting method of standard turning tools. The shearing action
of this type of turning produces much cleaner cuts and is easier than using standard
turning tools.
Flat Bottom Bars Make The Turning World Go Round
The unique flat bottom bars on the Savannah Mini Carbide Turning Tools makes the turning
process much easier than with traditional turning tools. The flat bottom help you keep the
tool straight and prevents unintentionally "rolling" the bar to one side or the other. This
helps produce wonderful looking results each and every time you use these tools.
Bottle Stoppers, Mini Cowboy Hats, Goblets, Pencil Holders and More!
Let your imagination run wild! Create most any type of turning project you can imagine using
these mini turning tools!
Whats In The Box?
3 turning tools with steel flat bottom bars
2 ea. 4" radius square carbide cutters
2 ea. round carbide cutters
2 ea. diamond shaped carbide cutters
5 cutter head mounting screws
2 hex key wrenches
Additional Specifications
Each mini turning tool has a Flush Fit Comfort Grip handle. Each handle is approx.
9-1/8" long and has a heavy duty steel ferrule for added strength and support. The steel
ferrule is riveted to the handle. Each turning tool steel bar is approx. 3¾” long. Also
included with this set is a thick, heavy duty carrying case with a removable foam tray
liner. The tray is pre-cut so the turning tools neatly fit into the tray to keep them
from sliding around. The tray can be removed so the carrying case can be repurposed for
any type of tool or accessory storage you choose. The set comes with basic carbide
turning tool instructions.
7559
Savannah Heavy Duty Dual Bearing Live Center - MT2
119.99
Heavy Duty - Dual Bearing Live Center
The Savannah Heavy Duty Live Center is designed for wood turners. A threaded, rotating, cup
center, is the only component that rotates. This features produces a safer turning
environment.
A lot of wood turners don’t think about the live center that’s in their tailstock until it
makes a funny noise, vibrates a little or even worse it seizes up and stops working
altogether. In many instances, that funny noise or vibration leads to irritating marks or
spirals in your project. This can typically be traced to play on a less than perfect factory
lathe issued “live center”. The Precision Machined, Heavy Duty, Dual Bearing Live Center
from Savannah addresses this issue and more!
A Great Value, Without Sacrificing Quality
Why not own a live center that does a little bit of everything rather than having multiple
live centers cluttering up your workshop! The Savannah Heavy Duty Live Center performs
multiple tasks for multiple wood turning projects and it does it all without breaking the
bank. High quality construction along with excellent performance makes this live center
perfect for any level of wood turner. From the super smooth operation to the minimal amount
of play, this live center was built to perform.
Precision Machined to Exacting Specifications
3/4" x 10 tpi threads accepts the large, reversible 3-3/8" bull nose cone. The cone can be
threaded on in either direction making it ideal for small or larger turning projects.
Precision Ground Hard Steel Shaft fits perfect into the machined bearings and rotates
smoothly when in operation.
Two Sealed bearings inside of the Machined Turned Bearing Housing produces a super smooth
rotation with very minimal play when in use. This makes the live center perfect for even
the most discriminating wood turner.
The main housing of the live center is made from a Machined Turned Steel Alloy that is
Finished with a smooth Black Oxide Coating.
Removable Center Spur Point
The standard center spur point is easily removable with the included knockout rod. The
center spur point is generally used for smaller turning projects like pens, pencils,
tops and more...
60 Degree Live Center
This live center can be used for many different turning projects but is ideal for medium
to larger size projects and works well when turning spindles.
3-3/8" Bull Nose Cone
When facing outward, the bull nose cone allow you to place larger round spheres in the
cup shape. This allows for superior control when turning these types of objects
3-3/8" Bull Nose Cone Inverted
When inverted like this, the bull nose cone fits neatly into larger vessel openings and
makes the vessel turning process much more stable.
The Ideal Center for All Wood Turners
The Savannah Heavy Duty Dual Bearing Live Center is the perfect addition to any wood tuners
collection of lathe accessories. Its perfect for projects large or small. With the 60 degree
Live Center attachment and the Bull Nose Cone, this live center is even more versatile than
most any other live center available. The live center also includes a knockout rod to
quickly tap the center out of the tailstock when the live center is no longer required for
use.
Large, Oversized Pockets
1 each Heavy Duty, Dual Bearing Live Center
1 each 3-3/8" Bullnose Reversible Cone
1 each 1-5/8" 60 Degree Live Center Point
1 each Removable Center Point
1 each Knockout Rod
7004
Savannah
Pen Press
39.99
Pen Press
If you have ever tried to assemble a pen without some sort of press or jig, then you know
how difficult it can be. Keeping the pieces and parts together and in line can be a chore
all on its own. This pen press eliminates those typical headaches when assembling pens. From
the tip to the caps and most everything in between, this press will help you produce
wonderful looking and properly working pens each and every time you use it.
Pressing Pen Parts Has Never Been Easier!
Press Pen Tips
The UHMW stop has a counter sunk hole drilled in the center to comfortably accept most
any pen tip. Once aligned, pressing the pen tip is quick, smooth and easy.
Press Clips and Caps
Using the dowel to hole the pen barrel in place, pressing the clip and the cap on at the
same time is a breeze.
Press Pen Mechanisms
When you need to press your pen mechanism into the bottom pen barrel, you need to be
sure you press it into the proper depth and no further. The pen press makes achieving
the perfect touch easy once you get the hang of it!
Smooth, Easy Operation...
This pen press is simplistic in design but functions exactly as it was meant to do. When
pressing your pens, you don't want any sort of sudden or jerky movements. Our pen press
provides you with an easy way of assembling your pens. The press operates very smoothly and
allows you to place précised amounts of pressure on you pen parts as needed. This come in
especially handy when pressing the pen mechanism into place. The mechanism can only go in so
far and unlike the tip, cap and clip, there is no physical stopping point. All there is, is
a groove around the mechanism tube. The press allows you to slowly press the mechanism right
into place without pushing it in past the mark.
Included dowels to Keep Barrel Upright
Two wooden dowels are included. The dowels fit right into the predrilled hole on the UHMW
pressure stop. Each dowel will protrude outward from the stop in order to hold the barrel in
a horizontal position. This is a big help when pressing the cap and clip into the barrel.
Lets make the perfect pen...
While we all want to make the perfect pen to give to someone or to have in our family as a
keepsake, sometimes our tools just don't quite do the trick. The Pen Press is an absolute
pen turning necessity that every wood turner should have. It not only helps assemble your
pens, but it does it in a manner designed to be delicate with your pens. This pen press will
exert up to and about 30 pounds of pressure which is more than enough to press properly
turned and aligned pens. If you pen is not properly aligned, we recommend making any
necessary adjustments to make it align properly before using the pen press.
7176
Savannah Gold Slimline
Pen Turning Kit - MT2
69.99
Gold Slimline Pen Turning Kit - Morse Taper 2
In this starter kit you will find the necessary components to make your own unique pens.
Included with this set is a mores taper pen mandrel that holds the arbor firmly yet
allows the arbor length to be adjusted to match the pen being turned. Use the barrel
trimmer to achieve perfectly milled ends on your pen blanks before start to turn them.
This set also includes a 7mm drill bit for drilling your pen blanks, and ana pen tube
insertion tool to keep the glue off your fingers.
Pen Kit Contents:
5 ea. 14kt Gold Slim Line pen kits
1 ea. Barrel Trimmer
1 ea. 7mm Drill Bit
1 ea. Pen Tube Insertion Tool
1 ea. MT-2 Pen Mandrel
2 ea. Wrenches (19mm) for Pen Mandrel
10268
Veneer Variety Pack for Marquetry and Inlay Work
29.41
Veneer Variety Pack
15 total square feet
Finally an assortment of colored veneers in various wood types that are ideal for marquetry,
inlay, woodworking projects and more! 15 square feet of both domestic and exotic wood types
ranging from mahogany, redwood burl, chestnut to Purple Heart, teak, zebra wood and
everything in between! No variety pack is the same and each pack comes with different wood
types, grains and dyed colors! This makes the veneer variety pack ideal for marquetry and
inlay woodworking!
Each veneer is approximately 1/42" thick which makes the veneer easy to work with and
comfortable to cut to exact shapes and sizes. From building a fine guitar and adding
wonderful and colorful artwork to making a family heirloom, using these veneers will help
you achieve the final look you want!
Proudly Made in The USA!
For more than 30 years, Sauer's and Company has been the favored supplier in high-quality
veneers. We are known for our veneer cutting accuracy and consistent high-quality products.
Today, Sauers & Company Veneers is the leading supplier of wood veneer hobby packs, edge
banding, decorative inlays, and veneer sheets, with more than 125 wood species
Time to get creative
This veneer pack has be designed for use with marquetry and inlay woodworking projects. The
veneers are easy to work with and can be cut into most any shape you can imagine. This
allows you to be as creative as you want to be to make your project as unique as possible.
Shape the Veneer Anyway You Want
Whether its round, square, angled or just plain shapes, these veneers have been specifically
made so you can cut extra small pieces or large pieces to your exact shape and size.
Basic Plus Colors equals amazing looking projects!
Sometimes you don't have to be an artist to create a wonderful looking project. Many times,
simple shapes with a splash of color can all the difference in the world! Even just a little
contrast between two types of wood can make your project pop!
Keep it Simple or Go All Out!
You can keep your projects simple or get as fancy as you want to using these top quality,
USA made veneers!
Variety Packs may include the following wood types:
Afrormosia, Adler Knotty, Ambrosia Maple, AshBurl White, Ash FC, Bamboo Caramel Vertical,
Bamboo Horiz-Carmel, Bamboo-Natural Horizontal, Bamboo Natural Vert, Beech European,
Birdseye Heavy, Birdseye Medium, Bubinga FC, Bubinga-QTR, Carolina Pine, Cedar Aromatic Red,
Cherry PSFC, Cherry Qtr, Chestnut, Chesnut Wormy, Clear-Adler, Curly Maple, Cypress, Douglas
Fir Vertical Grain, Ebony Macassar, Elm, Elm Burl, English Sycamore, Figure Qtr, Etimoe
Curly Figure, Eucalyptus Fumed, Euro Stm Beech FC, Euro Stm Beech Qtr, Figure FC Cherry,
Hickory Pecan FC, Jatoba FC, Kevazinga, Knotty Pine, Koa, Lacewood Silky Oak, Lyptus PS,
Lyptus Qtr, Madrone Burl, Mahogany Crotch, Makore, Makore Mottle, Maple Burl, Maple Curly
Figure, Maple FC, Maple Qtr, Mappa Burl, Movinque, Myrtle Burl, Oak Fumed, Olive Ash Burl,
Oak, White Rift, Padauk, Pearwood, Pine Clear White, PS Anegre, PS Fig White Maple, PS
Mahogany, Purpleheart, Qtr Anegre, Qtr Ash, Qtr Figured Anegre Heavy, Qtr Figured Anegre
Medium, Qtr Figured Cherry, Qtr Figure Makore, Qtr Figured Makore Block Mottled, Qtr Figured
Maple, Qtr Mahogany, Qtr Makore, Qtr White Ash, Quilted Maple, Red Oak FC, Red Oak Qtr
Flakey, Red Oak Rift, Redwood Burl, Rosewood Santos, Rotary Whole Piece Maple, Sapele
Pommele, Sapele Quarter Cut RIbbon, Sapeli PS, Spanish Cedar, Teak PS, Teak Quarter Cut,
Walnut Burl, Walnut Birdseye African, Walnut PS, Walnut Quarter Cut, wenge PS, Wenge Quarter
Cut, White Birch Rotary, White Oak FC, White Oak Fumed, White Oak Quarter Cut Flaky, White
Oak Quarter Cut Flaky or Zebrawood Quarter CutT
10246
Fulton
Veneer Scraper
14.99
Veneer Scraper
If you have ever applied veneer to any type of substrate material then you probably know
that rollers work pretty well but leave air pockets or bubbles behind almost every time.
That’s where the Fulton Veneer Scraper steps in. With its beveled edges and long hardwood
handle, you’ll be able to work out every last air pocket or bubble all the while gaining
maximum adhesion to your substrate!
The Fulton Veneer Scraper is designed to be used on veneer when it is bonded to a substrate
using contact cement or PSA backed veneers. The basic idea with this simple but very useful
and effective tool is that all of the leverage of your arm and hand force is concentrated at
the tip of the tool. This focuses all the pressure to the veneer and allows you to gain
excellent adhesion.
The hardwood handle is approximately 11” long and approximately 5/8” thick. We have shaped
the handle so its comfortably curved to fit into the palm of your hand. This makes it easy
to grip and wont dig or tear into your hand while applying heavy pressure. The thick
hardwood stands up to repeated, heavy pressure scrapes on project after project after
project.
Apply pressure where its needed...
The scraper is made from a very rigid plastic material that doesn’t flex or give. This along
with the beveled edges allows you to focus heavy pressure as needed on your veneer.
Smooth Beveled Edges
The business end of the scraper has beveled edges so the scraper doesn't dig into or tear at
your wood veneer sheets when applying pressure. The Scraper is ready to go right out of the
package with no need to de-burr the edges.
Thick Comfortable Grip Hardwood Handle
The 5/8" thick handle is not only comfortable to grip and use, its also very rigid and
sturdy. It will stand up to repeated and prolonged use for years of workshop service.
Just the right size
The scraper and the handle together were designed to provide the right amount of leverage to
be able to achieve the best bond possible between your veneer and substrate. The scraper
measures approximately 3-11/16” wide by 2-1/16” tall and is secured to the handle using
connector bolts. These bolts can be removed if you need to repair or replace the scraper.
Drag Outward From the Center
Simply angle the scraper and pull or drag the scraper from the center of your project
outward toward the edge. This will pull all of the imperfections (bubbles/air pockets) to
the edge of your substrate
Start at Number 1
Starting in the center of your project (1) and working your way outward in sequential order
will help you cover your entire workpiece. Always remember to go with the grain of your
veneer when applying pressure with the veneer scraper. Going against or across the grain
will likely damage your veneer.
2212
Fulton
Laminate J Roller
15.99
Laminate J Roller
Applying veneer, laminate or even wall coverings usually requires some tools that you may
not find in your neighborhood big box store or even at a local mom and pop hardware store.
The Fulton J-Roller is one of those items and is the ideal tool for applying pressure to
your sheet or paper goods to ensure proper adhesion to your work surface.
When applying veneer on wood for example, you generally need to exert a good amount of even
downward pressure on the veneer sheet or roll. To do this, we could use a flat bar of some
sort, but that generally won't be even enough and can't get into the slight undulations of
the wood surface. The Fulton J-Roller is the perfect width to properly work the veneer for
proper adhesion.
A full 12" long, the J-Roller is the perfect length to handle most any project where you
need to apply sheet goods to another surface. The roller is made from a firm, non-marring,
textured rubber material that helps you apply pressure where it is needed. The roller wall
is about 3/8" thick so it will stand up to the rigorous chore of applying pressure to your
sheet goods.
Fulton J-Roller
Apply veneers, laminates and wall coverings
Create plenty of leverage when using the roller tool
Large enough for larger projects
Small enough to work small to mid size projects
Handle made from high quality steel
Roller made from extra firm non marring textured rubber
Features
1-1/2" dia. x 3" wide non-marring rubber roller
10" long handle
2 vinyl grips.
Apply pressure where its needed...
While there are a lot of rollers to choose from and many have larger (wider) rollers, the
Fulton J-Roller was designed so it can work small or larger projects. Sometimes, when using
larger wheels or 3 wheel rollers, those tend to not hit all the undulations properly leaving
a very uneven or wavy appearance to the finished product. The Fulton J-Roller allows yo to
place the pressure exactly where you need it to make sure you hit every last spot on your
work surface for a wonderful looking project.
The ideal roller for veneer, laminate and even wall coverings
When you need to work your veneer, laminate or wall coverings on to your work surface,
you'll need a roller of some sort to help with the task. The Fulton J-Roller was literally
built for the job and can handle most any size project you throw at it!
Thick Walled, Heavy Duty Roller
To be honest, we are fairly certain that you will wear out long before the roller on this
tool does. The 3/8" wall rubber roller is perfect for extended work sessions and it won't
mar you work surface. The roller won't lose its shape over time and can be used over and
over again without worrying about how long it will last.
Round Steel Handle with J-Hook
Built to withstand heavy pressure from rolling veneer, thick paper or laminate goods at a
multitude of angles, the Fulton J-Roller is the perfect solution for gaining maximum
adhesion.
The heavy duty steel handle is designed to help you exert as much pressure as possible to
the work surface. The handle is wrapped with two separate sections of comfortable rubber
grips for extended use and less hand fatigue. The bottom of the handle forms the "J" to
attach the heavy duty rubber roller without getting in the way of your rolling process.
Using the Fulton J-Roller gives you the ability to evenly apply pressure to your veneer,
laminates and wall coverings to provide maximum adhesion. Perfect for working many of those
project types around the house or in your woodworking shop. The roller measures
approximately 2-7/8" wide.
4787
Fulton NoPlay Miter Gauge 2000 SE HDF
89.99
NoPlay Miter Gauge 2000 SE HDF
Featuring 4 NoPlay Expandable Glides for a perfect fit into your ¾” x 3/8” miter slot. This
miter gauge also features an adjustable protractor style head with a super slick UHMW
protective base pad, along with a bright red, easy to see cursor and steel miter bar. The
Dual 45° End Aluminum Fence is ideal for zero clearance supported cuts
Patent Pending Expandable Glides
The patent pending Expandable Glides are the simplest way to achieve an ideal miter bar fit
into your miter slot. Once in the miter slot, adjust your NoPlay Expandable Glides by
rotating the machine screw until the glide applies just the right amount of pressure to the
side wall of your slot. Adjust the remaining glides for a perfect fit.
Super Slick Base Pad
The protractor style head features a super Slick Base Pad on the bottom to give you the
perfect slick surface to slide smoothly along your table top. Not only does the pad slide
smoothly, it also protects your table top from getting scratched or marred. The protractor
head also features 13 positive stops for quick common angle adjustments.
Easy Angle Adjustments
A bright red handle and a bright red cursor make for easy angle adjustments that you can
easily see. Loosen the handle, rotate the protractor style head and once your position is
set, tighten the handle to lock the angle in place. If your angle is one of the positive
stops, you must still use the handle to loosen and lock the head into place.
13 positive stop holes
13 positive stop holes. 1 hole is at 90 degrees while the 6 holes on both sides are at 22.5,
30, 45, 60, 67.5 and 90 degrees. The positive stops are perfect for many woodworking
projects as they are the angles that are typically used.
Premium Aluminum Dual 45° End Fence
The Premium Aluminum Dual 45° End Fence is the perfect fence for accurate angled cuts. The
Dual 45° Ends allow you to get tight to the Sawblade when cutting 45’s. This helps support
your stock and prevents the potential for dangerous kickbacks. The fence is completely
adjustable and can be removed if needed.
5709
Bumblechutes
Bee'Nooba Oil
46.99
Bee'Nooba Oil
Protect and enhance your wooden creations with Bee'Nooba Oil, an all-natural hard wax oil
designed to bring out the best in your wood while ensuring long-lasting durability. Perfect
for everything from cutting boards to furniture, Bee'Nooba Oil is the eco-friendly solution
for wood care that you can trust. Transform your wood projects with Bee'Nooba Oil, the
perfect balance of protection, beauty, and sustainability. Keep your wooden creations
looking their best for years to come!
Natural Ingredients:
Made with a blend of beeswax from verified USA beekeepers, natural oils, and
sustainable ingredients—completely free of harsh chemicals.
Food-Safe Formula:
Safe for kitchenware like cutting boards, utensils, and bowls, providing peace
of mind while preparing meals.
Superior Water Resistance:
Creates a protective barrier to guard against moisture, spills, and daily wear
and tear.
Non-Toxic and Fume-Free:
Work in a safe, pleasant environment with no harmful odors.
Silky-Smooth Finish:
Enhances the natural grain and color of your wood, leaving it beautifully
polished and smooth to the touch.
Prepare the Surface:
Ensure your wood is clean, dry, and free of dust or debris.
Apply the Oil:
Use a clean cloth or applicator to spread a thin, even layer of Bee'Nooba Oil
onto the surface.
Let It Set:
Allow the wax to penetrate the wood for 20-30 minutes.
Buff to Shine:
Using a clean, dry cloth, buff the surface to reveal a smooth, polished
finish.
For best results, apply additional coats as needed, allowing each layer to
cure fully before the next application.
Wooden Cutting Boards
Butcher Blocks
Wooden Utensils
Furniture
Bowls
Rolling Pins
Antiques
Any unfinished or lightly finished wooden surface
4 oz Jar:
Covers approximately 75 sq ft, ideal for smaller projects like cutting boards
or utensils.
8 oz Jar:
Covers approximately 150 sq ft, perfect for larger projects such as furniture
or butcher blocks.
Note: Coverage may vary depending on the type and porosity of the wood.
Eco-Friendly:
A sustainable choice that's kind to the environment and your health.
Versatile:
Works for both functional kitchenware and decorative wooden pieces.
Easy to Use:
Designed for woodworkers of all skill levels, from DIYers to professionals.
Made in the USA:
Proudly crafted with premium, locally sourced ingredients.
Bumblechutes Bee’Nooba Oil Starter Kit is a complete wood care solution designed to protect,
hydrate, and enhance your favorite wooden surfaces. This natural beeswax for wood blend
combines food-safe carnauba wax, polymerized tung oil, and vitamin E to create a durable,
water-resistant finish that seals and nourishes cutting boards, utensils, bowls, furniture,
and more. The rich wood butter cutting board wax deepens grain, restores color, and delivers
a silky, lasting finish without harsh chemicals or toxic fumes. Perfect as a standalone
treatment or butcher block oil and finish topcoat, this eco-friendly cutting board oil food
grade kit includes everything you need: an 8 oz jar of Bee’Nooba, terry cloth towels,
applicator pads, and stirring sticks. Whether you’re caring for antiques, kitchenware, or
handmade projects, this cutting board oil and wax kit provides a professional, food-safe
finish that keeps wood beautiful and protected for years.
Natural Ingredients:
Made with a blend of beeswax from verified USA beekeepers, natural oils, and
sustainable ingredients—completely free of harsh chemicals.
Food-Safe Formula:
Safe for kitchenware like cutting boards, utensils, and bowls, providing peace
of mind while preparing meals.
Superior Water Resistance:
Creates a protective barrier to guard against moisture, spills, and daily wear
and tear.
Non-Toxic and Fume-Free:
Work in a safe, pleasant environment with no harmful odors.
Silky-Smooth Finish:
Enhances the natural grain and color of your wood, leaving it beautifully
polished and smooth to the touch.
Prepare the Surface:
Ensure your wood is clean, dry, and free of dust or debris.
Apply the Wax:
Use a clean cloth or applicator to spread a thin, even layer of Bee'Nooba Oil
onto the surface.
Let It Set:
Allow the wax to penetrate the wood for 20-30 minutes.
Buff to Shine:
Using a clean, dry cloth, buff the surface to reveal a smooth, polished
finish.
For best results, apply additional coats as needed, allowing each layer to
cure fully before the next application.
Wooden Cutting Boards
Butcher Blocks
Wooden Utensils
Furniture
Bowls
Rolling Pins
Antiques
Any unfinished or lightly finished wooden surface
8 oz Jar:
Covers approximately 150 sq ft, perfect for larger projects such as furniture
or butcher blocks.
Note: Coverage may vary depending on the type and porosity of the wood.
Eco-Friendly:
A sustainable choice that's kind to the environment and your health.
Versatile:
Works for both functional kitchenware and decorative wooden pieces.
Easy to Use:
Designed for woodworkers of all skill levels, from DIYers to professionals.
Made in the USA:
Proudly crafted with premium, locally sourced ingredients.
This complete kit includes everything you need to clean, hydrate, and protect wood surfaces.
The 8 oz cleaner, made with organic oils and water, safely removes dirt and germs without
harsh additives, while natural Pink Himalayan Sea Salt and a scrub brush provide gentle
abrasive power. A 3" applicator makes spreading and buffing simple. The 8 oz Hydrating Wood
Serum penetrates deeply to prevent cracking, restore moisture, and protect against UV
damage, leaving a light lemon scent. To lock in hydration, the 4 oz All‑In‑One Conditioner
blends USA‑sourced beeswax, carnauba, and coconut oil to seal, protect, and enhance natural
wood beauty. Versatile and food‑safe, this non‑toxic kit works as a cutting board cream,
butcher block wax, and charcuterie board oil — keeping your kitchen wood nourished,
protected, and looking its best. Made in the USA with premium ingredients.
Features:
All-in-one care:
Three-step system to clean, hydrate, and protect wood cutting boards, butcher blocks,
and utensils.
Food-safe formulas:
Non-toxic, food grade beeswax, carnauba wax, and fractionated coconut oil for kitchen
use.
Deep cleaning:
Concentrated wood soap gently removes dirt, grease, and odors without harsh chemicals.
Scrub power:
Pink Himalayan sea salt and scrub brush provide effective, safe abrasion for hygienic
boards.
Hydrating serum:
Cutting board oil penetrates deeply to prevent dryness, cracking, and chipping.
UV defense:
Natural formula helps defend against sun exposure while restoring wood’s natural
beauty.
Protective finish:
Conditioner seals moisture and builds a durable barrier for long-lasting protection.
Gift-ready:
Premium kit and instructions make a thoughtful gift for home cooks and chefs.
Step 1: Clean
Concentrated Cutting Board Soap made with 100% food-safe, natural ingredients gently removes
dirt, grease, and bacteria without harsh chemicals. Paired with rejuvenating Pink Himalayan
Sea Salt and scrub brush, it provides safe scrubbing power to keep boards fresh and
hygienic.
Step 2: Hydrate
Hydrating Serum Wood Cutting Board Oil with fractionated coconut oil for cutting board
applications penetrates deeply to prevent dryness, cracking, and chipping. Food‑safe,
natural formula restores natural beauty, offers UV defense, and has a light lemon scent.
Step 3: Protect
All‑In‑One Wood Conditioner seals in moisture and adds a protective barrier to wooden boards
and utensils. Our natural cutting board sealer blends beeswax, carnauba wax, and
fractionated coconut oil to enhance natural color, and create a silky wood finish.
MADE IN THE USA - FOOD GRADE - NON TOXIC
The perfect gift set for any home cook or chef, our food safe wood oil kit includes (1) 4 Oz
Wood Conditioner - (1) 8 Oz Hydrating Wood Serum - (1) 8 Oz Wood Soap - (1) 8 Oz Pink
Himalayan Sea Salt - (1) Scrub Brush - (1) Foam Applicator Sponge - (2) 13" X 13" Towels -
(2) White Non-Woven Pads - (2) Blue Buffing Pads - Instuctions.
The Ultimate Wood Cutting Board Care Kit
All-in-one 3-step solution to clean, hydrate, and protect your wooden kitchenware. Perfect
for cutting boards and charcuterie boards, our food grade wax also works great as butcher
block conditioner and wood oil for kitchen utensils.
4975
Kreg 20V Ionic Drive™ 1/4" Trim Router (Tool Only)
149.99
20V Ionic Drive™ 1/4" Trim Router (Tool Only)
The Kreg 20V Ionic Drive™ ¼" Trim Router is your ultimate companion for precision
woodworking. Designed to provide superior control and precision, this router features a soft
start motor, rack-and-pinion geared depth adjustment for micro-adjustments, variable speed
settings (10,000 – 30,000 RPM) for tailored performance, and a non-marring clear baseplate
for unobstructed visibility. Dual LEDs and an integrated dust collection port ensure a
clean, clear workspace, so you can focus on perfecting every detail. Built with a die-cast
base and metal motor housing, the Kreg 20V Ionic Drive™ ¼" Trim Router is made to withstand
demanding tasks, while its sealed buttons ensure long-lasting durability. Its compact size
and lightweight design make it easy to maneuver, while the quick-release base and shaft lock
button simplify bit changes for maximum efficiency. Whether you're trimming, shaping, or
creating detailed designs, this versatile router helps you bring your projects to life with
confidence.
Features:
¼" cordless trim router perfect for detailed woodworking projects
Smooth rack-and-pinion depth adjustment for micro-precision
Dual LEDs and clear baseplate for better visibility
Variable speed settings (10,000 – 30,000 RPM) for performance tailored to any material
Die-cast base and metal motor housing ensure long-lasting durability
Includes both 1/4" and 6 mm collets for added versatility
Compact design and rubberized grip make it easy to handle and maneuver
Integrated 1 ¼" vacuum port helps keep dust under control
Soft-start motor ramps up speed for less aggressive starting and greater control
Quick-release base and shaft lock button for fast, simple bit changes
Adjustability:
Up to 1-9/16" depth of travel
Includes:
(1) 20V Ionic Drive 1/4" Trim Router (Tool Only)
(1) Dust Adapter
(1) 1/4" Collet (Installed)
(1) 6 mm Collet
(1) Template Guide
(1) Collet Wrench
(1) Router Base Wrench
(1) Owner’s Manual
Compatibility:
Kreg 20V Blue Ion Batteries
¼” and 6 mm collets
Router bits up to 1 3/8” in diameter
Capacity:
Accepts bits up to 1 3/8" in diameter
1/4" and 6 mm collets
Speed Settings:
6 settings
10,000 – 30,000 RPM
Power:
Cordless 20V MAX*
*Maximum initial voltage (measured with a workload) is 20 volts.
Nominal voltage is 18 volts.
4974
Kreg Ionic Drive™ 5" Random Orbit Sander (Tool Only)
119.99
20V Ionic Drive™ 5" Random Orbit Sander (Tool Only)
The Kreg 20V Ionic Drive™ 5" Random Orbit Sander is designed to bring power, precision, and
comfort to your sanding projects. Whether you're smoothing large surfaces or fine-tuning
details, this cordless sander delivers professional-quality results with its variable speed
settings ranging from 6,000 to 12,000 Orbits Per Minute and a 3/32” orbit for fast and
efficient material removal. Crafted with user comfort in mind, the ergonomic grip offers two
hand positions for better control and reduced fatigue during extended use. Anti-vibration
technology, paired with a balanced fan and high-density sanding pad, ensures smoother
operation and less strain. The 5" hook-and-loop sanding pad with an 8-hole dust collection
system simplifies grit changes and keeps your workspace cleaner. The dust port, removable
dust bag, and sanding pad seal provide effective dust management, while sealed buttons
protect against debris to ensure durability and long-term reliability. From fine detailing
to more heavy-duty tasks, the Kreg 20V Ionic Drive™ 5" Random Orbit Sander helps you achieve
the perfect finish every time.
Features:
Effortless sanding for every surface and every project
Variable speed settings (6,000–12,000 OPM) for controlled sanding
3/32" orbit delivers fast material removal and smooth finishes
Ergonomic grip with multiple hand positions for enhanced comfort
Balanced fan and pad seal for smoother operation and reduced fatigue
Soft-start motor and sanding pad break for greater control and simple startup
5" hook-and-loop sanding pad with 8 holes for quick grit changes
Integrated dust port (1-¼" compatible) and removable dust bag
Sealed buttons and dust-resistant design for durability
Orbit Diameter:
3/32"
Includes:
(1) 20V Ionic Drive™ 5" Random Orbit Sander (Tool Only)
(1) Owner’s Manual
Compatibility:
Kreg 20V Blue Ion Batteries
5" hook-and-loop sanding discs
Capacity:
Accepts 5" hook and loop pads (8 hole pattern)
Speed Settings:
3 settings
6,000–12,000 OPM
Power:
Cordless 20V MAX*
*Maximum initial voltage (measured with a workload) is 20 volts.
The Kreg Rebel™ 20V Ionic Drive™ Pocket-Hole Joiner is the first-ever cordless, all-in-one
pocket-hole joinery tool. With its powerful brushless motor and innovative design, the Kreg
Rebel delivers fast, one-motion drilling, easy alignment, and pro-grade portability that
frees you from the bench and rewrites the rules of joinery. The Kreg Rebel delivers a true
breakthrough in pocket-hole joinery by integrating a powerful drill and jig into one
cordless unit. Powered by a 20V brushless Ionic Drive™ motor, it brings unmatched freedom
and flexibility to every project — whether you're working in your garage, shop, or a jobsite
miles from your toolbox. The Kreg Rebel’s easy-to-see indicator lines and reference marks
provide quick and accurate alignment. Toolless depth and fence adjustments, micro-adjustable
settings, and GripMaxx™ material ensure precise, repeatable results with no workpiece
clamping needed. A chip collection bin and 1 ¼"-compatible vacuum hose adapter keep your
workspace clean and your line of sight clear for perfectly placed pocket holes and efficient
drilling. Built with a rugged cast metal frame with a folding handle, the Kreg Rebel is both
durable and easy to store. Built for those who forge their own path, the Kreg Rebel combines
everything you need — power, precision, and control — into one revolutionary tool. From
building custom furniture in your shop to installing cabinetry on-site, the Kreg Rebel helps
you join your way, on your terms.
Features:
The fastest way to add high-quality pocket holes to your projects
Powered by a brushless 20V Ionic Drive™ motor for maximum torque and control
Portable for use in the shop and on the go
All-in-one convenience – no need for a separate drill
Fast, one-motion drilling lets you create pocket holes in a single, fluid motion
Integrated dust collection and vacuum attachment keep your workspace clean
Individual settings for drill bit depth and fence adjustments for precision drilling
Included narrow rail guide is perfect for narrow workpieces
Support feet for added stability when working with narrow workpieces
Fast, repeatable settings for materials from 1/2" to 1 1/2" thick
No workpiece clamping required
GripMaxx™ anti-slip material for optimal stability while drilling
Rugged metal frame and folding handle for tough jobsite conditions and tight storage
spaces
Tool-free setup for adjustments on the fly without reaching for extra tools
Adjustability:
Fence and bit-depth adjustments for 1/2" to 1 1/2" thick materials
Part of the Adaptive Cutting System, our Ionic Drive™ 6 ½" Plunge-Cut Track Saw offers
powerful, precise, cordless track-saw cutting performance. The saw pairs with the 62" Guide
Track, the longest standard track in the industry, to create a versatile, capable track saw
that delivers straight, smooth, splinter-free cuts in solid wood, plywood, and other sheet
goods. The Ionic Drive Plunge-Cut Track Saw comes with a thin kerf (1.6 mmm) 40-tooth
carbide-tipped blade that is fully shrouded and retracts completely when not in use. A
powerful, 6-speed brushless motor maximizes battery life and ensures effortless cuts in
sheet goods and even thick hardwoods — up to a maximum 2 1/8" cutting-depth. Bevel-cutting
capacity can be set from -1° to 47° and can cut up to 1 ½ deep at 45°. The saw is also
designed for safety and ergonomics. A riving knife follows the blade to keep the saw kerf
open to reduce kickback risk. Additional kickback protection is provided by a selectable
anti-kickback switch that prevents the saw from moving backward on the track when engaged.
The industry exclusive blade-left design is optimized for right-handed users and provides
superior cutting visibility and control. An included dust port and dust bag collect chips to
minimize cutting mess and provide the ability to connect to a vacuum hose. For best results,
we recommend the 4 Ah battery for this product. Designed for use with the Adaptive Cutting
System 62" Guide Track.
Features:
Ionic Drive Cordless Plunge-Cut Track Saw for cutting solid wood and plywood when
combined with the Kreg 62" Guide Track
The Kreg 20V Ionic Drive™ Oscillating Multi-Tool delivers unmatched performance,
versatility, and precision, making it the perfect tool for cutting, sanding, and a variety
of other applications. Equipped with six variable speed settings ranging from 7,000 to
17,000 OPM, this tool allows fine-tuned control to match your materials and project needs.
The trigger-style operation, combined with a lock-on button, offers smooth and effortless
handling, while the vibration-damping design enhances comfort during extended use. Designed
for convenience, the toolless blade change system lets you quickly swap universal blades and
accessories, whether they’re open or closed back. An integrated LED light improves
visibility in low-light conditions, ensuring precision even in hard-to-reach areas. Built to
last, the Kreg Oscillating Multi-Tool features a durable metal housing and premium metal
gearing, standing up to tough jobsite demands while maintaining optimal performance and
reducing vibration. Backed by Kreg’s trusted warranty, this tool is engineered to provide
reliable results for years to come. Whether you're a seasoned professional or tackling your
first project, the Kreg 20V Ionic Drive™ Oscillating Multi-Tool is your go-to solution for
precision and performance.
Features:
Incredibly versatile multi-tool ideal for multiple applications
Variable speed settings (7,000–17,000 OPM) for ultimate control
Trigger-style operation with lock-on button for easy handling
Vibration-damping design with metal housing and gearing for smoother operation and
reduced fatigue
Accepts both open and closed-back universal blades and accessories
Toolless blade change system for fast, hassle-free blade swaps
Sturdy metal housing and premium metal gearing for long-lasting reliability
The Kreg 20V Ionic Drive™ Barrel Grip Jigsaw delivers precision, control, and adaptability
in a compact, ergonomic design that puts you closer to the cut for unmatched accuracy.
Unlike D-handle saws, the barrel grip design offers enhanced control without adding bulk,
making it easier to maneuver in tight spaces and around clamps or hold-downs. AutoMode
automatically adjusts speed for smooth entry before ramping up for faster cutting. With six
variable speeds and four orbital settings, you can fine-tune your cuts — whether it’s fine
laminate, hardwood, or softwood. The tool-free blade change supports T-shank blades for
quick swaps, and the dust management system keeps your line of sight clear with a blower and
vacuum port compatibility. Dual LED lights illuminate the cutline, while the bevel
adjustment offers 0-45° cuts with preset detents. Built for durability, precision, and ease
of use, this jigsaw makes every cut effortless.
Features:
Ultimate control, precision, and power, for smooth, accurate cuts in any material
Compact, ergonomic barrel grip design keeps you close to the cut for total control
AutoMode speed control starts slow for precision, then ramps up automatically for
faster cutting
Variable speeds + four orbital settings for customized cutting action for any material
Tool-free blade change lets you swap T-shank blades quickly with a lever-action
release
Vacuum port and dust blower keep your workspace clean and your cutline visible
Dual LED lights brighten your cut area for enhanced accuracy
Tool-free bevel adjustment with 0-45° cutting angles and preset detents at 22.5° &
45°
Convenient thumb-activated power switch with lockout
The Kreg 20V Ionic Drive™ 1/4" Compact Impact Driver Kit delivers professional-grade
performance in a compact 4.4" design, making it perfect for tight spaces and demanding
applications. Despite its size, this powerhouse generates 2,200 in-lbs of torque, allowing
you to drive large screws and bolts with ease. The impact driver features three speed
settings and Assist Mode, this impact driver gives you ultimate control, ensuring smooth
operation while preventing overdriving in softwoods and plywood. The variable speed trigger
provides precise adjustments, while the quick connect hex chuck enables effortless bit
changes. Reverse Assist Mode engages a controlled pulsing action before backing out screws,
then removes them at half speed — preventing stripped heads and ensuring smooth removal.
Designed for durability, the all-metal chuck ensures long-lasting strength, while the
integrated LED light improves visibility in dark workspaces. Whether you're tackling fine
woodworking or heavy-duty fastening, this impact driver delivers the perfect blend of power,
control, and reliability —backed by a 3-year warranty for peace of mind.
Features:
Compact 4.4" length allows access to tight spaces
2,200 in-lbs of torque delivers high-powered performance for tough jobs
3,700 max impacts per minute
Three speed settings for maximum versatility
Assist Mode prevents overdriving in softwoods and plywood
Variable speed trigger for smooth, precise control
Reverse Assist Mode prevents stripping screws during removal
Quick connect hex chuck for fast bit changes
Integrated LED light for better visibility in dark spaces
All-metal collet for enhanced strength and longevity
The Kreg 20V Ionic Drive™ 1/2" Compact Drill is the perfect balance of power, precision, and
durability — built for woodworkers, makers, and weekend warriors who need reliable
performance in a compact, lightweight design. Measuring just 5.9 inches long, this drill
fits easily into tight spaces while still delivering an impressive 650 in-lbs of torque for
demanding applications. Equipped with 20+1 clutch settings, this drill provides fine control
to prevent overdriving screws, ensuring precision when working with a variety of materials.
The two-speed gearbox (0-500 RPM for high torque, 0-2,000 RPM for high speed) lets you
tailor performance to the task, whether you're drilling clean holes in wood or driving large
fasteners into dense materials. The variable speed trigger allows for smooth and controlled
operation, while the built-in LED light provides enhanced visibility, even in dim
workspaces. Built for long-lasting durability, the all-metal ½" chuck ensures a secure grip
on bits, and the metal gear housing provides additional protection against wear and tear.
With a 3-year limited warranty, the Kreg Ionic Drive™ ½" Compact Drill is a powerful,
dependable tool ready for any project.
Features:
5.9-inch compact design for easy access in tight spaces
Lightweight and maneuverable without sacrificing power
650 in-lbs of torque for strong, efficient drilling and driving
Two-speed gearbox (0-500 RPM for torque, 0-2000 RPM for speed)
20+1 clutch settings prevent overdriving screws
Variable speed trigger for controlled drilling and driving
Built-in LED light with a 10-second delay for better visibility
All-metal ½" chuck for secure bit retention and long-lasting performance
The Kreg 20V Ionic Drive 7 ¼" Circular Saw delivers power, precision, and versatility in a
track-ready design. The powerful brushless motor delivers smooth, controlled cuts with
torque to spare. The premium laser-cut 40-tooth SureCut™ blade ensures clean, high-quality
cuts in plywood, hardwood, and dimensional lumber. Designed for seamless integration with
the Kreg Accu-Cut™, it features built-in depth indicators and an Accu-Cut™ slot for
track-saw-like performance. The soft-start motor reduces startup kickback, while the
electronic blade brake stops the blade fast for added safety. With a 2 7/16" max cutting
depth at 90° and 1 7/8" at 45°, it easily handles 2x material at a 45° bevel. The LED light
enhances visibility, and the integrated dust port keeps your workspace clean. Built with an
all-metal base plate for durability, this saw is ready for any project. For best results, we
recommend the 4 Ah battery for this product. (Kreg Accu-Cut™ sold separately.)
Features:
Powerful brushless motor for clean, precise cuts with plenty of torque
Accu-Cut™ compatibility allows for track-saw-like precision right out of the box
(Accu-Cut sold separately)
Quality cuts out of the box with a premium SureCut™ Finishing 40-Tooth Saw Blade —
ensures smooth, professional results in plywood, hardwood, and dimensional lumber
Max depth of 2 7/16" at 90° and 1 7/8" at 45° — capable of cutting 2x material at a
45° bevel
Soft-start motor for reduced kickback and electronic blade brake for quick stops
All-metal base plate provides long-term durability on tough projects
LED light gives clear visibility while cutting, even in low-light workspaces
Integrated 1 ¼" vacuum port helps keep dust under control
Onboard tool storage keeps Allen wrench handy for quick blade changes
The Kreg 20V Ionic Drive™ 4 ½" Circular Saw delivers powerful, precise, and clean cuts in a
compact, easy-to-control design. The brushless motor provides high torque for clean,
effortless cuts. Paired with the included premium SureCut™ Fine Finishing Blade, this saw
delivers smooth, accurate results every time. An auxiliary handle gives you ultimate control
during precision cutting. The soft-start motor allows for slow ramp-up to desired speed for
a less aggressive startup, and the electronic blade brake stops the blade quickly for added
safety. Whether you're cutting 2x4s, plywood, or trim, this saw will help you tackle
woodworking and home improvement projects with ease. And with a durable all-metal base,
integrated dust port, and backed by a 3-year limited warranty, this saw is built to perform.
Features:
Power and precision in a compact design
Brushless motor and included premium 36-tooth blade deliver clean, high-quality cuts
with torque to spare
Depth indicators for quick adjustments
Auxiliary handle for better control when cutting
Soft-start motor for reduced kickback and electronic blade brake for quick stops
Cuts 2x4s, plywood, trim, and more with a max 1 11/16" cut depth at 90°
0° – 45° degree bevel capacity
All-metal base plate for long-lasting performance on any project
LED lights help you see your cut clearly, even in low-light workspaces
Integrated 1 ¼" vacuum port helps keep dust under control
Onboard tool storage keeps Allen wrench handy for quick blade changes
Part of the Adaptive Cutting System, our 20V Ionic Drive™ 6 ½" Plunge-Cut Track Saw offers
powerful, precise, cordless track-saw cutting performance. The saw pairs with the 62" Guide
Track, the longest standard track in the industry, to create a versatile, capable track saw
that delivers straight, smooth, splinter-free cuts in solid wood, plywood, and other sheet
goods. The Ionic Drive Plunge-Cut Track Saw comes with a thin kerf (1.6 mmm) 40-tooth
carbide-tipped blade that is fully shrouded and retracts completely when not in use. A
powerful, 6-speed brushless motor maximizes battery life and ensures effortless cuts in
sheet goods and even thick hardwoods — up to a maximum 2 1/8" cutting-depth. Bevel-cutting
capacity can be set from -1° to 47° and can cut up to 1 ½ deep at 45°. The saw is also
designed for safety and ergonomics. A riving knife follows the blade to keep the saw kerf
open to reduce kickback risk. Additional kickback protection is provided by a selectable
anti-kickback switch that prevents the saw from moving backward on the track when engaged.
The industry exclusive blade-left design is optimized for right-handed users and provides
superior cutting visibility and control. An included dust port and bag collect chips to
minimize cutting mess and provides the ability to connect to a vacuum hose. Designed for use
with the Adaptive Cutting System 62" Guide Track. This kit includes the 20V Ionic Drive 6 ½"
Plunge-Cut Track Saw, one Blue Ion™ 4.0 Ah Battery Pack, and one charger. The 4.0 Ah battery
is the powerhouse behind Kreg 20V Ionic Drive tools, delivering extended capacity for
increased runtime compared to our 2 Ah Battery Pack. Built for durability, the battery
features drop protection to absorb shocks from accidental impacts and a heat management
system to monitor temperature, preventing overheating and extending battery life. The Blue
Ion charger offers intelligent power management, communicating with the battery to optimize
charging and protect against overcharging or overheating, and features LED indicators to
display charging progress.
Features:
Ionic Drive Cordless Plunge-Cut Track Saw for cutting solid wood and plywood when
combined with the Kreg 62" Guide Track
Drop protection absorbs shocks from accidental impacts
Heat management system extends battery life
Power:
Cordless 20V MAX*
*Maximum initial voltage (measured with a workload) is 20 volts.
Nominal voltage is 18 volts.
Speed 2,100-4,200 RPM
Charger:
Blue Ion Standard Charger communicates with battery to optimize charge and protect
against overheating
LED indicators provide real-time charge status
Charger works with all Kreg 20V Blue Ion™ batteries
4963
Kreg 20V BlueIon™ Fast Charger - CRGR401A
59.99
20V BlueIon™ Fast Charger
The Kreg 20V Blue Ion™ Fast Charger is built for efficiency, providing rapid charging to
keep your tools powered and your projects on track. Designed to minimize downtime, this
charger powers up a 4.0 Ah battery in as little as 45 minutes* — twice as fast as our
standard charger. Compatible with all Kreg 20V Blue Ion™ batteries, it features intelligent
charge management technology that communicates directly with the battery, ensuring optimal
performance while protecting against overheating and overcharging. The built-in LED
indicators offer a clear readout of charge levels, so you always know when your battery is
ready to go. For added convenience, the charger includes two position wall mounting holes
and a 6-foot power cord, allowing for flexible placement in your workspace. Whether you're
tackling big builds or quick fixes, the Kreg 20V Blue Ion™ Fast Charger ensures your tools
stay charged and ready. It’s built to last — so you can focus on your projects.
Features:
Fast charging for minimal downtime
Charges Blue Ion™ 4.0 Ah batteries in as little as 45 minutes (At 25% or one LED
charge indicator remaining
Charges 2x faster than standard Blue Ion charger
Communicates with battery to optimize charge and protect against overheating
LED indicators provide real-time charge status
Works with all Kreg 20V Blue Ion™ batteries
Two position wall mounting for workspace efficiency
6-foot power cord for added convenience
Includes:
(1) Fast Charger
(1) Owner's Manual
Compatibility:
Kreg 20V Blue Ion Batteries
Capacity:
4.0 Amp
20V
4962
Kreg 20V BlueIon™ Battery and Charger Starter Kit
129.99
20V BlueIon™ Battery and Charger Starter Kit - 2.0Ah
The Kreg 20V Blue Ion™ 2.0 Ah Battery and Charger Starter Kit is the perfect power solution
for your Kreg Ionic Drive™ tools, delivering a balance of performance, efficiency, and
convenience. The compact 2.0 Ah battery is designed for optimal runtime while maintaining a
lightweight profile — just 0.8 lbs — to reduce tool fatigue and improve handling. A 4-LED
charge indicator provides real-time charge level updates, ensuring you always know when it’s
time to recharge. Built for durability, the battery features drop protection to absorb
shocks from accidental impacts and a heat management system to monitor temperature,
preventing overheating and extending battery life. The included Blue Ion™ charger offers
intelligent power management, communicating with the battery to optimize charging and
protect against overcharging or overheating. LED indicators display charging progress, while
a 6-foot power cord provides flexibility in your workspace. Compatible with all Kreg 20V
Blue Ion™ batteries, this starter kit gives you the reliable power you need to tackle every
project.
Features:
2.0 Ah 20V Blue Ion™ technology for optimal runtime
Compact design for better tool balance and handling
Drop protection absorbs shocks from accidental impacts
Heat management system extends battery life
Blue Ion Standard Charger communicates with battery to optimize charge and protect
against overheating
LED indicators provide real-time charge status
Charger works with all Kreg 20V Blue Ion™ batteries
Includes:
(1) 20V Blue Ion 2.0 Ah Battery
(1) 20V Blue Ion Charger
(2) Owner's Manuals
Compatibility:
Kreg 20V Ionic Drive Power Tools
Capacity:
2.0 Ah & 4 Ah Blue Ion Batteries
20V
4961
Kreg 20V Blue Ion™ 4.0Ah Battery Pack - BATT4A
99.99
20V Blue Ion™ 4.0Ah Battery Pack
The Kreg 20V Blue Ion™ 4 Ah Battery Pack is the powerhouse behind Kreg® 20V Ionic Drive™
tools, delivering extended capacity for increased runtime compared to our 2.0 Ah Battery
Pack. With a 4-LED charge indicator, you’ll always have a clear readout of your charge
level, eliminating guesswork and ensuring you’re never caught off guard in the middle of a
project. Smart charging and advanced heat management technology monitor temperature and
prevent overcharging, extending battery life and protecting against damage. Built to
withstand the demands of any workshop, the 20V Blue Ion™ 4.0 Ah Battery Pack features rugged
drop protection, absorbing shocks from accidental falls. Designed for reliability,
efficiency, and longevity, it’s backed by a 3-year limited warranty, giving you confidence
with every charge. Power every project with Kreg’s Blue Ion™ battery technology — built for
performance, designed to last.
Features:
4.0 Ah 20V Blue Ion™ technology for extended runtime (compared to Blue Ion 2.0 Ah
Battery Pack)
Smart charging protects against overcharging and heat damage
Drop protection absorbs shocks from accidental impacts
Heat management system extends battery life
Includes:
(1) 20V 4.0 Ah Blue Ion Battery
(1) Owner’s Manual
Compatibility:
Kreg 20V Ionic Drive Power Tools
Capacity:
4.0 Ah
20V
4960
Kreg 20V Blue Ion™ 2.0Ah Battery Pack - BATT2A
89.99
20V Blue Ion™ 4.0Ah Battery Pack
The Kreg 20V Blue Ion™ 4 Ah Battery Pack is the powerhouse behind Kreg® 20V Ionic Drive™
tools, delivering extended capacity for increased runtime compared to our 2.0 Ah Battery
Pack. With a 4-LED charge indicator, you’ll always have a clear readout of your charge
level, eliminating guesswork and ensuring you’re never caught off guard in the middle of a
project. Smart charging and advanced heat management technology monitor temperature and
prevent overcharging, extending battery life and protecting against damage. Built to
withstand the demands of any workshop, the 20V Blue Ion™ 4.0 Ah Battery Pack features rugged
drop protection, absorbing shocks from accidental falls. Designed for reliability,
efficiency, and longevity, it’s backed by a 3-year limited warranty, giving you confidence
with every charge. Power every project with Kreg’s Blue Ion™ battery technology — built for
performance, designed to last.
Features:
4.0 Ah 20V Blue Ion™ technology for extended runtime (compared to Blue Ion 2.0 Ah
Battery Pack)
Smart charging protects against overcharging and heat damage
Drop protection absorbs shocks from accidental impacts
Heat management system extends battery life
Includes:
(1) 20V 4.0 Ah Blue Ion Battery
(1) Owner’s Manual
Compatibility:
Kreg 20V Ionic Drive Power Tools
Capacity:
4.0 Ah
20V
4965
Kreg Rebel™ Ionic Drive™ Pocket-Hole Joiner Kit
349.99
Rebel™ 20V Ionic Drive™ Pocket-Hole Joiner Kit
The Kreg Rebel™ 20V Ionic Drive™ Pocket-Hole Joiner is the first-ever cordless, all-in-one
pocket-hole joinery tool. With its powerful brushless motor and innovative design, the Kreg
Rebel delivers fast, one-motion drilling, easy alignment, and pro-grade portability that
frees you from the bench and rewrites the rules of joinery. The Kreg Rebel delivers a true
breakthrough in pocket-hole joinery by integrating a powerful drill and jig into one
cordless unit. Powered by a 20V brushless Ionic Drive™ motor, it brings unmatched freedom
and flexibility to every project — whether you're working in your garage, shop, or a jobsite
miles from your toolbox. The Kreg Rebel’s easy-to-see indicator lines and reference marks
provide quick and accurate alignment. Toolless depth and fence adjustments, micro-adjustable
settings, and GripMaxx™ feet ensure precise, repeatable results with no workpiece clamping
needed. A chip collection bag and 1 ¼"-compatible vacuum hose adapter keep your workspace
clean and your line of sight clear for perfectly placed pocket holes and efficient drilling.
Built with a rugged cast metal frame with a folding handle, the Kreg Rebel is both durable
and easy to store. Built for those who forge their own path, the Kreg Rebel combines
everything you need — power, precision, and control — into one revolutionary tool. From
building custom furniture in your shop to installing cabinetry on-site, the Kreg Rebel helps
you join your way, on your terms. This kit includes the 20V Ionic Drive Kreg Rebel
Pocket-Hole Joiner, one Blue Ion™ 4.0 Ah Battery Pack, and one charger. The 4.0 Ah battery
is the powerhouse behind Kreg 20V Ionic Drive tools, delivering extended capacity for
increased runtime compared to our 2 Ah Battery Pack. Built for durability, the battery
features drop protection to absorb shocks from accidental impacts and a heat management
system to monitor temperature, preventing overheating and extending battery life. The Blue
Ion charger offers intelligent power management, communicating with the battery to optimize
charging and protect against overcharging or overheating, and features LED indicators to
display charging progress.
Features:
The fastest way to add high-quality pocket holes to your projects
Powered by a brushless 20V Ionic Drive™ motor for maximum torque and control
Portable for use in the shop and on the go
All-in-one convenience – no need for a separate drill
Fast, one-motion drilling lets you create pocket holes in a single, fluid motion
Integrated dust collection and vacuum attachment keep your workspace clean
Individual settings for drill bit depth and fence adjustments for precision drilling
Support feet for added stability when working with narrow workpieces
Fast, repeatable settings for materials from 1/2” to 1 1/2” thick
No workpiece clamping required
GripMaxx™ anti-slip material for optimal stability while drilling
Rugged metal frame and folding handle for tough jobsite conditions and tight storage
spaces
Tool-free setup for adjustments on the fly without reaching for extra tools
Adjustability:
Fence and bit-depth adjustments for 1/2" to 1 1/2" thick materials